BIDDING DOCUMENT - Ceylon Fishery Harbours Corporation

DEMOCRATIC SOCIALISTREPUBLIC OF SRILANKA

State Ministry of Ornamental Fish, Inland Fish & Prawn Farming,

Fishery Harbour Development, Multiday Fishing Activities and

Fish Exports

REACTIVATION AND RECONSTRUCTION OF MYLIDDY

FISHERY HARBOUR IN NORTHERN PROVINCE-PHASE II

CONTRACT NO: CFHC/SD/MPC/Phase II/My/2021/01

BIDDING DOCUMENT

EMPLOYER

State Ministry of Ornamental Fish, Inland Fish & Prawn Farming, Fishery

Harbour Development, Multiday Fishing Activities and Fish Exports ,

New Secretariat ,

Maligawatta,

Colombo 10.

May 2021

Reactivation and Reconstruction of Myliddy Fishery Harbour in Northern Province - Phase II

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Invitation for Bids

Volume -1

Section 01 - Instructions to Bidders ............................................................................ 1|1-1/2

Section 03- Conditions of Contract ............................................................................. 3|1-3/2

Section 05 - Standard Forms (Contract) ...................................................................... 5|1-5/5

Volume -2

Section 02 - Bidding Data ........................................................................................... 2|1-2/6

Section 04 - Contract Data .......................................................................................... 4|1-4/5

Section 06 - Specifications ...................................................................................... 6|1-6/133

Section 07 - Form of Bid .............................................................................................. 7|1-7/2

Section 08 - Bills of Quantities ............................................................................... 8|1-8/109

Section 09 - Schedules ............................................................................................... 9|1-9/13

Section 10 - Drawings ............................................................................................. 10|1-10/2

Section 11 - Standard Forms (Bid) .......................................................................... 11|1-11/2

Ceylon FisheryHarbours Corporation

Bid No. CFHC/SD/ MPC/PHASE II/MY/2021/01

REACTIVATION AND RECONSTRUCTION OF MYLIDDY FISHERY HARBOUR IN

NORTHERN PROVINCE – PHASE II

1. The Chairman Ministry Procurement Committee (M

Harbours Corporation invites sealed bids from eligible and qualified bidders for

and Reconstruction of Myliddy

below and estimated to cost

Contingencies).

2. Source of funds : GOSL

3. Location of the Project: Myliddy, Jaffna

4. Description of Project:

The work consists of Reactivation and Reconstruction of Myliddy

Northern Province – Phase IIcomplete as per the specifications, Drawings and Bill of Quantities

given.The Contract Period is Three Hundred Sixty Five (365

5. Bidding will be conducted through National Competitive Bidding (NCB)

qualification criteria given below.

The Contract will be on Measure and Pay Basis.

6. To be eligible for contract award, the successful bidder shall not have been blacklisted and

shall have valid registration in

under Construction Industry Development Authority (CIDA) (Former ICTAD)

7. As per Public Finance Circular No.03/2020 (I) 5% Special Preference will be given for public

enterprises for financial evaluation.

8. Qualification requirements to qualify for contract award shall be,

ICTAD/CIDA registration,

Registration No: ………………………….

Grade: ……………………………………

Specialty: ………………………………...

Expiry Date: ……………………………...

VAT Registration No: ……………………….

Attach construction

INVITATION FOR BIDS (IFB)

Ceylon FisheryHarbours Corporation

Bid No. CFHC/SD/ MPC/PHASE II/MY/2021/01


PHASE II

inistry Procurement Committee (MPC) on behalf of the Ceylon Fishery

Corporation invites sealed bids from eligible and qualified bidders for

and Reconstruction of Myliddy Fishery Harbour in Northern Province - Phase II

below and estimated to cost approximately Rupees 197 million (without VAT and

Myliddy, Jaffna District

Reactivation and Reconstruction of Myliddy Fishery Harbour

complete as per the specifications, Drawings and Bill of Quantities

eriod is Three Hundred Sixty Five (365) calendar days.

ducted through National Competitive Bidding (NCB) Procedure with post

qualification criteria given below.

The Contract will be on Measure and Pay Basis.

To be eligible for contract award, the successful bidder shall not have been blacklisted and

shall have valid registration in Grade C3 or Above in the field of Maritime


As per Public Finance Circular No.03/2020 (I) 5% Special Preference will be given for public

enterprises for financial evaluation.

Qualification requirements to qualify for contract award shall be,

ICTAD/CIDA registration,

Registration No: ………………………….

Grade: ……………………………………

Specialty: ………………………………...

Expiry Date: ……………………………...

VAT Registration No: ……………………….

Attach construction program.


PC) on behalf of the Ceylon Fishery

Corporation invites sealed bids from eligible and qualified bidders for Reactivation

Phase II as described

million (without VAT and

Fishery Harbour in

complete as per the specifications, Drawings and Bill of Quantities

Procedure with post-

To be eligible for contract award, the successful bidder shall not have been blacklisted and

Maritime Construction


As per Public Finance Circular No.03/2020 (I) 5% Special Preference will be given for public

Attach legal status (Sole proprietor,Partnership,Company etc.).

Attach authentication for signatory (written power of attorney).

Total monetary value of construction work performed for each of the last 05 years.

Experience in works of a similar nature and size for each of the last 05 years.

Construction equipment details.

Staffing details with qualification.

Attach construction work program and construction methodology.

Details of principal place of business……………………

Attach audited financial reports for last 05 years.

Evidence of adequacy of working capital to execute and complete this contract.

The Bidder shall possess a valid certificate issued by the Registrar of Public

Contract in accordance with the Section 8 of Public Contracts Act No 03 of 1987

for every Bid which exceeds tenderable amount of Rs. 5 million.This will be a

qualification for award of the Contrct.

9. Pre - Bid meeting

Pre - Bid meeting will be held at,

Date:08th

July 2021

Time:10.00 A.M

Venue: Conference Hall, Ceylon Fishery HarboursCorporation,No15,Rock House Lane,

Colombo 15

10. Interested bidders may obtain further information from Procurement Manager, Ceylon

Fishery Harbours Corporation, Rock House Lane, Colombo 15 and inspect the bidding

documents at the same address from 09.00 hrs. to 15.00 hrs. on any working day

startingfrom28th

June 2021 to 19th

July 2021. Contact Numbers - Tele: 0112525063, Fax:

0112520577, Email address: [email protected]

11. A complete set of Bidding Documents in English language may be purchased by interested

bidders on the submission of a written application to the Manager Procurement, Ceylon

Fishery Harbours Corporation, Rock House Lane, Colombo 15 from28th

June 2021 to

19th

July 2021from 9.00 hrs. to 15.00 hrs.

12.Bid Documents relating to above matter can be downloaded from the official web site of the

corporation (www.cfhc.gov.lk) The deposit fee should be credited to the corporation’s bank

account No. 1446 at the Bank of Ceylon, Corporate Branch and the copy of the deposit slip

cash payment of Rs. 20,000.00 for the Tender Document set as an Non-Refundable fee.The

Copy of the deposit slip should be attached along with the bid document and if bidder unable to

submit deposit slip the bid will be rejected.

13. Bids shall be delivered with Duplicate addressed to the Manager Procurement, Ceylon

Fishery Harbours Corporation, Rock House Lane, Colombo 15on or before 14.00hrs

on 20th

July 2021. Late bids will be rejected. Bids will be opened soon after closing in the

presence of the representatives of the bidders who choose to attend

14. Bids shall be valid up to 20th

October 2021( 91 days).

15.The Bidder shall seal the Original and the Copy of the bid in two inner separate envelops and

one outer envelope, duly making the inner envelops as “ORIGINAL” and “COPY”.

16.The Original and the Copy of the bid ( Form of Bid) shall be typed or written in indelible ink

and shall be signed by a person or persons duly authorized to sign on behalf of the bidder

with Company Seal.

17. .All bids shall be accompanied with a bid security of Rupees Two Million

(Rs.2,000,000.00)valid up to 16th

November 2021 (119 days)which shall be in the form

included in section 11 – Standard forms (Bid) drawn in favor of Chairman,Ceylon Fishery

Harbours Corporation, Rock House Lane, Colombo 15. Bid security shall be obtained

from the Commercial Banks operating in Sri Lanka and approved by the Central Bank of Sri

Lanka.

18 .All bidders are kindly requested to read carefully ITB of ICTAD/SBD/02 Second Edition –

January 2007 and addendums issued on October 2009 and February 2011 before submission

of bid to avoid discrepancies.

Chairman,

Ministry Procurement Committee,

No.15,

Rock House Lane,

Colombo 15


VOLUME - 1

Reactivation and Reconstruction of Myliddy Fishery Harbour in Northern Province - Phase II Page 1 | 1

SECTION 1

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS


INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

The text of this ‘Instructions to Bidders is found in the “Standard Bidding Document Procurement of

Works”, ICTAD Publication No. ICTAD/SBD/02 – Second Edition – January 2007and addendum 1

issued in October 2009.

This publication is copyright and bidders, if they do not already possess a copy, may obtain it from:

Construction Industry Development Authority (CIDA)

‘Savsiripaya’

123, Wijerama Mawatha

Colombo-07


SECTION 3

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT


CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

The text of this Conditions of Contract is found in the “Standard Bidding Document

Procurement of Works”, ICTAD Publication No. ICTAD/SBD/02 – Second Edition – January

2007and addendum 1 issued in October 2009.

This publication is copyright and bidders, if they do not already possess a copy, may obtain it

from:

Construction Industry Development Authority (CIDA)

‘Savsiripaya’

123, Wijerama Mawatha

Colombo-07.


SECTION 5

STANDARD FORMS (CONTRACT)

Letter of Acceptance

Agreement

Performance Security

Advance Payment Security


FORM OF LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE

[Letter head paper of the employer]

........................................... [date]

[LETTER HEADING PAPER OF THE PROCURING ENTITY]

To: ...................................................................... [name and address of the Contractor]

.....................

This is to notify you that your bid dated ............................[ insert date] for the construction and

remedying defects of the .................... [name of the Contract and identification number] for the

Contract price of ........................ [name of currency] ............................................ [amount in

figures and words] as corrected in accordance with Instructions to Bidders and/ or modified by a

Memorandum of understanding, is hereby accepted.

You are hereby instructed to proceed with the execution of the said Works in accordance with

the Contract documents.

The Commencement Date shall be: .............................. (fill the date as per Clause 8.1 of

Conditions of Contract).

The amount of Performance Security is: .................................. (fill the amount as per Clause 4.2

of Conditions of Contract).

The Performance Security shall be submitted on or before .............................................. (fill the

date as per Clause 4.2 of Conditions of Contract).

Authorized Signature : .......................................................

Name and title of Signatory : ...............................................................................................


FORM OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement made the .................... [day] of ................................. [month] 20..... [year],

between .......................................... [name and address of Employer] (hereinafter called and

referred to as “the Employer”), of the one part, and ................................................... [name and

address of Contractor] (hereinafter called and referred to as “the Contractor”), of the other part:

Whereas the Employer desires that the Contractor execute ...................................[name and

identification no of Contract](hereinafter called and referred to as “the Works”) and the

Employer has accepted the Bid by the Contractor for the execution and completion of such

Works and remedying of any defects therein.

The Employer and the Contractor agree as follows:

1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively

assigned to them in the Contract.

2. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as indicated in

this Agreement, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute and complete the

Works and remedy any defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the

Contract.

3.The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execute and

complete the Works and remedy any defects therein, the Contract Price or such other sum as

may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner

prescribed by the Contract.

In Witness whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and

year aforementioned in accordance with laws of Sri Lanka.

........................................................ ..........................................................

Authorised signature of Contractor Authorised signature of

Employer

COMMON SEAL COMMON SEAL

In the presence of witnesses:

1. Name and NIC No...............................................................................

Signature ............................................................................................

Address ...............................................................................................

2. Name and NIC No ...............................................................................

Signature ............................................................................................

Address ...............................................................................................


FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY

(Unconditional)

_________________ [Issuing Agency’s Name, and Address of Issuing Branch or Office]

_________________

Beneficiary: Secretary, State Ministry of Ornamental Fish, Inland Fish & Prawn

Farming, Fishery Harbour Development, Multiday Fishing Activities and Fish Exports

,New Secretariat Maligawatta, Colombo 10.

Date: ____________________

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE NO: _________________________

We have been informed that ____________________________ [name of the contractor]

(hereinafter called “the Contractor”) has entered into Contract No. ______________________

[reference number of the Contract] dated ___________________ with you, for the

___________________________________ [insert “construction”] of

__________________________ [name of Contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter

called “the Contract”).

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Conditions of the Contract, a performance

guarantee is required.

At the request of the Contractor, we _______________[name of Agency] hereby irrevocably

undertake to pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of

_______________________ [name in figures](

_________________________________________ ) [amount in words], upon receipt by us of

your first demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Contractor is in

breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without your needing to prove or to show grounds

for your demand or the sum specified therein.

This guarantee shall expire, no later than the ……day of ……..., 20…. [insert date, 28 days

beyond the time for Completion of Defects Notification Period] and any demand for payment

under it must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

____________________________

[signature(s)]


FORM OF ADVANCE PAYMENT SECURITY

.....................[Name and address of Agency, and Address of Issuing Branch or Office].................

Beneficiary: Secretary, State Ministry of Ornamental Fish, Inland Fish & Prawn

Farming, Fishery Harbour Development, Multiday Fishing Activities and Fish Exports

,New Secretariat Maligawatta, Colombo 10.

Date: .........................................

ADVANCE PAYMENT GUARANTEE No: .................................................

We have been informed that ............................[name of Contractor] (hereinafter called “the

Contractor”) has entered into Contract No. ............................ [reference number of the

contract] dated ......................................... with you, for the .................................construction of

......................................... [name of contract and brief description](hereinafter called “the

Contract”).

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, an advance

payment in the sum .........................[amount in figures] (..........................) [amount in words] is

to be made against an advance payment guarantee.

At the request of the Contractor, we ...................................[name of issuing agency] hereby

irrevocably undertake to pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of

.............................. [amount in figures] (....................) [amount in words] upon receipt by us of

your first demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Contractor is

in breach of its obligation in repayment of the Advance Payment under the Contract.

The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the

advance payment repaid by the Contractor.

This guarantee shall expire on ...............................[insert the date, 28 days beyond the Time of

Completion]

Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this

office on or before that date.

.......................................................................

[signature(s)]


VOLUME - 2


SECTION 2

BIDDING DATA


BIDDING DATA

Instructions to

Bidders Clause

Reference

Entry

1.1

Employer's Name and Address

Name: Secretary,

Address: State Ministry of Ornamental Fish, Inland Fish & Prawn

Farming, Fishery Harbour Development, Multiday Fishing

Activities and Fish Exports ,New Secretariat Maligawatta,

Colombo 10.

Scope of Works;

The aim of the project is to revive the Myliddy Fishery Harbour in the Jaffna

district, which had been under the control of the Ministry of Defence during

the time of conflict and therefore unused by fishermen for fishery activities.

This harbour, which has now been released for the use of fishermen, needs

extensive development or modification of existing offshore and onshore

structures and construction of new facilities if necessary. This will inevitably

boost the existing potential for fishing industry in the area. Hence, to identify

the development options for upgrading the Myliddy fishery harbour is the

primary objective of the project. Therefore, the planning and designing of

fishery harbour have been carried out to:

a. ensure the safe navigation and year round access by upgrading and

providing suitable marine structures (Breakwater, Quay wall etc.)

b. provide an adequate basin area & navigational facilities

c. provide the shore facilities ..

The main works taken up for construction under this contract package for

(i) Construction/Modification of damage length (221 m) of main

breakwater and repair the core at main and secondary breakwater

(ii) New Quay Wall

(iii) Construction of basic shore facilities as mentioned below

Manager's Quarters for HM & DHM

Bachelor’s Quarters

External Work

Location: Myliddy, Jaffna District.

1.2 Time for Completion :The Time for Completion for the whole of works shall

be ;365 Calendar days.


2.1 Source of funds :The source of funds is Consolidated Funds of Government

of Sri Lanka (GOSL).

4.1 Qualification Information

The following information shall be provided in Section 9 - Schedules:

ICTAD/ CIDA registration

Registration number; ………………………….

Grade; ……………...…………………………

Specialty; ……………...…………………………

Expiry date……………………………………

VAT registration number; …………………………….

Attach construction program.

Attach legal status (Sole proprietor, Partnership, Company etc.)

Attach authentication for signatory (written power of attorney).

Total monetary value of construction work performed for each of the

last 05 years

Experience in works of a similar nature and size for each of the last five

years.

Construction equipment details.

Staffing details with qualification.

Attach construction work program and construction methodology.

Details of Principal place of business……………………………

Attach audited financial reports for last 05 years.

Evidence of adequacy of working capital to execute and complete this

contract.

The Bidder shall possess a valid certificate issued by the Registrar of

Public Contract in accordance with the Section 8 of Public Contracts Act

No 03 of 1987 for every Bid which exceeds tenderable amount of Rs. 5

million.This will be a qualification for award of the Contrct.

● As per Public Finance Circular No.03/2020 (I) 5% Special Preference will be

given for public enterprises for financial evaluation.

4.2 (a) ICTAD/ CIDA registration

The registration is required:

a) Specialty- Grade C3 or above in the field of Maritime

Construction .

4.2 (b) Average annual volume of construction work performed in last five

years

Average annual volume of construction work performed in last five years

shall least Rs 296 Million.


4.2 (c) Successful completion as main contractor of a construction project of similar

nature and complexity ( Breakwater) with a project value at least Rs. 138

Million for Maritime Construction completed within 12 months, or a higher

project value completed within a proportionate time period as a main

contractor during last ten (10) years.

4.2 (d) Essential equipment/Machinery

Proposals for the timely acquisition (own, lease, hire, etc.) of the following

essential equipment shall be:

Type No. Capacity

1. Long Arm Excavator 1 Similar to PC400

2. Long Arm Excavator 1 Similar to PC 300

3. Long Arm Excavators 2 Similar to PC 200

4. Wheel Loader 3 2m3

5. Off Road Dump Trucks 5 20Ton

4.2 (e) Qualifications and experience of the Contract Management staff

Project Manager (1 No) B.Sc. (Civil Engineering) with minimum

10 years’ Construction experience

including 1 year Marine construction

experience.

Site Engineer ( 1 No) B.Sc (Civil Engineering+ 3 years

Experience/NVQ 6 with 4 years experience

including 01 year marine construction

Quantity Surveyor (1 No) B.Sc. (QS) + 2years experience /NVQ 6

with 3 years’ experience / Technical

Member of IQSSL with 2 years’ experience

/ NCT (QS) + 10 years’ experience

Technical Officer (1 Nos) NDT or equivalent + 4 years’ experience /

NCT + 10 years’ experience

4.2 (f) Liquid assets and /or credit facilities required

The minimum amount of liquid assets and/or credit facilities, net of other

contractual commitments and exclusive of any advance payments which

may be made under the Contract, shall not be less than Rs. 49 million.

Bidders shall submit documentary evidence to prove the availability of liquid

assets.

10.1 Clarification of Bidding Documents

Employer’s address for clarification of bidding documents is

Procurement Manager,

Ceylon Fishery Harbours Corporation ,No 15, Rock House Lane,

Colombo-15

Tel :. 011 2525063


Facsimile : 0112520577

Email address ; [email protected]

13.1(A) (j) Documents comprising the Bid As per the ITB of the ICTAD Publication

No. ICTAD/SBD/02-Second Edition-January 2007

13.1(B) (d) Additional information is As per the ITB of the ICTAD Publication

No.ICTAD/SBD/02-Second Edition-January 2007 with addendum issued on

October 2009

14.4 Adjustments for change in cost

The Contract is subjected to price adjustment

16.1 Period of Bid validity

The Bid shall be valid up to 20th

October 2021 from the date of closing of the

bid. (91 days)

17.1 The amount of Bid Security

The Amount of Bid Security is Sri Lankan Rupees Two Million

(Rs.2,000,000.00) only.

17.2 Validity of Bid Security

The Bid Security shall be unconditional on demand guarantee, valid

up 16th

November 2021(119 days) from the date of closing of bids

,issued by an agency acceptable to Employer. The agencies acceptable

to Employer and Treasury approved Commercial banks operating in

Sri Lanka .

19.1 Pre-Bid meeting

Pre Bid meeting will be held at

Date :08 th

July 2021

Time : 10.00 am

Venue: Conference Hall, Ceylon Fishery Harbours Corporation,

No15, Rock House Lane, Colombo-15

21.2 (a) Employer's Address for Bid submission

Employer’s address for the purpose of bid submission is

Chairman,

Ministry Procurement Committee

Procurement Division,

Ceylon Fishery Harbours Corporation, No 15, Rock House Lane

Colombo 15.

Phone : 0112525063 Facsimile: 0112520577


21.2 (b) Identification number of Contract

Identification Number of the Contract is:

CFHC/SD/MPC/Phase 11/My/2021/01

22.1 Deadline for submission of Bids

The deadline for submission of Bids on or before 14.00 hrs on 20th

July 2021

25.1 Bid opening

Venue:

Procurement Division, Ceylon Fishery Harbours

Corporation, No 15, Rock House Lane Colombo 15.

Time:

14.00 hrs on 20th

July 2021(Bids will be opened soon after

closing in the presence of bidder’s representative)

35.1 Amount of Performance Security

The Standard Form of Performance Security acceptable to the Employer shall

be a unconditional, on demand Guarantee from any Commercial Bank

operating in Sri Lanka and approved by Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

The amount of Performance Security is 5% of the Initial Contract Price. The

performance Security Shall be valid until 28 days beyond the expected

completion date of the Defect Liability Period

37

Dispute Adjudication Board (DAB)

The Adjudicator proposed by the Employer is

Construction Industry Development Authority (CIDA) (Former ICTAD)

Fees and type of reimbursable expenses to be paid to the Adjudicator shall be on a

case to case basis and shall be equally shared by the contractor and the Employer.


SECTION 4

CONTRACT DATA


CONTRACT DATA

Conditions of

Contract Clause

Number/s

1.1.2.2,&1.3. Employer's Name and Address

Secretary .State Ministry of Ornamental Fish, Inland

Fish & Prawn Farming, Fishery Harbour Development,

Multiday Fishing Activities and Fish Exports ,New

Secretariat Maligawatta, Colombo 10

Employer's Authorized Representative

Chairmen,

Ceylon Fishery Hrbours Corporation, No 15, Rock House Lane,

Colombo-15

Phone: 0112525065

Facsimile: 0112522947

1.3 Contractor's Name and Address

Name: ………………………………….

Address:…………………………….........

……………………………………

1.1.2.4 & 1.3 Engineer's name and Address

DGM (Engineering),

Ceylon Fishery Hrbours Corporation, No 15, Rock House Lane,

Colombo-15 Tel :. 011 2527439

Facsimile: 0112520268

1.1.3.3 Time for Completion of Work

Time for completion is 365 Calendar Days.

1.1.3.7 Defects Notification Period

Defect Notification Period is 365 Days

2.1 Right to access to the Site

14 Days after Letter of Acceptance `

3.1 Engineer's Duties and Authority

The Engineer shall obtain the specific approval of the Employer

before taking action under the following.

Sub-Clause of these Conditions:

a. Clause 13. 3 - Variation Procedure

Ordering any variation, if the value of such

variation is likely to exceed 5% of the sum

named in the Letter of .


b. Clause 4.4 - Subcontractors

c. Clause 5.0 - Nominated Subcontractors

d. Clause 8.4 - Extension of Time for

Completion

e. Clause 8.8 - Suspension of Work

f. Clause 8.11 – Prolonged Suspension

g. Clause 10 - Employer’s Taking Over

h. Clause 11.3 – Extension of Defects Notification

Period

i. Clause 11.8 - Performance Certificate

j. Clause 13.6 - Adjustments in Changes in

Legislation

k. Clause 16.4 - Payment on Termination

Notwithstanding any obligations set out elsewhere in this Contract to

obtain approval from the Employer, if, in the opinion of the Engineer,

an emergency occurs affecting the safety of life or of the Works or of

adjoining property, he may, without relieving the Contractor of any

of his duties or responsibilities under the Contract, instruct the

Contractor to execute all such work or to do such things as may, in

the opinion of the Engineer, be necessary to abate or reduce the risk.

The Contractor shall forthwith comply, despite the absence of

approval of the Employer, with any such instruction of the Engineer.

The Engineer shall determine an addition to the Contract Price, in

respect of such instruction, in accordance with Clause 13 and shall

notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.

4.2 Amount of Performance Security

The Performance Security acceptable to the Employer shall be a

unconditional, on demand Guarantee from any Commercial Bank

operating in Sri Lanka and approved by Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

The amount of Performance Security is 5% of the Initial Contract Price.

The performance Security Shall be valid until 28 days beyond the

expected completion date of the Defect Liability Period.

8.7 Liquidated damages for the works

0.05% of the Initial Contract Price per Day.

8.7 Maximum amount of liquidated damages

10 % of the Initial Contract Price

12.2 (b) Method of Measurements

As stated in the preambles to the Bill of Quantities. ( Measure and Pay )

12.3 Delete Clause 12.3 and add this

The quantities in the BOQ are provisional. The rates of BOQ items shall


not be adjusted based on the quantity changes realized upon completion.

Evaluation

Applicable Profit and Overhead percentage for variation is

i) 25% of the basic cost if work to be directly executed by the

Contractor.

ii) 8% of the Basic cost if work to be executed through a Sub

Contractor ( On a reasionable and Valid Sub-Contractor’s

Quotation/Invoice)

13.4(b) Percentage for adjustment of Provisional Sums

8%

13.7 Weightings of Inputs

Input Percentage for Price Adjustment Formula

Input Name ICTAD/CIDA Reference Indices Percentage

Skilled Labour L1 3.57

Un Skilled

Labour

L3 4.53

Heavy

Equipment

P2 17.63

Fuel P3 2.71

Cement M1 2.33

Rubble (

Amour)

M6 54.51

Metal M7 1.64

Sand M8 1.06

Reinforcement

Steel

M13 2.02

Total 90

Non-adjustable elements shall be:

a) Preliminaries

b) .All Provisional Sum Items

c) Contingency Item

14.2 Total Advance Payment 20% of the Initial Contract Price excluding

provisional sums and contingencies will be paid in two (2) installments upon

the submission of irrevocable, unconditional ,on demand bank guarantee as

per the format given in the section 5 , Standard Forms ( Contract),acceptable

to the Employer, issued from a commercial bank operating in Sri-Lanka.

In equal two installments after fulfilling following listed requirements;

a) Issuanlance of the Letter of Acceptance

b) After Funishing of acceptable performance gurantee


c) After furnishing of and acceptble Advance Payment Gurantee ( for

1st Installment)

Second Installment shall released after the fulfillment of all of the following

requirements;

a) After signing the Contract Agreement

b) After furnishing of Acceptable Advence Payment Guarantee,( for

Second Installment)

c) After full completion of mobilization including but not limited to

Engineer’s Facilities,Contractor’s Facilities, services,machineries

and equipment for the use of Works at the sole discretion of the

Engineer.

10% will be released after the award of the contract and balance 10% after

fully mobilization.

14.3(c) Percentage of Retention

10% of value of Work done

14.3(c) Limit of Retention Money

5% of the Contract Price

14.5 Minimum amount Of interim payment Certificates

Rs. 10,000,000.00 (Rupees Ten million

14.8 Alternative method for payment of retention

Not Applicable for this Contract

18.2 Third Party Insurance

The Amount of insurance per occurrence is: Rupees Rs. 1,000,000.00. The

insurance policy shall be structured to include Insurance for Employer’s and

Engineer’s personals.

19.2 If the Employer and the Contractor do not agree on the appointment of the

Adjudicator prior to the signing of the agreement, the Adjudicator shall be

appointed by the Institute of Engineers- Sri Lanka.

Reactivation and Reconstruction of Myliddy Fishery Harbour in Northern Province - Phase I Page 6 | 1

SECTION 6

SPECIFICATIONS


Part 1 - Standard Specifications

The Standard Specifications also referred to as General Specifications for this Contract are;

Specifications for Building Works”, Volume I ICTAD Publication No. SCA/4/1, 3rd

Edition July 2004

Specifications for Building Works”, Volume II ICTAD Publication No. SCA/4/2, 2nd

Edition October 2001

Specifications for Coastal and Harbour Engineering Works”, ICTAD Publication No.

SCA/6, 2nd

Edition (Revised) June 2008.

Specifications for Water Supply Sewerage and Storm Water Drainage ICTAD

Publication No. SCA/3/2, 2nd

edition(Revised) April 2002)

Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Roads and Bridges, ICTAD

Publication No. SCA/5, 2nd

Edition June 2009

Specifications for Reclamation Works”, ICTAD Publication No. SCA/3/3, 2nd

Edition

(Revised) December 1999.

Electrical & Mechanical Works, ICTAD Publication No. SCA/8, 2nd

Edition (Revised)

August 2000

These standard specifications can be purchased from Construction Industry Development

Authority, CIDA (formally Institute for Construction Training and Development (ICTAD)),

“Sausiripaya”, 123, Wijerama Mawatha, Colombo 7, Sri Lanka.

Part 2 – Particular Specifications

The “Particular Specifications” also referred as “Technical Specifications” and also referred to

as “Special Provisions” contained herein shall be read in conjunction with the Standard

Specification and shall supplement, replace or supersede the Standard Specifications as

appropriate. Where there is an ambiguity or discrepancy between the Standard Specifications

and the Particular Specifications, the Particular Specifications shall have preference and shall

govern.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

100. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ..........................................................................................11

101. GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................... 11

101.1. SCOPE OF WORKS AND BACKGROUND ......................................................................... 11

101.2. ORGANIZATION AND INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................. 12

101.3. DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT ................................................................................................ 12

102. CONTROL OF WORKS ............................................................................................................... 13

102.1. EXECUTION SEQUENCE ..................................................................................................... 13

102.2. FISH HARBOUR OPERATIONS AND CONTRACTORS WORK ...................................... 13

102.3. CONTRACTORS WORKING AREAS .................................................................................. 13

102.4. CLEARING OF SITE .............................................................................................................. 14

102.5. WORK EXECUTED BY OTHERS ......................................................................................... 14

103. SITE ACCESS ............................................................................................................................... 14

103.1. CONTRACTOR‟S STAFF ACCESS ...................................................................................... 14

103.2. LAND ACCESS ....................................................................................................................... 14

103.3. MARINE ACCESS .................................................................................................................. 15

104. FACILITIES FOR THE ENGINEER ............................................................................................ 15

104.1. ENGINEER'S OFFICE ............................................................................................................ 15

104.2. HOUSING FOR THE ENGINEER'S STAFF .......................................................................... 17

104.3. TRANSPORT FOR ENGINEER‟S (CONSULTANT‟S) STAFF ........................................... 19

104.4. CLERICAL AND OFFICE SUPPORT STAFF ....................................................................... 20

104.5. TESTING LABORATORY ..................................................................................................... 20

104.6. SURVEY ASSISTANCE ......................................................................................................... 21

104.7. SAFETY GEAR ....................................................................................................................... 22

105. CODE OF PRACTICE & STANDARDS ..................................................................................... 22

105.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 22

106. INTERFERENCE WITH EXISTING ACTIVITIES .................................................................... 23

107. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MEASURES .................................................................... 23

107.1. EARTHWORK AND SOIL CONSERVATION ..................................................................... 24

107.2. WATER–PROTECTION OF WATER QUALITY ................................................................. 26

107.3. AIR POLLUTION .................................................................................................................... 28

107.3.1. GENERATION OF DUST ....................................................................................................... 28

107.3.2. EMISSION FROM CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY AND FACILITIES . 28

107.3.3. ODOUR AND OFFENSIVE SMELLS ................................................................................... 29

107.4. NOISE POLLUTION AND VIBRATION .............................................................................. 29

107.4.1. NOISE FROM VEHICLES, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT ................................................... 29


107.4.2. VIBRATION ............................................................................................................................ 29

107.4.3. NOISE FROM BLASTING OR PRE-SPLITTING OPERATIONS ....................................... 30

107.5. IMPACT ON FLORA AND FAUNA ...................................................................................... 30

107.5.1. LOSS OR DAMAGE TO FLORA AND FAUNA................................................................... 30

107.5.2. CHANCE FOUND IMPORTANT FLORA OR FAUNA ....................................................... 30

107.6. DISRUPTION TO USERS ....................................................................................................... 30

107.6.1. LOSS OF ACCESS .................................................................................................................. 30

107.7. ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION REQUIREMENTS ....................................................... 31

107.7.1. TURBIDITY CURTAIN .......................................................................................................... 31

108. HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................. 32

108.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 32

108.2. SAFETY PROGRAM .............................................................................................................. 32

108.3. TRAINING ............................................................................................................................... 32

109. PROTECTION OF THE WORKS ................................................................................................ 33

110. PROJECT SIGN BOARDS ........................................................................................................... 33

110.1. DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................ 33

111. SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................. 34

111.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 34

111.2. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ................................................................................................ 34

111.3. SHOP DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................. 35

111.4. SAMPLES ................................................................................................................................ 36

111.5. QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS................................................................................... 37

111.6. ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS ...................................................................................... 37

111.7. RECORD CONTRACT DRAWINGS ..................................................................................... 38

111.8. CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS ..................................................................................... 38

111.9. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS ............................................................................. 38

112. QUALITY PROGRAM ................................................................................................................. 38

112.1. CONTRACTOR‟S OBLIGATION .......................................................................................... 38

112.2. COORDINATION MEETING ................................................................................................. 39

112.3. CONTENT OF QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM ......................................................... 39

112.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION ........................ 39

112.5. QUALITY TESTS .................................................................................................................... 40

112.6. PARTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTIONS ............................................................................ 43

112.7. FINAL INSPECTION OF CONSTRUCTION WORK ........................................................... 43

112.8. QUALITY ASSURANCE DOCUMENTATION .................................................................... 44

112.9. NOTIFICATION OF NONCOMPLIANCE ............................................................................ 44

112.10. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL .......................................................................... 45


113. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT ............................................................................................................ 45

113.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 45

113.2. FINAL SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................ 45

113.3. RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS ........................................................................................ 45

113.4. FINAL CLEANING ................................................................................................................. 45

113.5. FINAL INSPECTION .............................................................................................................. 46

200. BREAKWATERS ................................................................................................................47

201. GENERAL DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................... 47

202. REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................. 47

203. ROCK MATERIALS ..................................................................................................................... 48

203.1. SOURCES OF ROCK MATERIALS ...................................................................................... 48

203.2. ROCK PROPERTIES .............................................................................................................. 48

203.3. CLASSIFICATION .................................................................................................................. 49

203.4. DELIVERY OF STONE MATERIALS .................................................................................. 49

204. CONSTRUCTION ......................................................................................................................... 50

204. 1. BREAKWATERS .................................................................................................................... 50

205. FINAL INSPECTIONS AND SURVEYS .................................................................................... 51

300. QUAY WALLS ....................................................................................................................53

301. SCOPE OF WORK ........................................................................................................................ 53

302. REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................. 53

303. MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................. 54

303.1. CONCRETE FOR MARITIME STRUCTURES ..................................................................... 54

303.2. GABIONS ................................................................................................................................ 54

303.3. EXPANSION JOINT FILLERS ............................................................................................... 54

303.4. FILTER FABRIC BEHIND QUAY WALLS (GEOTEXTILES) ........................................... 55

304. CONSTRUCTION ......................................................................................................................... 55

305. WORKMANSHIP ......................................................................................................................... 56

305.1. SHOP DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................. 56

305.2. WELDING ............................................................................................................................... 56

305.3. BOLTING ................................................................................................................................. 57

305.4. CORROSION PROTECTION OF STEEL .............................................................................. 57

500. CONCRETE .........................................................................................................................58

501. INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................... 58

502. REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................. 58

503. MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................. 59

503.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 59


503.2. CEMENT .................................................................................................................................. 59

503.3. AGGREGATES ....................................................................................................................... 59

503.4. MIXING WATER .................................................................................................................... 61

503.5. ADMIXTURES ........................................................................................................................ 61

503.6. REINFORCEMENT ................................................................................................................. 62

504. CONCRETE COMPOSITION ...................................................................................................... 62

504.1. MIX PROPORTIONS .............................................................................................................. 62

504.2. PROPERTIES OF FRESH CONCRETE ................................................................................. 62

504.3. CONCRETE TRIALS .............................................................................................................. 63

505. PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE .................................................................................................. 63

505.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 63

505.2. PRODUCTION PROGRAM .................................................................................................... 63

505.3. EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................................... 63

505.4. DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS ................................................................... 64

505.5. BATCHING ............................................................................................................................. 64

505.6. MIXING ................................................................................................................................... 64

505.7. TRANSPORT ........................................................................................................................... 64

506. INSPECTION AND TESTING ..................................................................................................... 64

506.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 64

506.2. TESTING OF MATERIALS.................................................................................................... 65

506.3. TESTING OF COMPOSITION ............................................................................................... 65

506.4. CONCRETE TRIALS AND TESTING OF STRENGTH ....................................................... 66

506.5. TRIAL POUR ........................................................................................................................... 66

506.6. CONCRETE DEEMED NOT TO COMPLY .......................................................................... 66

506.7. DATA AND INSPECTION ..................................................................................................... 67

507. FORMWORK ................................................................................................................................ 67

507.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 67

507.2. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION .......................................................................................... 67

507.3. CLEANING AND TREATMENT ........................................................................................... 67

507.4. CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES ........................................................................................ 68

507.5. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL ........................................................................................... 68

507.6. STRIKING OF FORMWORK ................................................................................................. 68

508. REINFORCEMENT ...................................................................................................................... 68

508.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 68

508.2. HANDLING, CUTTING AND BENDING ............................................................................. 68

508.3. PLACING AND FIXING ......................................................................................................... 69

508.4. WELDING ............................................................................................................................... 69


508.5. LAPS ........................................................................................................................................ 69

508.6. EMBEDDED ITEMS ............................................................................................................... 69

508.7. DELAYS DUE TO REJECTION OF REINFORCEMENT .................................................... 69

509. CONCRETE PLACEMENT.......................................................................................................... 70

509.1. PLACING ................................................................................................................................. 70

509.2. COMPACTION ........................................................................................................................ 70

509.3. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ..................................................................................................... 71

509.4. UNDERWATER CONCRETE ................................................................................................ 71

510. TREATMENT AND CURING ..................................................................................................... 71

510.1. UPPER SURFACES ................................................................................................................ 71

510.2. MOIST CURING ..................................................................................................................... 72

510.3. PROTECTION ......................................................................................................................... 72

510.4. PROVISIONS AGAINST EARLY THERMAL CRACKING ................................................ 72

510.5. HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................... 72

510.6. HARDENED CONCRETE ...................................................................................................... 73

510.7. CONCRETE DEEMED NOT TO COMPLY .......................................................................... 73

510.8. DELAYS DUE TO UNSATISFACTORY TREATMENT & CURING OF CONCRETE ..... 73

600. MASONRY, TILING & PAINTING .................................................................................74

601. MASONRY .................................................................................................................................... 74

601.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 74

601.2. CEMENT .................................................................................................................................. 74

601.3. SOLID BLOCKS ...................................................................................................................... 74

602. PLASTERING ............................................................................................................................... 76

602.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 76

602.2. MATERIALS AND STORAGE .............................................................................................. 76

602.3. GENERAL PREPARATION ................................................................................................... 77

602.4. EXTERNAL PLASTERING .................................................................................................... 77

602.5. INTERNAL PLASTERING ..................................................................................................... 78

602.6. EXTERNAL RENDERING ..................................................................................................... 78

602.7. PLASTIC MESH REINFORCING / REINFORCEMENT FOR PLASTERED COATINGS 79

603. TILING .......................................................................................................................................... 80

603.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 80

603.2. CERAMIC AND VITREOUS TILE MATERIALS ................................................................ 80

603.3. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 80

603.4. DEFECT AND GUARANTEES .............................................................................................. 82

604. PAINTING ..................................................................................................................................... 82

604.1. DEFINITION OF TERMINOLOGY ....................................................................................... 82


604.2. PAINT FINISH SYMBOLS ..................................................................................................... 83

604.3. MATERIALS ........................................................................................................................... 83

604.4. PREPARATION OF PAINT .................................................................................................... 83

604.5. PROCEDURE OF PAINTING ................................................................................................ 84

605. CEMENT RENDERING ............................................................................................................... 87

605.1. CEMENT .................................................................................................................................. 87

605.2. INTERNAL RENDERING ...................................................................................................... 87

605.3. EXTERNAL RENDERING ..................................................................................................... 88

700. WOOD FABRICATION .....................................................................................................89

701. ALUMINIUM FABRICATION .................................................................................................... 89

701.1. DRAWINGS & MATERIALS ................................................................................................. 89

701.2. DOORS & WINDOWS ............................................................................................................ 89

701.3. DOORS, WINDOWS & PARTITIONS .................................................................................. 91

701.4. PUSH UP ROLLER SHUTTERS ............................................................................................ 91

701.5. TOP HUNG WINDOWS, VENTILATORS & SIDE HUNG DOORS ................................... 92

701.6. LOUVERS ................................................................................................................................ 93

701.7. INSTALLATION ..................................................................................................................... 93

701.8. SEALING JOINTS ................................................................................................................... 94

701.9. GLASS INSTALLATION ....................................................................................................... 94

701.10. GLAZED/NON GLAZED PARTITIONS ............................................................................... 95

702. STRUCTURAL TIMBER FABRICATION.................................................................................. 95

702.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 95

702.2. FABRICATION ....................................................................................................................... 97

703. DOOR & WINDOW FABRICATION .......................................................................................... 98

704. ROOF INSTALLATION ............................................................................................................... 98

704.1. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS ................................................................................................ 98

704.2. ROOF CLADDING .................................................................................................................. 99

704.3. RIDGE CAPPING & FLASHING ........................................................................................... 99

704.4. WORKMANSHIP .................................................................................................................. 100

704.5. WATER PROOFING OF CONCRETE ROOF SLABS ........................................................ 101

800. WATER SUPPLY & DRAINAGE ...................................................................................102

801. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 102

801.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 102

801.2. RO WATER TREATMENT PLANT .................................................................................... 102

801.3. PROVISION OF DRAWINGS & MANUALS ..................................................................... 103

801.4. RECORD OF DRAWINGS ................................................................................................... 104

801.5. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ............................................................... 104


801.6. TEST REQUIREMEMS......................................................................................................... 104

802. WATER SUPPLY INSTALLATIONS ....................................................................................... 105

802.1. MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................... 105

802.2. SAMPLES .............................................................................................................................. 105

802.3. EXCAVATION ...................................................................................................................... 105

802.4. PIPING ................................................................................................................................... 106

803. DRAINAGE INSTALLATIONS ................................................................................................ 107

803.1. MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................... 107

803.2. LAYING OF PIPES ............................................................................................................... 107

804. SANITARY FITTINGS &ACCESSORIES ................................................................................ 109

804.1. FITTINGS .............................................................................................................................. 109

804.2. FIXTURES & ACCESSORIES ............................................................................................. 109

804.3. WASH BASINS& MIRRORS ............................................................................................... 109

805. WATER TANK & PUMPING SYSTEM ................................................................................... 109

805.1. HEAD TANKS ....................................................................................................................... 109

805.2. WATER PUMP ...................................................................................................................... 110

805.3. PUMP SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 110

806. SEPTIC TANK & SOAKAGE PIT ............................................................................................. 110

806.1. SEPTICTANK ........................................................................................................................ 110

900 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION & EQUIPMENT ......................................................111

901. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 111

902. L.V. MAIN SWITCH BOARDS AND SUB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS ................................. 115

902.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 115

903. FINAL DISTRIBUTION BOARD .............................................................................................. 117

903.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 119

904. LV CABLES ................................................................................................................................ 119

904.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 119

905. TERMINATION & STRAIGHT JOINTS ................................................................................... 119

906. STREET LIGHTING COLUMNS .............................................................................................. 120

906.1. DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................... 120

906.2. SHOP DRAWINGS ............................................................................................................... 120

906.3. MASTS FOR STREET LIGHTING ...................................................................................... 121

906.4. DETAILED DESIGNS AND SUBMITTALS ....................................................................... 121

907. CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS ................................................................................................... 121

907.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 121

907.2. INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................... 122

907.3. CONDUIT FITTINGS ........................................................................................................... 122


908. GENERAL LIGHTING AND POWER INSTALLATIONS ...................................................... 123

908.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 123

908.2. INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................... 123

908.3. LIGHTING FITTINGS .......................................................................................................... 124

908.4. RECESSED FLORESCENT LIGHT FITTINGS .................................................................. 124

908.5. MATERIAL & FINISH.......................................................................................................... 125

908.6. INSTALLATION & MOUNTING ........................................................................................ 125

908.7. LIGHT FIXTURES ................................................................................................................ 125

908.8. CEILING FANS ..................................................................................................................... 126

908.9. LIGHTING SWITHES ........................................................................................................... 127

908.10. SWITCH SOCKET OUTLETS .............................................................................................. 127

909. EARTHING SYSTEM ................................................................................................................ 127

909.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 128

909.2. EARTHING EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................... 128

910. LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM ..................................................................................... 130

910.1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 130

1000 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS............................................................................................132

1001. WEIGH BRIDGE ................................................................................................................... 132

1002 BOLLARDS ........................................................................................................................... 132

1003. FENDERS .............................................................................................................................. 132

1004. BEACONS (NAVIGATION LIGHT) .................................................................................... 133

1004.1 REFERENCES ....................................................................................................................... 133


PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS

100. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

101. GENERAL

101.1. SCOPE OF WORKS AND BACKGROUND

This section describes the background information, the project and the work to be performed

under this Contract. Detailed requirements and extent of work are stated in applicable

Conditions of Contract, Specifications and shown on the drawings.

The aim of the project is to revive the Myliddy Fishery Harbour in the Jaffna district, which had

been under the control of the Ministry of Defense during the time of conflict and therefore

unused by fishermen for fishery activities. This harbour, which has now been released for the

use of fishermen, needs extensive development or modification of existing offshore and onshore

structures and construction of new facilities if necessary. This will inevitably boost the existing

potential for fishing industry in area. Hence, to identify the development options for upgrading

the Myliddy fishery harbor is the primary objective of the project. Therefore, the planning and

designing of fishery harbor have been carried out to:

a. ensure the safe navigation and year round access by upgrading and providing suitable

marine structures

b. provide an adequate basin area & navigational facilities

c. provide the shore facilities such as auction hall, net mending hall, canteen, office rooms,

accommodations, and other required facilities.

The project will be carried out in two phases (Phase I and Phase II) as per the funds availability.

The phase 1 has been completed now.

The main works taken up for construction under this contract package for the Phase II are as

follows:-

(i) Construction/Modification of damage length (200 m) of main breakwater and

repair the core at main breakwater

(ii) New Quay Wall

(iii) Construction of basic shore facilities as mentioned below

(ii) Construction of basic shore facilities as mentioned below

Manager's Quarters for HM & DHM

Bachelor‟s Quarters

External Works


101.2. ORGANIZATION AND INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

Specifications and Drawings included in these Contract Documents establish the performance

quality requirement, location and general arrangement of materials and equipment, and establish

the acceptable standards for quality of workmanship and appearance.

Specification sections have not been divided into groups for work of separate Contractors, sub-

Contractors, or various trades. There should be questions concerning the applicability or

interpretation of a particular section or part of a section or Drawing, such questions shall be

directed to the Employer for resolution. Work show on the Drawings is intended to be depictive,

is not exact and is not intended to show the complete representation of the actual finished work,

even though some items may not be specifically shown on the Drawings.

A part of the work that is necessary or required to complete the work for its intended purpose,

even though it is not specifically included in the Specifications or on the Drawings, shall be

performed as incidental work as if it were described in the Specification and shown on the

Drawings.

The Contractor shall perform all Works under this Contract; the Contractor shall ensure that the

construction is completed in accordance with the Contract and approved designs.

101.3. DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

The fishery harbour has been proposed to develop with the basin area of 3.8 Ha and the entrance

channel width of 60m. The works consist of rehabilitation of 200m length of the main

breakwater mentioned in Drawing No. LHI/ML/LO/1and providing the shore facilities as

mentioned in Section 101.1.

All necessary shore facilities are shown in the Drawing No. LHI/ML/LO/1General Layout and

some of them were provided at the Phase I. The facilities need to be provided in the shore area

includes buildings for auction hall, coast guard office and accommodations, storage rooms for

boat engine, administration building including shops and the security office and managers

quarters for HM & DHM under this Phase II contract and those items are separately listed in

LHI/ML/LO/1. Further this contract will includes the supping the water and electricity facilities

as well as the landscaping (Drawing No.LHI/ML/LS/LO/1) for the entire harbour.

101.3.1. PRIMARY WORK

The Work is to be performed under these Contract Documents.

101.3.2. COMPLEMENTARY WORK

Complementary work covered by these Contract Documents includes, but is not necessarily

limited to, the following:

Conduct the Work in a safe manner with zero safety incidents by providing training to

construction personnel in conducting work safely and with sound construction methods.

Construction Risk Management Plan (CRMP) to be developed, maintained and implemented

throughout the period of construction.(as described in sub-clause 103.2 below)

Provide training to local personnel in sound construction methods.


101.3.3. OTHER PROJECT DESCRIPTION CONSIDERATIONS

Upon successful completion and adherence to all Conditions of Contract, Specifications and

Drawing requirements, the final Works shall be turned over to the Ceylon Fishery Harbour

Corporation (CFHC). All works will be carried out in a safe and secure manner and follow the

safety and security plan established by the Contractor for these works.

Work shall be conducted to minimize disruption of the harbor operations as required in the

Contract.

The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated in applicable parts of these Contract

documents, provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment,

design and construction facilities, and services necessary for proper execution, testing and

completion of the work.

The Contractor shall take all necessary cautions and provisions to handle any debris or

obstructions within the fish harbor properties when performing the Works.

102. CONTROL OF WORKS

102.1. EXECUTION SEQUENCE

The Contractor shall program the construction sequences for the fishery harbor and submit a

written statement thereof for the approval of the Employer and in accordance with project

control procedures. The construction sequence shall consider, as a minimum, each phase of the

construction activities at fishery harbor with respect to submittal reviews, existing fish harbor

operations, environmental compliance, and the effects on the competed Works.

The control of traffic during the construction will be in accordance with the Specification.

Where the construction sequence has been agreed in accordance with the Contract, the

Contractor shall follow the sequence of construction submitted. Any deviation shall be pre-

approval prior to commencement.

The Contractor may propose an alternative construction sequence provided he can demonstrate,

in a written statement, that the sequence is not detrimental to the Works or fish harbor operations

users in any way. No construction work shall commence at a fish harbor until the written consent

to the construction sequence has been given by the Employer in compliance the General

Conditions of Contract.

102.2. FISH HARBOUR OPERATIONS AND CONTRACTORS WORK

Myllidy is actively fishing operation area in which the livelihood of the fishermen is maintained.

The Contractor shall conduct all Works in such manner to minimize any impacts to the fishing

operations. The Contractor shall not allow equipment traffic or the construction operations

within the Fish Harbor at or near the fish harbor auction selling activities during peak time

periods of fishing activities, shall be incidental to the Work and shall not be allowed for

additional cost or time extension to the Contract.

102.3. CONTRACTORS WORKING AREAS

The Contractor shall demarcate by fencing the essential work areas in consultation with the

Engineer and shall be responsible for safety and security of the works and contractor's property.

The Contractor shall organize his construction work in close coordination with the Engineer,


client and the local authorities and ensure all normal harbor operations and construction works

are not disturbed.

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements with property owners, to obtain necessary

areas and facilities outside the harbor area where necessary and shall include all costs in the

respective items. Unless otherwise agreed with the property owners (public and private), the

working areas at end of contract shall be brought back to the original conditions.

102.4. CLEARING OF SITE

The Contractor upon completion of work, shall clear all work sites and staging area(s) and labor

camps of all debris, garbage, and other waste. Also, all temporary structures constructed shall be

cleared from the harbor premises. All such material and waste shall be taken away from the

harbor premises. Any disposal of waste shall be carried out both environmentally and legally

acceptable manner.

102.5. WORK EXECUTED BY OTHERS

The Employer and the Ceylon Fishery Harbors Corporation (CFHC) reserves the right to

execute, on the Site, works not included in the Contract and to employ for this purpose either his

own employees or other Contractors (see General Conditions of Contract).

The Contractor shall ensure that neither his own operations nor the actions of his employees

shall interfere with the operations of the Employer or his Contractors or CFHC‟s Contractors on

such works and the same obligations shall be imposed on the Employer or Contractors in respect

of work being executed under the Contract.

The Contractor shall provide by mutual arrangement, unhindered access to all parts of the Site to

the Employer and authorized representatives of the Employer and of public bodies and

corporations and to Contractors employed by the Employer and he shall make available to such

authorized persons the use of all temporary access tracks in or about the Site.

103. SITE ACCESS

103.1. CONTRACTOR’S STAFF ACCESS

The Contractor shall submit all Contractors‟ staff identification and requested information to

meet all clearance regulations to allow entrance to the harbor as requested by the authorities. A

list of Contractor‟s staff meeting all clearance regulations will be maintained at the fishery

harbor gate. Contractor‟s staff shall sign in and out at the harbor.

103.2. LAND ACCESS

The access to the respective harbors and haulage routes from quarries to the harbors shall be

along the existing public roads (major and minor), or existing tracks and passages.

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the use of the roads he chooses, with the

relevant authorities responsible for maintenance of the roads including the culverts and bridges.

All necessary improvements, maintenance during construction and reinstatement at the end of

the Contract, will be the responsibility of the Contractor, and shall be to the satisfaction of the

relevant authorities.


103.3. MARINE ACCESS

The Contractor‟s access to the working areas from the seaside and loading and unloading points

and stockpile areas hall be arranged with the Engineer/Employer and shall not interfere with the

existing traffic, including fishing activities.

104. FACILITIES FOR THE ENGINEER

104.1. ENGINEER'S OFFICE

The Contractor shall provide and maintain a site office for the sole use of Engineer / Engineer‟s

Representative (Consultant) and Staff. The site office shall be made available from the

commencement to the completion of the work.

The office facility with furnishing and equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor and

shall be returned to him with no compensation for fair wear, tear or breakage. It shall be fully

functional and available for the Engineer's use within 14 days from the award of the Contract and

until a date to be instructed by the Engineer, but not longer than to the end of the first calendar

month after the date of the Taking-Over Certificate.

The office shall be located in the working area in the proximity of the contractor's site office and as

approved by the Engineer.

The office shall be of good quality, well insulated and supplied with clean portable water,

electrical lights and fans, telephone and fax, Internet facility, air conditioning, water closet,

furniture, equipment and other facilities as described below. The office shall be provided with all

weather road access and covered vehicle parking space for three vehicles. The office area shall be

suitably graded and drained and provided with security fencing and entrance gate.

The Contractor shall make the necessary provision for the proper discharge of sewage and wastes.

The cost of providing, maintaining, cleaning and washing the office and equipment and cost of

water, Internet and electricity consumed, shall be included in the prices inserted against the

appropriate item in the Bills of Quantities. A provisional sum item has been provided in the Bills

of Quantities, for reimbursement of cost of all telephone charges consumed by the Engineer and

his staff.

The site office shall include the rooms listed below and can be contained in a building of minimum

30 m² in floor area. Rooms required and minimum areas are:

Resident Engineer and General use of supervisory and office staff 20 m2

Store, tea room and toilet 10 m2

The toilet shall be equipped with WC inclusive of accessories for hand washing and shower. The

installations shall be connected to an emergency water tank of minimum 500 l. All rooms shall be

accessible internally through an inter-connecting corridor. All doors shall be lockable. The office

building shall have overhanging eaves and shall be liberally provided with windows. Windows

shall be fitted with clear glass and mosquito netting and shall be capable of being open with either

hinged frames or louver type ad shall be fitted with security grills.

The proposed layout and construction of the Engineer's office shall be submitted to the Engineer

for approval immediately after the acceptance of the Contractor's tender. The office shall be

erected within three weeks from the time of mobilization on Site.


The following furniture/equipment and facilities shall be provided to the Engineer's approval:

ITEM DESCRIPTION NUMBER

Senior Executive Tables 0.9m x 1.8m with 4 Drawers with senior executive

type rotating chair 1

Executive Tables 0.75m x1.5m with 2 Drawers on either side, with a

junior executive type rotating chair 3

Typist/Secretary Tables 0.9m x1.8m with 2 Drawers on one side and table top

provision for FAX machine, Main telephone etc.

with rotating chair

1

Computer Tables Purpose made with rotating chair 2

Conference Table 1.2m x2.0m with 06 Nos. Chairs 1

Visitors chair On MS frame with cushion seat and back rest 8

Steel Lockable book

shelves 2m x 1m x 0.35m (H,W,D) with shelves and 2 doors 1

Steel Filing Cabinet with 4 drawers 1

Book Shelves 1m x2m x0.3 3 shelves 3

Bullet 1

Stapler No. 56 Heavy Duty 1

Puncher 2 - holes Heavy duty for punching up to 50 papers of

80 gsm rating 1

Pencil Sharpener Table type 1

Water Dispenser Water dispenser with matching stand to provide cold

water and regular supply of bottled potable water

with spare bottles

1

Computer Desktop

Intel core i7 6th

generation or higher Processor (Quad

core ,6MB,4T,3.2GHz,65W), with 8GB RAM or

higher, 1TB 7200rpm Hard Disk, DVD +/-RW,

Operating system Windows 10 Professional 64bit,

17" LED Monitor With UPS

1

Software for computers MS Office 2016 Professional Full Package, 2016

Adobe Acrobat Professional Writer and AutoCAD

2016

Multipurpose Printer (A4) Printer, A4 Copier and A4 Fax 1

Telephones CDMA phone registered in all regions.

1

Mobile phone registered in all regions.

2

Fire Extinguishers Based on area of facility and as approved by local

regulation 1

First Aid Box As approved by Engineer – office 1

Waste paper basket 4

Tea Service Complete set for 12 - Persons 1

Electric Kettle 2 liter capacity. 1

Refrigerator 120 liter capacity 1

Doormats Complete Set 1

Curtains Complete Set 1


Cleaning Equipment

Toilet

Complete Set 1

Cleaning Equipment

Kitchen Complete Set 1

Cleaning Equipment

General Complete Set 1

All items provided shall be new and all software shall be originals. Contractor shall submit all

details of equipment for the approval of the Engineer before purchase. All expensive

equipments shall have full two year warranties and shall be immediately replaced at the request

of the Engineer, if not operable.

The Contractor shall supply writing/typing paper, pads, scientific calculators, scale rules,

compasses, pencils, pens, toners for printers, and similar stationery items. The Contractor shall

also supply and regularly replenish stock of consumable items such as toilet paper, hand wash,

soap etc., tea and coffee bottled distinguisher and all items of a minor nature to permit the efficient

functioning of the office. Daily cleaning shall be provided.

The contractor shall make arrangement with relevant authorities to obtain telephone, internet,

water and electricity services to the office.

Day and Night Watchmen and a full-time tea-boy shall be provided.

104.2. HOUSING FOR THE ENGINEER'S STAFF

The Contractor shall provide and maintain one house fully furnished with a minimum plinth area

of 180m2 for accommodation of the Engineer‟s staff. The accommodation with its furniture and

utensils shall be fully functional and available from not later than 30days after award of the

Contract and until a date to be instructed by the Engineer, but not longer than to the end of the first

calendar month after the date of the Taking-Over Certificate. Until the accommodation is fully

functional and available, contractor to provide the hotel accommodation for Engineer/Engineer

representative (Engineer).The furniture and utensils shall remain the property of the Contractor

and shall be returned to him with no compensation for fair wear, tear or breakage.

It shall have a minimum of 3 bedrooms each having a floor area approximately 14 m2, a living

and a dining room, a kitchen, a store, a minimum of two toilets (one should be attached to the

Master bedroom), a servant‟s toilet and an enclosed garage to park 1 vehicle. The walls and

windows shall be permanent with doors lockable from both sides and the windows from inside

only. The floor shall be brick paved and cement rendered (minimum) with cement floating.

The building shall have electricity supply, clean portable water supply and drainage facilities.

The building shall have adequate electrical lighting, 5 A socket outlets for each of the bedrooms,

living, dining and kitchen. In addition, the kitchen shall be provided with a 15 A socket outlet. A

ceiling fan or a standing revolving fan should be available for each bedroom, living room and

dining room. Each of the toilets shall be equipped with a WC with a low level flushing cistern, a

wash basin, a mirror complete with all other fittings and accessories.

A stainless steel kitchen sink, pantry cupboards or other suitable furniture should be available for

the kitchen.

The premises where the building is located shall have either a masonry parapet wall or a suitable

fence (barbed wire/chain link) around with a lockable gate of minimum width of 3.25 meters.


The premises shall be within 2 km radius from the work site and subject to the approval of the

Engineer.

The following items of furniture and utensils are to be provided by the Contractor for the houses

of Engineer‟s staff. The items of furniture and utensils supplied shall be new subject to the

Engineer‟s approval. Items to be provided are to be decided by the Engineer and details of the

type and manufacture of the various items shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval

prior any order being placed by the Contractor.

4 Nos. Verandah chairs

1 set Drawing Room suite comprising 1 settee, 2 armchairs, 1 centre table and 2 drinking

stools

1 No. Dining Table for 6 persons, 6‟ x 3‟ table top 6 Nos. Dining Chairs cushioned

1 No. Bookshelf (2 shelves) 1200mm x 300mm x 800mm

1 No. Senior executive table with 2 or 3 lockable drawers on either side 5‟x5‟ table top steel

4 Nos. Armchairs of which 2 nos. to be in the Master bedroom

4 Nos. Single beds 1980 x 900mm complete with 100mm thick mattresses of which 2 nos. to

be in the Master bedroom

1 No. Steel Almirah (Cupboard) approx.1000mm side 500mm deep and 1800mm high

2 Nos. Dressing Table with mirror and shelf

2 Nos. Clothes stand of which 1 no. to be in the Master bedroom

1 No. 1500w or more Electric Iron and Ironing Board

1 No. Water Dispenser- Water dispenser with matching stand to provide cold water and

regular supply of bottled potable water with spare bottles

1 No. Kitchen cupboard

1 No. Gas cooker 2 burner table model complete with hose and regulator

1 No. Cooking Gas Cylinder 13 kg

1 No. Electric Kettle

1 No. Kitchen table 1200 x 900mm

1 No. Electric Refrigerator capacity 8 cu.ft.

4 Nos. Doormats

1 Set stainless Cutlery for 6 persons

1 set Ceramic Tea Set for 6 persons

1 set Ceramic Dinner Set for 6 persons

1 No. Rice Cooker 2 litre or above

1 set non stick Saucepans 6 pieces

6 Nos. Drinking Glasses

1 No. Executive table with 2 lockable drawers for the Master bedroom, 5‟x 3‟


Table top steel

4 Nos. Mosquito Nets – double bed of which 2 Nos. to be in the Master bedroom

A full time house boy shall be provided

104.3. TRANSPORT FOR ENGINEER’S (CONSULTANT’S) STAFF

104.3.1. VEHICLES

The Contractor shall provide at site with the engineer‟s approval, fully functional and available

for the exclusive use of Engineer and Engineer Staff a reconditioned vehicle of not older than

2016 registration, and of approved manufacture, registered in the Contractor's name:

1 No. Diesel powered, four-wheel-drive vehicle, twin cab pickup with fiber glass lockable

canopy, of engine capacity of not less than 2800cc equipped with air conditioning;

The Contractor shall keep clean and maintain the vehicles in first class condition. He shall

provide all fuel, spare parts, consumable store and oil necessary and shall keep the vehicle

insured under a fully comprehensive policy with an insurance company approved by the

Engineer.

The Contractor shall provide and approved by Engineer an experienced, full-time driver for the

vehicle and bear all costs of drivers including salaries, overtime, subsistence etc.

104.3.2. FLOATING CRAFT OR BOAT

The Contractor shall provide and maintain motorized boats with boat operators for the use of the

Employer and his staff to access work site during Contractor work operations for any purpose at

all times, seven days per week.

For boat, the Contractor shall provide a competent, qualified boat operator, with a minimum of 5

years of boat operation experience. All boat operators shall follow standard safety guidelines,

the Contractor‟s Safety Program. All boats shall meet the safety requirements of the Contract

and of the fish harbors. All boat operators shall have mobile phones provided by the Contractor.

The boats shall be suitable for sea travel safely inside and outside of the harbor. The boats shall

have adequate seating area for a minimum of 8, covered area, emergency flotation devices for all

passengers, first aid kit, tool kit and be of standard approved by the Engineer. The boats shall be

provided no later than 30days from the Commencement Date.

104.3.3. FLOATING CRAFT/ BOAT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall ensure the safe mooring of all the floating craft engaged by him for the

works during normal times, rough weather and storms. The moorings shall be located so as not

to interfere with any traffic in the area at any time.

All floating craft shall be provided with sufficient, proper and efficient life saving, fire fighting

and first aid appliances which shall be available for use at all times.

For all the craft sea worthy certificates shall be obtained from appropriate authorities as

applicable.

Buoys, moorings and fastenings for securing the Contractors floating craft during the

continuance of the Contract shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor and he shall be


responsible for any accident of damage caused by the failure of such moorings and fastenings

and drifting of the buoys and the floating craft.

The liability of the Contractor shall be the same as aforesaid even if he is allowed, at his own

request, the use of the Employers buoys, moorings and fastenings, it being understood that the

Contractor has investigated the suitability of such facilities of the Employer before using them.

The Contractor shall also provide and maintain such mark buoys with adequate lighting as may

be deemed necessary by the Engineer to warn vessels of the existence of any obstacles as a result

of the Contractors work.

104.4. CLERICAL AND OFFICE SUPPORT STAFF

The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with staff to assist in the site office administration and

execution of the Works. The staff provided shall be experienced and be capable of performing

their allotted duties.

The staff shall include an Administrator/Clerk at the site office of the Engineer with a minimum

of 3 years of similar experience and shall be experienced in using computers/word processors,

spreadsheets and be capable of using the latest version of Microsoft Office computer software,

conversant with the use of standard office equipment and have a good command of the English

Language. The staff shall also include a Draughtsman with minimum 3 years experience with

NCT or equivalent qualification including quantity surveying.

The Engineer shall select the persons from those offered by the Contractor by following a

suitable screening process. The Contractor shall ensure the continuity of the services of the

selected personnel, payment of their salaries and emoluments in accordance with the applicable

local regulations and shall also be provided with appropriate accommodations and transport to

and from the project location and project site. These staff shall not have access to the

Employer‟s/ Engineer‟s accommodations nor transportation vehicles.

The Contractor will be obliged to pay for overtime or leave in accordance with the applicable

local regulations for the staff. The Contractor shall hire these staff such that all costs by the

Contractor will be inclusive of any accommodations and transport required by the staff.

104.5. TESTING LABORATORY

The Contractor shall have access to a laboratory for the testing of materials, concrete, soil,

pavement, etc. in accordance with the requirements in the Specifications. Third party laboratory

was selected and submitted by the Contractor to Engineer for his approval with profile and other

relevant documents. The laboratory shall be equipped with all necessary apparatus, electricity,

water supply, and portable gas supply.

The laboratory shall be staffed with qualified technicians capable of carrying out tests, making and

keeping record of tests. The technicians shall be experienced in concrete testing and soil

mechanics techniques, etc.

The Engineer reserves the right to supervise the testing.

Laboratory equipment shall cover, but shall not be limited to, the following tests:

(a) Testing of Concrete

Equipment for sampling fresh concrete for all required tests in accordance with BS 1881, Part

101 (*)


Equipment for testing fresh concrete in accordance with BS 1881. Reference is made to Parts of

BS 1881

Slump Test: Part 102

Air Content: Part 106;

Equipment for making, curing and testing strength of concrete cube specimens in accordance

with BS 1881, Parts 108 and 111 (*);

Equipment for testing saturated and dry densities of concrete specimens in accordance with BS

1881, Part 114 (*);

Suitable thermometer for determination of temperature of concrete samples.

(b) Testing of Fill

Equipment for determination of particle size distribution in accordance with BS 1377 (*)

Equipment for execution of compaction tests in accordance with BS 1377

(c) Welds and Coatings

Equipment for inspection of welds for surface flaws (magnetic particle techniques) in

accordance with BS 5500, clause 5.6 (*)

Equipment for inspection of coating thickness in accordance with ISO/DIS Standard 2178 (*)

To the extent the Contractor can make arrangement with existing local laboratory facilities

acceptable to the Engineer for the prompt and reliable execution of tests marked with an asterisk

(*), he need not include the corresponding equipment in his laboratory.

104.6. SURVEY ASSISTANCE

The Contractor shall during the period of the Contract, provide and maintain for the sole use of

the Engineer‟s Representative and his staff, the following survey equipment at the site.

1 no. Total Station complete with additional tripods, prism holders and prisms (can be

share with contractor)

1 no. automatic level instrument with tripod

1 no. optical squares

2 no. aluminum leveling staves 3m with splits

8 nos. ranging rods, 2m long

1 no. steel tape 50m long

1 no. linen tape, 30m long

2 nos. pocket tapes, 5m long

1 no. lead line with decimeter marks

2 nos. hammers, 2kg

Umbrella for survey equipment

Survey books


DGPS, Echo sounding equipments and other hydrographic equipments need to be available

when required.

Pegs, nails, paint, brushes etc., shall be provided on an “as required” basis.

During the period of construction, the Contractor shall also provide chainmen, survey labors and

other assistants as required by the Engineer‟s Representative as well as their transport.

The survey equipment shall revert to the Contractor on completion of the Contract.

104.7. SAFETY GEAR

The Contractor shall provide and maintain the following safety gear for the Engineer's

Representative and staff during the execution of the contract.

4 pairs Safety Shoes

4 pairs Rubber Boots

4 Nos. Rain Coats

4 Nos. of safety Jackets (floating)

4 Nos. Helmets

5 Nos. Helmets and 5 Nos. Safety jackets(floating) for visitors

Dust masks

105. CODE OF PRACTICE & STANDARDS

105.1. GENERAL

In the absence of any definite provisions in the Specifications on any particular issue on the

Standards, reference shall be made to the latest Codes of SLS, BS/BSEN, ISO, USACE,

CIRIA/CUR ASTM or ICTAD in this order of sequence. Where these are unhelpful for the

execution and completion of the Works, the relevant tests shall conform to sound Engineering

practice and, in case of any dispute arising out of the interpretation of the above, the decision of

the Employer shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

Where BS Tests are stipulated in the Specifications, the equivalent ASTM test method may be

substituted as directed by the Employer.

The abbreviations ITCAD, ASTM, BS, ISO and SLS shall be considered to have the following

meaning:-

ICTAD : Institute for Construction Training and Development

ASTM : American Society for Testing and Materials

BS/BSEN : British Standards Institution / British European Standards

ISO : International Organization for Standardization

SLS : Sri Lanka Standards Institution

USACE : United States Army Corp of Engineers

CIRIA/CUR : Construction Industry Research and Information Association


All the Codes of Practice, Standards and Specification applicable for the Works shall be the

latest edition with all corrections and incorporations as at 28 days before the closing date for

Tender submission. Any subsequent versions may be applied during the Construction by mutual

consent.

106. INTERFERENCE WITH EXISTING ACTIVITIES

All operations carried out by the Contractor during the continuance of the Contract shall be

conducted in such a manner as to avoid any interference with traffic both by land and by sea and

any commercial or traditional activities (E.g.: fishing) in the area . In the event that such

interference cannot be totally avoided the Contractor shall come into agreement with the

Engineer and/orEmployer for suitable arrangements acceptable to both parties before

commencement of the work.

The Contractor shall under no circumstances dispose of any material outside the authorized

disposal area. Should the Contractor during the continuance of the work lose, dump, throw

overboard, sink or misplace any material, plant, machinery, floating craft or appliance which is

in the opinion of the Engineer may be dangerous and/ or obstruct navigation, or any other

activity, the Contractor shall recover and remove the same with the utmost urgency. The

Contractor shall give immediate notice with description and location of such obstruction to the

Engineer and when required shall mark appropriately with buoys the position of such

obstructions until the same are removed.

107. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MEASURES

All work shall be in compliance with various relevant environmental requirements from

Government of Sri Lanka (GOSL). This specification extends the requirements of the GOSL,

and applies to all Works carried out by the Contractor regarding environmental compliance

including construction of any temporary or permanent structures. The environmental compliance

is for the protection and mitigation of impacts to the environment of surroundings at and near the

Limits of Work.

All items presented here shall be included in the Contractor‟s Environmental Compliance Plan,

which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to starting the works. The

Contractor‟s Environmental Compliance Plan shall be submitted no later than 45 days after the

Commencement Date.

The contractor shall carry out all his work pertaining to this contract in full compliance with the

Environmental Compliance Measures set out in this section. Contractor shall comply with all

statutory environmental requirements of GOSL regardless of whether these requirements are

explicitly included in this section. Environmental requirements in this contract means all

Environmental Compliance Measures listed in this Section and all statutory environmental

requirements of GOSL. Compliance with environmental requirements is mandatory and applies

for construction of all permanent and temporary works.

These environmental requirements are equally applicable to all sub-contractors including

nominated sub-contractors, if any. The contractor is responsible for the full compliance with

these requirements by sub-contractors including nominated sub-contractors. The contractor is

solely responsible for the compliance of environmental requirements. In order to achieve this

contractor shall prove that the contractor has a satisfactory plan for an Environmental


Management System to put in place by submitting an Environmental Compliance Plan (ECP)

within 45 days from the date of award of the contract for Engineer‟s approval.

The Contractor‟s Environmental Compliance Plan shall provide adequate resources for

implementation of ECP throughout the period of this contract. In addition to the compliance and

monitoring reports that the contractor agrees to provide to the Engineer as part of agreed upon

ECP, the Engineer retains the right to access the internal documents maintained by the contractor

such as “complaints register” with regard to environmental compliance by notifying the

Contractor‟s Environmental Manager verbally or in writing.

Engineer will monitor the adequacy of the contractor‟s environmental management system and

instruct the contractor in writing on how to improve the system in order to achieve the

environmental requirements. Contractor shall implement Engineer‟s instructions within 5

working days from the date of receipt of instruction, unless the contractor requests in writing for

a change or a waiver of the Engineer‟s instruction in writing within 3 days from the date of

receipt of such instructions.

Contractor shall immediately rectify any non-compliance of ECP if notified by the Engineer.

107.1. EARTHWORK AND SOIL CONSERVATION

107.1.1. DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS AND SPOIL

a. All debris and residual spoil material shall be disposed only at locations approved by the

engineer for such purpose.

b. If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall obtain the approval from the relevant Local

Authority for disposal of debris and spoil at the specified location.

c. The debris and spoil shall be disposed in such a manner that: (i) waterways and drainage

paths are not blocked; (ii) the disposed material will not be washed away by floods; and (iii)

it does not pose a nuisance to the public.

d. The debris and residual spoil material, including any left earth, shall be used to fill the

borrow areas as directed by the Engineer.

e. If approved by the Engineer, the Contractor may dispose the debris and spoil as a filling

material provided that the Contractor can ensure that such material is used for legally

acceptable purposes with disposal conducted in an environmentally acceptable manner and

in compliance with all relevant environmental regulations.

107.1.2. PROTECTION OF GROUND COVER AND VEGETATION

a. Construction vehicles, machinery and equipment shall be used and stationed only in the

areas of work and in any other areas designated by the Engineer.

b. The Contractor shall provide necessary instructions to drivers and operators not to destroy

ground vegetation unnecessarily.

107.1.3. BORROWING OF EARTH

a. Contractor shall comply with any environmental requirements/guidelines issued by the

Coast Conservation Department (CCD) and the respective Local Authority in regards to

locating borrow areas, and with regard to all operations related to excavation and

transportation of earth from such sites, as well as rehabilitation at the end of their use.


b. Borrow areas shall not be opened without the permission of the Engineer. The location,

depth of excavation and the extent of the pit or open cut area shall be as approved by the

Engineer.

107.1.4. PREVENTION OF SOIL EROSION AND SOIL FAILURES

a. The work, permanent or temporary, shall consist of measures to control soil erosion,

sedimentation and water pollution to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Typical measures

include the use of beams, dikes, sediment basins, fibber mats, mulches, grasses, slope

drains and other devices

b. The Contractor shall take all necessary steps to ensure the stability of slopes, including

those related to temporary works and borrow pits.

c. Embankment slopes, slopes of cuts, etc., shall not be unduly exposed to erosive forces.

These exposed slopes shall be graded and covered by grass.

107.1.5. CONTAMINATION OF SOIL BY FUEL AND LUBRICANTS

a. Vehicle/machinery and equipment servicing and maintenance work shall be carried out

only in designated locations/service stations approved by the Engineer. The Contractor will

avoid sensitive locations such as streams; areas just upstream of wells and springs used by

the community; and areas of flooding.

b. Waste oil, other petroleum products and untreated wastewater shall not be discharged on

the ground or into any water body. Adequate measures shall be taken against pollution of

soil by spillage of petroleum/oil products from storage tanks and containers. All waste

petroleum products shall be disposed of in accordance with any guidelines issued by CCD

or the Employer. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining the necessary disposal permit

from the Local Authority through the Employer.

c. Any site used for vehicle and plant service and maintenance shall be restored back to its

initial status. Site restoration will be considered as incidental to work.

107.1.6. DISPOSAL OF HARMFUL CONSTRUCTION WASTES

a. Prior to the commencement of work, the Contractor shall provide a list of hazardous

chemicals and/or material that will be used in the project work to the Engineer.

b. New disposal sites shall not be created as part of this project. Disposal of such waste shall

be to the sites proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Local Authority and the

Engineer. The Contractor shall also provide the list of places where such

chemicals/materials or their containers or other harmful materials have been dumped as

waste at the end of the project.

c. The Contractor shall clean up any area including water bodies affected/contaminated by

harmful construction wastes (if any) as directed by the Engineer at his own cost.

107.1.7. PROCUREMENT AND TRANSPORT OF MATERIALS

a. Rock quarries from where aggregate and/or Rock material for the marine structures is

obtained shall have approval from the relevant local authority and shall possess a current

Environmental Protection License.

b. The maintenance and rehabilitation of the access route including roads, culverts and

bridges in the event of damage by the Contractor‟s operations shall be a responsibility of


the Contractor, and shall be repaired to a suitable condition approved by the Engineer.

c. Pre-cast components shall be procured or manufactured in accordance with the laws and

regulations of the relevant country and location. If cast in Sri Lanka, the facility and

operations shall be in compliance with all national and local laws and regulations,

including those relating to protection of the environment.

107.1.8. BLOCKAGE OF DRAINAGE PATHS AND DRAINS

a. The Contractor shall not close or block existing canals and streams permanently. If

diversion, closure or blocking of canals and streams is required for execution of work, the

Contractor shall obtain the Engineer‟s prior approval. The Contractor shall carry out an

investigation and report to the Engineer, if an investigation is requested by the Engineer.

Contractor shall also obtain the approval from the relevant Government of Sri Lanka

(GoSL) agency prior to such action being taken. Contractors shall restore the drainage path

back to its original status once the need for such diversion or closure or blockage is no

longer required.

b. The Contractor‟s activities shall not lead to flooding conditions as a result of blocked

drainage paths and drains. The Contractor shall take all measures necessary or as directed

by the Engineer to keep all drainage paths and drains clear of blockage at all times.

c. If flooding or stagnation of water is caused by Contractor‟s activities, the Contractor shall

provide suitable means to: (a) prevent loss of access to any land or property; and (b)

prevent damage to land and property. The Contractor shall compensate for any loss of

income or damage as a result of any such activity by the Contractor.

d. The Contractor shall take measures to prevent materials, chemicals, or other items from

being washed away by rainfall. When working in periods of heavy rain and rough sea

conditions, the Contractor shall avoid storing materials, chemicals and other items of work

in areas where they can be washed away by floods or wave action.

107.2. WATER–PROTECTION OF WATER QUALITY

107.2.1. SILTATION OF HARBOR BASIN AND OTHER WATER BODIES

a. Water quality of the harbor basin within 50m of construction operations shall be monitored

during all construction activities including dredging. This measure is described in further

detail below.

b. The Contractor shall take measures necessary to prevent increase in turbidity of the harbor

basin and siltation of water bodies as a result of his work including construction of

temporary or permanent devices to prevent water pollution due to siltation and increase of

turbidity.

c. The Construction materials containing chemicals, small/fine particles and/or leachable

materials shall be stored in places not subject to flooding and in such a manner that these

materials will not be washed away by runoff.

107.2.2. CONTAMINATION OF WATER FROM CONSTRUCTION WASTES

a. The work shall be carried out in such a manner that pollution of the beach, harbor basin

natural watercourses, ponds, tanks and reservoirs is avoided. Measures shall be taken to

prevent the wastewater produced in construction from entering directly into the harbor


basin, beach streams, water bodies and/or irrigation systems.

b. Construction work close to streams or water bodies shall be avoided to the extent possible

during heavy rain and /or monsoon periods.

c. The discharge standards promulgated under the National Environmental Act shall be

strictly adhered to. All waste arising from the project is to be disposed in a manner that is

acceptable to the Engineer and as per any guidelines or instructions issued by the Local

Authority or CCD.

107.2.3. CONTAMINATION OF WATER FROM FUEL AND LUBRICANTS

All vehicle and plant maintenance and servicing stations shall be located and operated as per the

conditions and/or guidelines issued by the CCD or as approved by the Engineer. In general these

shall be located away from the beach and other water bodies and wastewater shall not be

disposed without meeting the disposal standards of the CCD. Wastewater from vehicle and plant

maintenance and servicing stations shall be removed of oil and grease and other contaminants to

meet the relevant standards before discharging to the environment.

107.2.4. LOCATING SANITATION AND WASTE DISPOSAL IN CONSTRUCTION

CAMPS

a. Sitting of labour camps shall have the Engineer‟s approval and comply with any guidelines

or recommendations issued by the CCD and/or Local Authority and/or Engineer regarding

proximity to environmentally or culturally sensitive areas. Construction labourers‟ camps

shall not be located within 50m of waterways, within an area coming under the purview of

the Department of Wildlife Conservation or Department of Forestry, near to a site or

premises of religious, cultural or archaeological importance, or schools.

b. Labour camps shall be provided with adequate and appropriate facilities for disposal of

sewerage and solid waste. The sewage systems shall be properly designed, built and

operated so that no pollution to ground or adjacent water bodies/watercourses takes place

and that no odor is generated by the facilities. Garbage bins shall be provided in the camps

and regularly emptied. Garbage shall be disposed off in a hygienic manner, to the

satisfaction of the relevant norms and regulations. Compliance with the relevant

regulations and any guidelines issued by the Local Authority or CCDshall be strictly

adhered to.

c. The Contractor shall ensure that all camps are kept clean and hygienic. Necessary

measures shall be taken to prevent breeding of vectors.

d. The Contractor shall immediately report any outbreak of infectious disease of importance

in a labour camp to the Engineer and the local Medical Officer of Health or to the Public

Health Inspector. The Contractor shall carry out all instructions issued by those authorities,

if any.

e. The Contractor shall adhere to any CCD recommendations, if any, on disposal of

wastewater. Wastewater shall not be discharged to the ground or waterways in a manner

that may cause unacceptable surface or ground water pollution.

f. The Contractor shall remove the labour camps fully after their need is over. Additionally,

the Contractor shall empty or close septic tanks, as instructed by the Employer, and shall

remove all garbage, debris and clean and restore the area back to its former condition.


107.2.5. WASTAGE OF WATER AND WASTE MINIMIZATION

a. The Contractor shall minimize wastage of water in the construction process/operations.

b. The Contractor shall educate and make employees aware measures for water conservation,

waste minimization and safe disposal of waste.

107.2.6. EXTRACTION OF WATER

a. Extraction of water by the Contractor for project purposes shall comply with the guidelines

and instructions issued by the CCD. The Contractor shall not extract water from

groundwater or from surface water-bodies without permission from the Engineer.

b. The Contractor may use the natural sources of water subject to these specifications and the

provision that any claim arising out of conflicts with other users of said natural sources of

water shall be made good entirely by the Contractor.

107.3. AIR POLLUTION

107.3.1. GENERATION OF DUST

a. The Contractor shall effectively manage dust generating activities such as topsoil removal

during periods of high winds or when winds are directed towards adjacent residences and

other facilities.

b. All stockpiles shall be located sufficiently away from sensitive receptors.

c. All vehicles delivering materials shall be covered to avoid spillage and dust emission.

d. The Contractor shall avoid, where possible and take suitable action to prevent dirt and mud

being carried to the roads (particularly following wet weather).

e. The Contractor shall enforce vehicle speed limits to minimize dust generation.

f. The Contractor shall employ a water truck for dust suppression on all exposed areas as

required (note: the use of waste water / waste oil for dust suppression is prohibited).

g. All existing highways and roads used by the Contractor‟s vehicles, or those belonging to

any of his sub-Contractors, or supplies of materials or plant and similarly roads which are

part of the works shall be kept clean and clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials

dropped by such vehicles or their tires.

h. All crushers used in construction shall conform to relevant dust emissions levels as

stipulated in the relevant environmental regulations. A sprinkler system for dust

suppression shall be installed with the use of any crusher.

107.3.2. EMISSION FROM CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY AND

FACILITIES

a. The emission standards promulgated under the National Environment Act shall be strictly

adhered to.

b. All vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction shall be regularly serviced

and well maintained to ensure that emission levels comply with the relevant standards.

c. Any batching plants shall be sited in accordance with CCD guidelines, Batching plants and

crushers shall be located sufficiently away from sensitive receptors such as vulnerable

habitats, religious, cultural and archaeological sites, residential areas, schools and


industrial areas.

d. The exhaust gases shall comply with the requirements of the relevant current emission

control legislation. All operations at plants shall be undertaken in accordance with all

current rules and regulations protecting the environment.

107.3.3. ODOUR AND OFFENSIVE SMELLS

a. The Contractor shall take all precautions to prevent odor and offensive smells emanating

from chemicals and processes used in construction works or labor camps. In a situation

wherein odor or offensive smell does occur, the Contractor shall take immediate action to

rectify the situation.

b. The Contractor is responsible for any compensation involved with any health issue that

may result from severe odor or offensive smells.

107.4. NOISE POLLUTION AND VIBRATION

107.4.1. NOISE FROM VEHICLES, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT

a. All machinery and equipment shall be well maintained and fitted with noise reduction

devices in accordance with manufacturer‟s instructions.

b. In construction sites within 150 m of the nearest habitation, noisy construction work such

as crushing, concrete mixing and batching, mechanical compaction, etc., will be stopped

daily between 2000 hours to 0600 hours.

c. All vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be fitted with exhaust silencers.

During routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers shall be checked

and if found to be defective shall be replaced. Notwithstanding any other conditions of

contract, noise level from any item of plant(s) must comply with the relevant legislation for

levels of sound emission. Further, noise limits for construction equipment (measured at one

meter from the edge of the equipment in free field) such as compactors, rollers, front

loaders, concrete mixers, cranes, vibrators and dredging shall not exceed 75 dB(A). Any

non-compliant plant shall be removed from the site.

d. Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and proper, to the

satisfaction of the Engineer, to keep noise from these at a minimum.

e. Workers in the vicinity of loud noise and those working with or in crushing, compaction,

batching or concrete mixing operations shall be provided with appropriate protective gear.

107.4.2. VIBRATION

a. The Contractor shall take appropriate action to ensure that construction works do not result

in damage to adjacent properties due to vibration.

b. Prior to commencement of any activity, the Contractor shall undertake a dilapidation

survey of existing structures within the zone of influence, as agreed with the relevant

government agencies and the engineer. This measure is detailed below, along with

associated measurement and payment information.

c. The Contractor shall carry out monitoring at the nearest vibration-sensitive receptor during

blasting or when other equipments causing vibration are used.


d. The Contractor shall modify the method of construction until compliance with the criteria

is reached, if vibration levels exceed the relevant vibration criteria.

e. The Contractor shall pay due consideration to vibration impacts of blasting on adjoining

structures. Explosive loads shall be determined so that excessive vibration can be avoided

and blasts shall be controlled blasting in nature. Notwithstanding these provisions, the

Contractor is liable for any damage caused by blasting work.

107.4.3. NOISE FROM BLASTING OR PRE-SPLITTING OPERATIONS

a. Blasting shall be carried out only with permission of the Engineer. All statutory laws,

regulators, rules, etc., pertaining to acquisition, transport, storage, handling and use of

explosives shall be strictly followed.

b. Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours (preferably during mid-day), as permitted

by the Engineer. The timing shall be made known to all the people within 500m (200m for

pre-splitting) from the blasting site in all directions. People, except those who are actually

involved in the blasting activities shall be excluded from the area of 200m (50m for pre-

splitting) from the blasting site in all directions at least 10 minutes before the blasting takes

place.

107.5. IMPACT ON FLORA AND FAUNA

107.5.1. LOSS OR DAMAGE TO FLORA AND FAUNA

a. All works shall be carried out in such a manner that the destruction of flora and fauna is

minimized. Trees and vegetation shall be felled / removed only if they impinge directly on

the permanent works or necessary temporary works. In all such cases the Contractor shall

obtain prior approval from the Engineer

b. The Contractor‟s employees and employees of any Sub-contractor(s) shall be instructed to

protect fauna including wild animals and aquatic life as well as their habitats. Hunting,

pouching and unauthorized fishing by project workers is not allowed.

c. Soil and/or sand needed for construction shall be obtained from nearby areas to the extent

possible to minimize risk of transport of invasive species to the construction area.

107.5.2. CHANCE FOUND IMPORTANT FLORA OR FAUNA

During construction, if a rare/threatened/endangered flora of fauna species is found, it shall be

immediately informed to the Employer. The Contractor shall carry out all activities and plans as

instructed by the Employer to conserve such flora and/or fauna and/or its habitat.

107.6. DISRUPTION TO USERS

107.6.1. LOSS OF ACCESS

a. At all times, the Contractor shall provide safe and convenient passage for vehicles,

pedestrians and livestock to and from side roads and property access roads intersecting the

project road. Work that affects the use of side roads and existing accesses shall not be

undertaken without providing adequate provisions to the prior satisfaction of the Engineer.

b. The works shall not interfere unnecessarily or improperly with the convenience of public

or the access to, use and occupation of public or private roads, railways and any other


access footpaths to or of properties, whether public or private.

c. On completion of the works, all temporary obstructions, including rubbish and piles of

debris that obstruct access, shall be cleared to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

107.7. ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION REQUIREMENTS

The following requirements are for specific environmental protection and mitigation measures of

the environment surroundings at and near the Limits of Work. All requirements below shall

require detailed all shop drawings, material data sheets, vendor information, samples, etc to be

submitted to the Engineer for approval. No work shall be implemented without an approved

submittal of these requirements.

107.7.1. TURBIDITY CURTAIN

At the instructions of the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish and place a turbidity curtain

totally enclosing the dredging area of the harbor basin to confine sedimentation within the

construction area. The turbidity curtain shall be a pre-assembled system, and shall be a system of

adequate capability, appropriate for the site conditions, including depth, current, and

wind/waves. Turbidity curtain placement and removal shall not proceed without the Employer‟s

approval.

Components of the turbidity curtain include the following materials:

a. Geosynthetic. The geosynthetic shall be composed of at least 95% by mass of

polypropylene, polyethylene, polyester, or other synthetic polymers, excluding

polyamides. Geotextiles shall contain stabilizers or inhibitors, if necessary, to make the

filaments resistant to deterioration by excessive ultraviolet (UV) light and heat exposure.

Geotextile shall be resistant to acid and alkali action and shall be unaffected by micro-

organisms and insects. Geosynthetic may be polymer impregnated to negate permittivity

and opening size requirements. Hemmed pockets shall be sewn or heat bonded for flotation

devices and bottom weights. Panel ends shall have metal grommets placed through a

reinforced hem. Connections between panels shall be tightly tied with synthetic or wire

rope to prevent flow through the joint.

b. Flotation. Flotation devices shall be closed-cell polystyrene. The buoyancy (volume)

required will depend upon site conditions; however, sufficient freeboard shall be provided

to prevent overtopping.

c. Stakes. Stakes, when used to assist in maintaining alignment of the curtain, shall be

hardwood or steel with sufficient length and cross-section to support the curtain. External

supports may be used; however, embedment depth shall not be less than 0.5 meters.

d. Hardware. All hardware such as stakes, ballast chain, connection bolts, reinforcement

plates, and tension cables shall be galvanized, stainless steel, otherwise corrosion resistant

(refer relevant sections for further clarification). The ballast chain shall have sufficient

mass to maintain the geosynthetic in a vertical position.

The turbidity curtain shall be placed according to locations and depths as directed by the

Engineer. The turbidity curtain system shall be designed to handle site-specific drainage or flow

appurtenances. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide and maintain sufficient anchors,

tie-downs, or other mechanisms to insure proper position and performance of the turbidity

curtain. Any visible plume of cloudy water outside the protected construction area shall


constitute inadequate performance of the turbidity curtain. The Contractor shall immediately

modify, adjust, or repair any portion of the turbidity curtain to correct inadequate performance.

The Contractor shall maintain the turbidity curtain until the construction activity within the

watercourse is complete and the turbidity is reduced to acceptable levels as approved by the

Engineer. Maintaining shall include keeping a tight alignment around the work area or shoreline.

108. HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

108.1. GENERAL

The importance of the safety of all personnel on the Project shall be recognized by Contractor,

and accident prevention shall be an integral part of Contractor‟s operations. Contractor shall

take all precautions necessary and shall bear sole responsibility for the safety of the Work, the

workers, and the safety and adequacy of the methods and means it employs in performing the

Work.

108.2. SAFETY PROGRAM

Contractor must provide a written safety program to Engineer prior to mobilization on the

project. The purpose of such safety program shall be to maintain a safe work place and to ensure

compliance with the local governing safety regulations, standards and all other applicable rules

and regulations required to maintain a safe and healthy working environment. The safety

program shall also include the GOSL Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health

requirements as outlined in “The Factories Ordinance No. 45 of 1942”.

The safety program must include, at a minimum, the following components of Training, Safety

officer, Personal Protective Equipments, Substance Abuse Program, Incident Investigation,

Emergency Procedures, First Aid/Medical Services. Task Hazard Analysis, Daily Safety Plans,

etc.

108.3. TRAINING

Contractors are responsible for the safety education of their employees. The training must

comply with all local laws and standards and include additional training for site supervision.

Training must continue through the life of the Contract, Contractor shall provide copies of

training certificates to the Employer for all operations, which require such training. These

documents must be submitted prior to mobilization and prior to commencement of Work. As a

minimum, the following training is required:

Supervisor/Foreman Safety Training – must cover recordkeeping, incident investigation, and

regulatory inspections. H&S documentation requirements and a minimum of 10 hours of safety

training applicable to the Contractor‟s hazardous operations construction.

Competent person Training – each person designated as a competent person shall attend training

on that particular operation. Operations requiring a competent person include, but are not

limited to, cranes, launching & lifting, marine floating barges and vessels, trenching and

excavation, fall protection, scaffolds, confined space entry, and rigging.

Employee Orientation Training – must cover the various safety policies, safety manuals, first aid

availability, and accident reporting procedures, safety meeting participation, personal protective

equipment and enforcement procedures.


Emergency Procedures – must cover notification procedures, evacuation routes, mustering

points, and accountability.

Safety Meetings – must be conducted weekly with all onsite personnel. Documentation

detailing the subject discussed and signatures of all participants must be kept for each meeting.

Hazard Communication – must cover the MSDS, handling, labeling and storage of applicable

hazardous chemicals.

Lockout/Tag out – must cover each individual piece of machinery or equipment that is to be

serviced or altered during this project.

109. PROTECTION OF THE WORKS

The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to properly protect work, the work of others and

adjacent property from damage caused by Contractor‟s operations, and shall identify such

precautions in the Safety Plan as appropriate. Should the Contractor cause damage to the work

or property of CFHC, employers or others, Contractor shall promptly notify the Employer and

shall remedy such damage to the satisfaction of the Employer.

Employer retains the right to remedy the damage and deduct its cost from any amounts due or to

became due Contractor, unless such costs are recovered under applicable properly insurance.

110. PROJECT SIGN BOARDS

110.1. DESCRIPTION

The Contracts shall erect where directed at the entrance of the Fishery Harbour a Project Sign

Board in accordance the requirements of the Section 6 Particular Conditions of the Contract.

The Contractor shall conform to the layout presented below in color and shall submit the board

layout to the Employer for approval prior to construction. The Project Sign boards shall be

installed and in place no later than 45 days after the Commencement Date. At the end of the

Contract all such signs shall be removed and the ground reinstated to the approval of the

Employer.

The Contractor shall provide and erect the Project Sign Boards at all ends of the project of site

approx. 2,50m wide by 1.80m high with the wording in Sinhalese, Tamil and English lettering

readable from a distance of 30m.

The board is to be made of galvanized steel: the lettering and border are to be in black on off-

white edge of the board shall be at approx: 2.20m above adjacent ground and shall be mounted

on suitable posts with struts on concrete foundations. The paint to be use shall be sunshine

resistant paint.

The Contractor will be responsible for the repair and maintenance of the signboard up to the

completion of all construction works and for its removal on completion of the work.

The Engineer will direct the location and placing of the signboards. The following lettering may

be used as guidance and the final test shall be subject to Engineer‟s approval.

The Contractor shall manufacture, install and construct a Project Plaque in accordance with the

requirements of the Section 6 Particular Conditions of the Contract. The Contractor shall submit

the Plaque layout to the Employer for approval by the Employer, and CFHC prior construction.


The Project Plaque shall be installed and in place no later than 30 days after the issuance of the

Taking Over Certificate of the Works.

111. SUBMITTALS

111.1. GENERAL

The following Section provides the requirements and procedures necessary for scheduling,

preparation and submission submittals. All inquires shall be directed to Employer regarding

procedure, purpose, or extent of Submittal.

Individual Specification Section in these Contract Documents contains additional and special

submittal requirements. Individual Sections shall take precedence in the event of a conflict with

this Section.

Review, acceptance, or approval of substitutions, schedules, shop drawings, lists of materials,

and procedures submitted or requested by Contractor shall not add to the Contract amount.

Additional costs which may result from the above shall be solely the obligation of Contractor.

Employer is not responsible to provide Engineering or other services to protect Contractor from

additional costs accruing from such approvals.

111.2. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

Make submission of Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of Submittal Submission and

the requirements of individual Specification Sections, sequenced such as to cause no delay in

Work.

Submittals shall include the following:

A Transmittal of Contractor‟s Submittal Form for each Submittal complete with Contractor

name, signature, date of submission, Sub-Contractor or supplier name and manufacturer as

appropriate.

A sequential tracking number for each Submittal, Resubmission of a Submittal will have

original number with a sequential alphabetic suffix.

All Submittals shall be in orderly, indexed with labeled tab dividers.

Identify, as applicable, the Contract Document Section and paragraph to which Submittal

applies.

Identify the Submittal type and submit only one type in each Submittal package.

Identify and indicate each deviation or variation from Contract Documents.

For resubmissions, clearly identify each correction or change made.

All Submittals shall be four in hard copy and one electronic copy.

All Submittals shall be thoroughly checked by the Contractor for compliance with the Contract

for compliance with the Contract Documents before submitting them to the Engineer for review

and shall bear the Contractor‟s stamp of approval certifying that they have been so checked.

Any Submittal submitted without this stamp of approval and certification, which are incomplete,

contain numerous errors or have not been checked or only checked superficially, will be returned

unchecked by the Engineer for resubmission by the Contractor. The Contractor shall certify:

“This Submittal has been thoroughly checked and complies with the Documents”.


Non-specified Submittal submission not required under these Contract Documents will not be

reviewed and will be returned to Contractor.

The Employer will review Submittals for the intent and compliance with Documents and general

methods of construction and detailing. Review of Submittals by the Engineer shall not be

construed as a complete check nor assume responsibility for errors or omissions and non-

compliance nor shall review relieve the Contractor from responsibility for any departures or

deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless he has, in writing, explicitly

notified the Engineer of any such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall review relieve

the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in the Submittals or schedules, nor from

responsibility for proper fitting of the Work, nor from the necessity of furnishing all work

required by the Contract Documents which may not be indicated in the Submittal.

Review of Contractor‟s Submittals will be completed by the Employer with a response to the

Contractor not later than 30 days after receipt, unless otherwise specified. Re-submittals will be

subject to same review time. Detailed design submittals must be approved prior to the

commencement of construction related to the design submittal.

Schedule extensions and Contract Price increases will not be allowed due to delays in progress

of Work caused by rejection and subsequent resubmission of Submittals, including multiple

resubmissions.

111.3. SHOP DRAWINGS

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and or approval of shop drawings as

required in the Contract Documents. These shall include, but not be limited to surveys,

fabrication drawings, layout drawings, installation drawings, material data, performance data,

catalogue cuts, test data, brochures, and illustrations. Shop Drawings shall be submitted in

sufficient time prior to any activity as noted in this Section.

Shop drawings, shall show locations, dimensions, details, connections, and all other data

necessary to insure proper connections with adjoining work in detail. Where adjoining work

requires shop drawings, such drawings shall be submitted for review at the same time.

In checking shop drawings, the Contractor shall verify all dimensions and field conditions and

shall check and coordinate the shop drawings of any Section or trade with the requirements of all

other Sections, adjoining materials or trades whose work is related thereto, as required for the

proper and completion of the Work.

If shop drawings show variations from the Contract requirements because of standard shop

practice or for other reasons, the Contractor shall explicitly describe such variations in his letter

of transmittal. If acceptable, the engineer may indicate “No Exceptions Noted” to any or all

such variations subject to proper adjustment in the Contract requirements. If the Contractor fails

to explicitly describe such variations, he shall not be relieved of the responsibility for execution

of the Work in accordance with the Contract, even though such drawings have been reviewed.

Shop drawings shall establish the actual detail of all manufactured or fabricated items, indicate

proper relation to adjoining work, amplify design details of mechanical and electrical equipment

in the physical spaces in any structure and incorporate minor changes of design or construction

details to suit actual conditions.

The Contractor shall check all Sub-Contractors‟ shop drawings regarding measurements, size of

members, materials, and details to satisfy himself that they conform to the intent of the Contract


Documents and Specifications. Drawings found to be inaccurate or otherwise in error shall be

returned to the Sub-Contractors for correction before submission to the Engineer.

When submitting shop drawings for review by the Engineer, the following procedure shall

apply.

Within 28 days after the Commencement Date, and prior to the submittal of any shop drawings,

the Contractor shall submit a schedule of proposed shop drawings transmittals. The schedule

shall identify the subject matter of each transmittal, the corresponding specification Section

number and the proposed date of submission. During the progress of the Work the schedule shall

be revised and resubmitted as necessary. The Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt and

timely submittal of all shop and working drawings so that there shall be no delay to the Work

due to the absence of such drawings. The Contractor shall furnish specific design data as

required in the detailed Specifications or as directed by the Engineer and technical literature

covering all fabricated materials in sufficient detail to indicate full compliance with the Contract

Documents.

Shop drawings resubmitted for further review will be reviewed for response to previous

notations only and the Contractor, by such resubmission, shall be held to have represented that

such shop drawings contain no other alteration, additions or deletions, unless the Contractor (in

writing) directs the Engineer‟s specific attention to same. Should the Contractor question, or

dissent, from such notations or comments, he shall request further clarification before

resubmitting.

Regardless of corrections made in or “No Exceptions Noted” given to such Drawings by the

Engineer, the Contractor will nevertheless be responsible for the accuracy of such shop drawings

and for their conformity to the Contract Documents, unless the Contractor states otherwise as

prescribed.

Comments on shop drawings are not orders for Variations. Should the Contractor construe such

“No Exceptions Noted” or comments as requiring in addition to the Contract Price he shall

immediately, before any manufacture, procurement or acquisition of material and/or equipment,

or fabrication and/or installation of the work, notify the Engineer in writing of his intention to

claim extra payment or a varied rate of price.

111.4. SAMPLES

Where required in the Contract Documents and as determined necessary by Engineer, submit

test specimens or samples of materials to be used in connection with the work. The Contractor

shall include information as to their sources and submit such quantities and sizes for proper

examination and tests to establish the quality or equality thereof, as applicable.

Submit samples and test specimens in ample time to enable Engineer to make tests or

examinations necessary, without delay to the work.

Submit additional samples as required by Engineer to ensure equality with the original approved

sample and/or for determination of Specification compliance. Laboratory tests and examinations

that Employer elects to make in its own laboratory will be made at Employer‟s cost except that,

if a sample of any material or equipment proposed for use by Contractor fails to meet the

Specifications Contractor shall bear cost of testing subsequent samples.

Tests, required by the Specifications to be performed by an independent laboratory, shall be

made by a laboratory licensed or certified in accordance with the appropriate statues and


approved by the Engineer in accordance with the Contractor‟s QAP. Submit certified test results

of specified tests in duplicate to Engineer. Test results shall include all relevant information,

including date of test, location, material type, Contract Document specification, etc.

Samples will not be returned, however, if returned the Contractor shall dispose of appropriately.

Samples and laboratory services shall be at the expense of Contractor and included in the prices

bid for the associated work.

The Contractor shall not commence any work related to the Shop Drawing until the Shop

Drawing has been approved.

111.5. QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS

As part of the Contractor‟s Quality Assurance Program, a Submittal Register shall be maintained

by the Contractor and submitted to the Employer bi-monthly. This Submittal Register shall

track all submittals and current disposition. The Employer will review the Submittal Register to

ensure no outstanding reviews are pending.

Where specified, furnish certification of compliance for products specified to a recognized

standard or code prior to the use of such products in the work.

Engineer may permit use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if

accompanied by a certification of compliance.

Certifications shall be signed by the manufacturer of the product; state that the components

involved comply in all respects with the requirements of the Specifications. Furnish certification

of compliance with each lot delivered to the jobsite and clearly identify the lot so certified.

Materials used on the basis of a certification of compliance may be sampled and tested at any

time. The fact that materials are used on the basis of a certification of compliance shall not

relieve Contractor of responsibility for incorporating materials in the work which conform to

requirements of the Contract Documents. Materials not conforming to such requirements will be

subject to rejection whether in-place or not. Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for

material placement on the basis of a certification of compliance.

111.6. ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS

Provide administrative submittals required by the Contract Documents including Volume I

requirements and as may be specifically required in other parts of the Contract Documents.

Submittals that are not Shop Drawings or Samples, or that do not reflect quality of product or

method of construction. May include, but not limited to those Submittals identified below.

Applications for Payment meet requirements of the General Conditions and Particular


Construction Photographs

Coordination requirements as required in the Contract Documents

Project Control Submittals including Schedules, Progress Reports, Quantity Charts, etc.,

Record Drawings


111.7. RECORD CONTRACT DRAWINGS

Prior to final payment, the Contractor shall furnish to the engineer one reproductive set and one

electronic version in AutoCAD of record Contract drawings all clearly revised, completed and

brought up-to-date showing the permanent construction as actually made. Good quality, legible,

copies on plastic stock are acceptable. Record copies of shop drawings of temporary facilities,

or manufacturers‟‟ catalogue cuts are not required.

111.8. CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

Provide photographs in color showing the preconstruction site, construction progress, and the

post-construction site and property adjacent to the site as required in the Specifications and as

part of the Construction Risk Management Plan. Particular emphasis shall be directed to

structures both inside and outside the Limits of Work boundary, or as directed by Engineer,

Photos shall be printed in color and indicate on the front of each print the date, job title, and brief

description of the photograph and location where the photograph was taken. Deliver to engineer

two sets of four 7.5 x 12.5cm (3-inch by 5-inch) glossy prints of each photo with electronic CD

of all exposures. Coordinate this work with the Dilapidation Survey and Conditional Survey.

111.9. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

The Contract shall provide all necessary closeout submittals per the Contract Documents

inclusive of Record Drawings. Throughout the project, maintain a current complete set of

project drawings with all variations plainly marked.

112. QUALITY PROGRAM

This Section covers the Contractor‟s Quality Program, inclusive of all quality assurance and

quality control, and the general requirements of quality designs, quality inspection and testing

requirements for this Contr4act. Specific inspection and testing requirements for specific work

shall be in accordance with technical specification.

112.1. CONTRACTOR’S OBLIGATION

The Contractor shall within 28 days of the Commencement Date furnish for approval by the

Employer, a detailed Contractor‟s Quality Program (CQP) which it proposes to implement. The

CQP shall identify personnel, procedures, instruction, records, and forms to be used. No design

submittals will be accepted and no construction work shall begin on the Site until the CQP has

been accepted by the Employer.

The CQM shall within 28 days of the Commencement Date furnish for approval by the

Employer, a detailed Contractor‟s Quality Program (CQP) which it proposes to implement. The

Contractor shall hire a full time Contractor‟s Quality Assurance and Control Manager (CQM) to

develop and implement the CQP. The CQP shall identify personnel, procedures, instruction,

records, and forms to be used. No design submittals will be accepted and no construction work

shall begin on the site until the CQP has been accepted by the Employer.

The CQM shall ensure the implementation of the CQP which shall contain as a minimum

implementing procedures, quality control, and organizational chart describing qualifications,

duties and responsibilities of the CQM staff. An outline of the CQP shall be submitted with the

technical proposal in coordination with the Contractor‟s work plan and schedule.


The Contractor is responsible for detailed design, control of its work, workmanship and the work

performed by its sub Contractors and suppliers and for assuring that the specified quality is

achieved.

112.2. COORDINATION MEETING

No later than 14 days after the Commencement Date, The Employer shall meet with the

Contractor and discuss the CQP, During the meeting, a mutual understanding of the CQP details

shall be developed, including quality design procedures, forms for recording the Construction

Quality operations, assurance measures, control activities, testing, administration of the CQP for

both onsite and offsite work and the interrelationship of the CQM‟s inspection and control with

the Employer‟s inspection. Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared and signed by the PM, and

signed Engineer and/or the Employer. The minutes shall become a part of the Contract file.

There may also be occasions when subsequent conferences will be called to reconfirm mutual

understandings.

112.3. CONTENT OF QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM

The CQP shall include, as minimum, the following:

A description of the quality assurance and quality control organization, including chart showing

lines of authority and acknowledgement of CQM, staff to conduct construction inspections and

testing for all aspects of the Work.

The name, qualifications, duties, responsibilities and authority of each person within the CQP

organization are to be included.

Procedures for scheduling and managing test submittals, including shop testing submittals from

sub Contractors, suppliers and purchasing agents; on-site field inspection reports; and onsite and

offsite testing laboratory results.

Control testing procedures for each specific test for materials and equipment, including a listing

of the type and number/frequency of each control test and identification of the laboratory or

testing services that will perform the test. (All laboratory facilities and testing services shall be

approved by the Employer).

Reporting procedures are including proposed reporting formats, samples of proposed quality

control records, testing forms, reporting forms, and the Submittal Register log.

All aspects of the quality program shall be identified by work area and specification division.

The CQP shall be accepted by the Employer prior to the start of Contractor‟s permanent works.

Acceptance will be conditional and will be predicated on satisfactory performance during the

construction. The Employer reserves the right to require the CQM to make changes in its CQP

and operations as necessary to obtain the quality specified. The CQP shall be compliant with the

ISO 9000 systems or in any other manner acceptable to the Employer.

112.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION

The Construction Project Manager shall be in charge and responsible of the onsite and offsite

quality control of the Work and the overall Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC)

Organization. The PM shall have the authority to act in all quality matters independently to

ensure proper workmanship is obtained. The individual designated as Engineer shall be

approved by the Employer.


The PM shall sufficient experienced staff to execute all quality requirements of the project. This

staff shall be maintained under the direction of the PM to perform all quality activities. The

actual size of the staff during any specific work period may vary to cover work phase needs,

shifts and rates of Works placement. The personnel of the PM staff shall be fully qualified by

experience and technical training to perform their assigned responsibilities. The QA/QC

personnel shall, in general, have a minimum of 5 years experience in their field of expertise. All

quality QA/QC personnel must have fluency in the English language.

Submittals of all quality control tests and reports shall be as specified and shall be in accordance

with the Submittals Section. The PM shall be responsible for certifying that all quality control

submittals are in compliance with the Contract Documents.

CQP is the means by which the Contractor assures itself the Employer that the services and

Work supplied by the Contractor comply with the requirements of the Contract. The controls

shall be adequate to cover all operations, including both onsite and offsite work and shall be

keyed to the proposed construction schedule sequence.

The PM shall notify the Contractor and the Employer immediately about all defective work.

The Contractor shall submit in writing, a proposed remedy for the defective work to the

Employer for approval. The Employer shall notify the Contractor in writing within 14 days of

any objections to the proposed remedy. If the Contractor does propose a remedy upon

notification of defective work, a non-conformance report will be immediately issue by the

Employer. Remedies which are approved by the Employer shall be performed by the Contractor

at no additional cost to the Employer, The Contractor will not be paid for remediation of

defective work.

The Employer/Engineer will review the construction quality assurance PM quality control

reports, perform surveillance of the CQ testing and inspection procedure and laboratory testing

procedures and perform such inspections as deemed necessary in accordance with the

Conditions of Contract. No actions of the Employer shall be construed to relieve the Contractor

of their responsibility to inspect and certify the work as being in complete compliance with the

Contract Documents.

112.5. QUALITY TESTS

The Contractor under the CQP shall perform tests required to verify that control measures are

adequate to provide Work which conforms to Contract Documents. The PM shall procure the

services of one or more Employer-approved testing laboratories or the CQM may establish and

approved testing laboratory at the Site. A list of tests which the Contractor understands it is to

perform shall be furnished as a part of the CQP to the Employer. The list shall provide the test

name, specification paragraph containing the test requirements, and the personnel and laboratory

responsible for each type of test. The PM shall, with the full cooperation of the Contractor,

coordinate all quality control testing, monitor all quality control testing, and shall record and

provide the following data:

Verify that testing procedures comply with Contract Documents.

Verify the facilities and testing equipment are available and comply with testing standards

approved by the Employer.

Check test instrument calibration data against certified standards.


Verify that recording forms, including all of the test documentation requirements, have been

prepared.

The testing laboratory shall submit testing results to the CQM, to be certified and submitted to

the Employer.

112.5.1. LABORATORY TESTING FACILITIES

All tests which require the services of a laboratory to determine compliance with the Contract

Documents shall be performed by independent commercial testing laboratory employed by the

Contractor and acceptable to the Engineer/Employer or the Contractor may establish an

Engineer/Employer approved testing laboratory on site. The laboratory shall be staffed with

experienced technicians, properly equipped, and fully qualified to perform the tests in

accordance with the specified standards.

Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for all testing laboratory services

in connection with concrete materials and mix designs, the design of asphalt mixtures, gradation

tests for all backfill, and dredge materials, backfill materials, and all other tests and Engineering

data required for the Employer‟s review of materials proposed to be used in the Work. The

Contractor shall obtain the Employer‟s acceptance of the testing laboratory before having

services performed.

The Contractor as part of the CQP shall perform all quality control tests in the field or laboratory

on all materials, inclusive but not limited to steel piles, concrete, asphalt mixtures, rock

armour/stones, moisture-density (Proctor) and relative density tests on sand fill, gravel fill,

hydraulic dredge fill and other back fill materials, in-place field density tests on all structural

dredge fills and earthwork backfills and other materials, and after their incorporation in the

Work. Field sampling and testing will be performed under the direct supervision of the CQM, in

the general manner indicated in the specifications, with minimum interference with construction

operations. The CQM shall determine the exact time and location of field sampling and testing,

and may required such additional sampling and testing as necessary to determine that materials

and equipment conform with data previously furnished by Contractor and with the Contract

Documents

Arrangements for delivery of samples and test specimens to the testing laboratory will be made

by the Contractor. The Contractor shall perform all laboratory tests within a reasonable time

consistent with the specified standards and shall furnish a written report of each test.

Contractor shall furnish all sample materials and cooperate in the sampling and field testing

activities, interrupting the Work when necessary.

The Contractor shall not retain any testing laboratory against which the Employer has reasonable

objection, and if at any time during the construction process the services become unacceptable to

the Employer, the Employer may request in writing that such services be terminated. The

request must be supported with evidence of improper testing. If the Employer determines that

sufficient cause exists, the Contractor shall terminate the services and engage a different testing

laboratory.

Written reports of testing and Engineering data furnished by the Contractor for the Employer's

review of materials and equipment proposed to be used in the Work shall be submitted as

specified for Shop Drawings.


The testing laboratory shall furnish four copies of a written report of each test performed by

laboratory personnel in the field or laboratory. Distribution shall be two copies of each test

report to the Employer's Representative, one copy to the Contractor, and one copy to the CQM

within three days after each test is completed.

112.5.2. QUALITY OF MATERIALS

Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment furnished for permanent installation in

the Work shall conform to applicable standard specifications and shall be new, unused, and free

from defects and imperfections, when installed or otherwise incorporated in the Work. No such

material or equipment shall be used by the Contractor for any purpose other than that intended or

specified unless such use is authorized by the Employer.

Where so specified, products or workmanship shall also conform to the additional prescriptive or

performance requirements included within the Contract Documents to establish a higher or more

stringent standard or quality than that required by the referenced standard.

For permanent materials to be incorporated in the Works, including but not limited to concrete

(cement, sand, gravel) bitumen, rolled steel Sections, galvanization of steel, mild steel deformed

bars, high tensile steel, prestressing materials, bearings, and similar other materials the

Contractor shall furnish the manufactures test certificates to the Employer. When required by

the Employer to carry out some essential tests at the manufactures‟ plants or at laboratories other

than the site laboratory, the cost of samples, sampling, testing and furnishing of test certificates

shall be borne by the Contractor.

The method of sampling and all testing results of material types and placement as required in the

relevant Clauses in these Specifications and as stipulated in the referenced standards shall be

submitted to the Employer for approval. Any materials or permanent Works that fail test results

shall be removed, replaced or reconstructed to the satisfaction of the Employer and at no

additional cost to the Employer.

112.5.3. TESTING BY ENGINEER/EMPLOYER

The Engineer/Employer will have the right to check laboratory equipment in the proposed

laboratory for compliance with the standards in the Contract Documents and to check the

laboratory technician's testing procedures and techniques.

If the selected laboratory fails the capability check, Contractor will be assessed a charge to

reimburse the Employer for the Employer's full cost of each succeeding recheck of the

laboratory or the checking of a subsequently selected laboratory. Such costs will be deducted

from the Contract Price due the Contractor.

The Engineer/ Employer will have the right to utilize quality control testing laboratory and

equipment to make assurance tests and to check Contractor's testing procedures, techniques, and

test results at no cost to the Employer.

The Engineer/Employer shall have authority to require additional tests to verify the quality of

the Work or materials. If results from any additional test required by the Engineer/Employer

show the materials, equipment, or workmanship not in accordance with the Contract Documents,

or if such tests are required because of previous failure of the test to comply with the Contract

Documents, then the cost of the additional test will be borne by the Contractor. Costs for

additional tests required by the Employer which meet the requirements of the Contract

Documents will be borne by the Employer.


112.5.4. OFFSITE INSPECTION AND TESTING

Offsite inspection shall be inspected at the point of manufacture of the various products which

are shipped to the Site. The Contract includes offsite testing and inspection for all materials

identified in the Specifications. Offsite testing and inspection is the responsibility of and shall

be conducted by the Contractor under the guidance of the CQM.

When the specifications require inspection and/testing of materials during the production,

manufacturing, or fabricating process, and before shipment, such services shall be performed by

the CQM, an independent testing laboratory, or inspection organization acceptable to Employer.

All offsite testing and inspection shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Employer prior to

shipment from the factory to the Site. As part of the offsite testing and inspection requirements,

the CQM shall review and approve all off-site testing and inspection results prior to submittal to

the Employer and prior to shipment to the site.

The Employer may observe offsite testing and inspection as appropriate. The Contractor shall

give appropriate written notice to the Employer not less than 28 days before offsite

fabrication/production to allow inspection services as deemed necessary by the Employer, and

shall provide for the producer, manufacturer, or fabricator to furnish safe access and proper

facilities and to cooperate with inspecting personnel in the performance of their duties.

The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all transportation, accommodations, meals and

reasonable incidentals for any requested and/or required offsite inspection by the Employer as

set forth in the measurement and payment.

112.6. PARTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTIONS

At the completion of each task or any increment thereof established by a completion time stated

in the Bid Documents, the Employer shall conduct a partial completion inspection of the Work

in company with the Contractor, the CQM, and the Employer. The Contractor shall notify the

Employer at least 14 days prior to the proposed inspection. The actual date of the inspection

shall be established by the Employer after consulting with Employer. During the inspection the

Employer shall develop a "punch list" of items which do not conform to the Contract

Documents. The punch list shall include the estimated date when the deficiencies will be

corrected.

After the Employer determines all deficiencies on the "punch list" have been corrected, the

Employer shall conduct a final partial completion inspection of the Work in company with the

Contractor, the CQM, and the Employer. The Contractor shall notify the Employer at least 14

days prior to the proposed inspection. The actual date of the final partial completion inspection

shall be established by the Employer after consulting with the Engineer.

The completion inspection and any deficiency corrections required by this paragraph shall be

accomplished within the time stated for completion of the entire task or any particular increment

thereof.

112.7. FINAL INSPECTION OF CONSTRUCTION WORK

Final inspection of all stages of construction Work shall be conducted by the CQM and

Employer as specified in Contract Documents.


112.8. QUALITY ASSURANCE DOCUMENTATION

The CQM shall maintain current records of quality control operations, activities, and tests

performed including the work of suppliers and Subcontractors on a QA/QC Daily Report Form

acceptable to the Employer. These records shall include factual evidence that required activities

or tests have been performed, including but not limited to, the following:

Type and number of control activities and tests involved.

Results of control activities or tests

Nature of defects causes for rejection, etc.

Proposed remedial action

Corrective actions taken

These records shall cover both conforming and defective or deficient features and shall include a

statement that supplies and materials incorporated in the Works comply with the Contract

Documents.

The daily records of inspection and testing will be used as the basis for a Weekly Quality

Control Report. Four copies of the report shall be submitted to the Employer in an approved

form. This report will summarize all quality control inspections and tests performed over the

previous seven days.

The Weekly Quality Control Report shall include all work performed under the Contractor‟s

CQP as certified by the CQM, with all sample numbers assigned in a sequential and consecutive

order and details of the sample or test to which each number has been assigned. The Weekly

Quality Control Report shall also summarize all inspection reports and any Certificates of Non-

Compliance issued or remedied that week for the Work.

On a monthly basis, all test data shall be summarized in tabular and graphical form in a manner

which best illustrates the trends, specific results, and specification requirements and shall be

submitted to the Employer in a Monthly Quality Control Report. Where tests do not meet

specification requirements, full explanations shall be provided to show what action was taken

(i.e., rejection of the work, retest, etc.). Based on the inspection and testing reports, the CQM

shall clearly indicate in the Monthly Quality Control Report what elements of Work are

completed and recommended by the Contractor for acceptance by the Employer. Four copies of

this report shall be submitted to the Employer.

A separate report shall contain a forecast of Work to be performed during the next seven days

and a description of planned inspection and testing.

112.9. NOTIFICATION OF NONCOMPLIANCE

The Employer will notify the Contractor and the CQM of any non-compliance with the

foregoing requirements. The Contractor and the CQM shall, after receipt of such notice

immediately take corrective action. Such notice, when delivered to the Contractor at the Site of

the Work, shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose of notification. If the Contractor fails or

refuses to comply promptly, the Employer may make a recommendation to the Employer that

the Employer issue an order stopping all or part of the Work until satisfactory corrective action

has been taken. No part of the time lost due to any such stop orders shall be made the subject of

a claim for extension of time or for excess costs or damages by the Contractor.


112.10. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL

The Contractor shall establish and maintain a Quality Management System (QMS) based on the

ISO 9000 systems or in any other manner acceptable to the Employer.

For tendering, the Contractor shall prepare the outline of the Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) and

during mobilization; the Contractor shall finalize a QAP acceptable to the Employer. This plan

may be prepared based on work group and list out the specific testing, test procedures, records

and documentation requirement for assuring fulfillment of quality of individual work item.

These shall include but not limiting to testing, surveying, investigations, reviewing, evaluating

involving materials, geometric measurements and process control.

The work as a whole and separated in the individual structures or parts of the work shall be

carried out with quality control so that the Contractor through quality assurance can document

that the works conform to the specifications and the drawings. All quality assurance plan

requirements, including quality control testing will be essential and part of the overall

Contractor‟s work.

Contractor shall implement the QAP which defines how an assurance of quality will be obtained.

For temporary measures, the Contractor shall document that the re-establishment is carried out

to the Employer‟s satisfaction.

113. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

113.1. GENERAL

This Section includes procedures to be followed in closing out the Contract in additional to the

conditions prescribed in the General Conditions and Particular Conditions of Contract.

113.2. FINAL SUBMITTALS

The Contract will not be finalized until all of the following have been submitted as required in

the Submittals Section:

1 Project Completion report including construction photographs,

2 As-Built Drawings

3 Quality Control Results and Reports

4 Final Submittals required by Contract Requirements

The Contract will not be finalized until all guarantees, bonds, certifications, licenses, and

affidavits required for work or equipment as specified are satisfactorily filed with the Employer.

113.3. RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS

The Contract will not be finalized until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been

submitted to Employer as required by the Conditions of Contract.

113.4. FINAL CLEANING

At completion of work and immediately prior to final inspection, clean entire project according

to the following provisions:


Clean, sweep, and wash work provided under the Contract. Leave all facilities and structures

and the site in a complete and finished condition to the satisfaction of the Employer. Remove

debris including dirt, sand, and gravel from all the area.

Should Contractor not remove rubbish or debris or not clean the facilities and site as specified

above, the Employer reserves the right to have final cleaning done at the sole expense of the

Contractor.

The Contractor shall remove all temporary structures and materials, equipment, and

appurtenances not required as part of, the completed work to the satisfaction of the Employer.

113.5. FINAL INSPECTION

After final cleaning and upon written notice from Contractor that Work is completed, the

Employer will make preliminary inspection with the CFHC and Contractor present. Upon

completion of preliminary inspection, Employer will notify Contractor in writing of particulars

in which the completed Work is defective or incomplete.

Upon receiving written notice from Employer, the Contractor shall immediately undertake work

required to remedy defects and complete the work to the satisfaction of Employer.

After the items as listed in Employer‟s written notice are corrected or completed, Contractor

shall inform Employer in writing that required work has been completed. Upon receipt of this

notice and in the presence of Employer, CFHC and the Contractor, a final inspection of the

project will be completed.

Should the Employer find all work satisfactory at the time of final inspection, Contractor will be

allowed to make application for final payment in accordance with provisions of the Conditions

of Contract. Should Employer still find deficiencies in the Work, the Employer will notify

Contractor in writing of deficiencies and will not approve Contractor's request for final payment

until such time as Contractor has satisfactorily completed the project.


200. BREAKWATERS

201. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

The specification consists of rehabilitation of a breakwater at Myllidy fishery harbour. The

construction material shall be rock armours. Work, in general, includes construction of the

following major components.

Breakwater

Core (Quarry run having a gradation of 1-100kg)

Under layer (Rock armour having a gradation in range of 0.1T-0.2T)

Primary layer (Rock armour having a gradation in range of 1.0T-2.0T)

The works includes all post and pre construction surveys and inspections as required in the

Technical Specification. The construction work requires supply and installation of materials and

the provision of all labor, plant and equipment and quality control for the proper execution and

completion of the works. This chapter shall be need in conjunction with the other chapters of the

specification and the drawings.

Drawing No LHI/ML/LO/1 shows the general layout plan of breakwater while drawing No

LHI/ML/BW1 shows the section details together with armour sizes of breakwater.

Flowing activities are proposed for the breakwater rehabilitation.

1. Removal of residual materials (core materials and main armours) at the damaged portion

shall be done.

2. Reshaping of the core up to the +1.4 m MSL shall be done crushed excess materials and

1-100kg rock materials.

3. At least 0.6 m width of 0.1T-0.2T rocks materials shall be provided as the filter layer.

4. Rehabilitation shall be done to achieve the proposed section given in Drawing

LHI/ML/BW1

202. REFERENCES

5. CIRIA, 2007, Manual on the use of Rock in Coastal and Shoreline Engineering

6. 1991, BS 6349 - Part VII

7. U.S. Army Coastal Engineering Research centre, 1977, Shore Protection Manual (SPM) -

Volume III

8. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 2001, Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), Part VI,

Draft.

9. W. Van Der Meer, 1992, Conceptual Design of Rubble Mound Breakwaters


203. ROCK MATERIALS

203.1. SOURCES OF ROCK MATERIALS

The Contractor shall select the source or sources of obtaining quarry rock and shall be

responsible for quarrying, supply, transport and temporary storage at the site of suitable rock in

sufficient quantities.

The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all arrangements with quarry owners and to obtain

all approvals from relevant authorities for his activities in connection with the supply and

transport of rock material and in accordance with all environmental and Safety requirements in

this Contract.

The source(s) of materials selected by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer for

approval at least 3 weeks in advance of the time when the materials are planned to be used for

the permanent works. The approval shall be based on adequate representative sampling and

testing of properties by approved testing agents. However, such approval does not mean that all

materials from the approved source are automatically approved.

203.2. ROCK PROPERTIES

All materials of rock shall be quarry material obtained from approved sources and shall be

sound, compact, hard, durable, resistant to action of sea water and free of cracks and fissures

detrimental for the proper performance of the material.

Properties of rock refer to tests on samples taken in accordance with test specifications of Ref

(1) or similar test specifications acceptable to the Engineer.

203.2.1. DENSITY

The average density of quarry rock used for the works must be at least 2600 kg/m3.

203.2.2. WATER ABSORPTION

The average water absorption of quarry stone shall be less than 2% and the water absorption of

nine out of ten of the individual stones less than 2.5%

203.2.3. RESISTANCE TO WEATHERING

The loss for magnesium sulphate soundness test shall be less than 12% for all rock.

Deleterious secondary minerals shall not be present. For all rock types, this is taken to be

indicated by Methylene Blue absorption values of less than 0.7 (g/100 g).

203.2.4. RESISTANCE TO ABRASION

The mill abrasion resistance index shall be less than 0.004. Alternatively, the Los Angeles

Abrasion test value shall be maximum 35%.

203.2.5. BLOCK INTEGRITY

Blocks from heavy grading shall be free from visually observable cracks, veins, fissures, shale

layers, styolite seams, laminations, foliation planes, cleavage planes, unit contacts or other such

flaws which could lead to breakage during loading, unloading or placing.


203.2.6. IMPURITIES

Quarried rock shall not contain visually observable or chemically detectable impurities or

foreign matters in such quantities that these are damaging for the constructive application of the

quarried stone or for the environment in which the quarried stone is applied.

203.2.7. SHAPE OF ARMOUR AND FILTER STONE MATERIALS

For armour stones and filter stones, the following requirements shall apply:

The stones shall be rough and angular in shape, as "cubic" as possible. Stones showing clear

signs of significant edge or corner wear or of severe rounding shall not be accepted.

The length-to-thickness ratio, measured in accordance with the CIRIA Model Specification,

shall not exceed 2.5 for any stone in armour layers or 3.0 for any stone in filter layers.

203.3. CLASSIFICATION

203.3.1. ROCK ARMOURS

The following classifications shall apply for rock armours

NLL - Nominal Lower Limit. The class of rock shall not contain more than 10% rocks (by

weight) below the lower limit.

NUL - Nominal Upper Limit. The class of rock shall not contain more than 30% rocks (by

weight) above the upper limit.

ELL* - Extreme Lower Limit. The class of rock shall not contain more than 5% rocks (by

weight) below the extreme lower limit.

EUL - Extreme Upper Limit. The class of rock shall not contain more than 3% rocks (by

weight) above the extreme upper limit.

Range Nominal(T) WNLL (T) WNUL (T) WELL (T) WEUL (T)

1.0T-2.0T 1.5 1.0 2.0 0.42 3.22

0.1T-0.2T 0.15 0.1 0.2 0.02 0.42

203.3.2. CORE MATERIAL

Gradation of the core material shall be 1-100kg.

203.4. DELIVERY OF STONE MATERIALS

Quarried rock shall be transported and handled in such a manner as to avoid contamination,

segregation and mechanical damage to the rock.

Each load delivered to the site shall be accompanied by a Delivery Note stating:

project title;

date of delivery;

name of vessel or registration number of vehicle bringing the load;


name of producer;

designation of the grading with reference to this Specification;

name and location of the quarry or other source where the grading has been produced;

the weight of the load;

signature of person preparing the Delivery Note;

signature of the Contractor's staff receiving the Delivery Note on site.

The signed certificate shall be submitted to the Engineer on the day of delivery.

204. CONSTRUCTION

Construction shall proceed based on the approved detailed construction drawings and in

accordance with the Technical Specifications. All modification during construction shall be

subject to the approval of the Engineer.

The Contractor shall establish and maintain fixed marker poles and templates for the different

stages of the specified profiles. The spacing of marker poles and templates along the structures

shall not exceed 20m.Any such marker poles and templates shall be removed after completion

and acceptance of the works.

204. 1. BREAKWATERS

204.1.1. CONSTRUCTION OF CORE

The core of the breakwater shall be made up of crushed existing breakwater primary armour and

core. The exiting primary armour shall be crushed and crushed material should not be larger than

300mm. The crushed material shall be well mixed at the site before placing. The specified rock

material shall be placed in the balanced part.

The core material shall be placed to the lines and levels indicated in the drawing.

The placing of the core material shall be done by any method acceptable to the Engineer. The

grading of the material shall be confirmed by the Engineer.

During the progress of the work the Contractor shall carry out hydrographic or lead sounding

surveys as appropriate to determine the section of the core. Armour rock layers shall not be

placed until the required lines and levels are obtained for the core and approved by the Engineer

as satisfactory.

However, the Engineer may permit the progressive placement of the armour rock layers, giving

due regards to the prevailing weather conditions, which may disturb the core material.

Such permission shall not absolve the Contractor of his responsibility to construct the

breakwater to the required lines and levels indicated in the drawings.

204.1.2. PLACING OF PRIMARY ARMOUR ROCK

The primary armour rock of specified weight shall be placed individually in an interlocking

manner so that they may not be dislodged by wave action. Necessary precautions shall be taken

to ensure that the specified number of primary armour rocks is placed per 100 square meter of

surface of the breakwater.


204.1.3. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY IN PLACING ROCK

The breakwater has been designed to withstand the extreme wave condition in the area and the

grading of rock in the different sections of the breakwater has been selected to ensure that there

will be no loss of core material through the different layers of rock.

The Contractor shall take full responsibility in the method of placing of rocks, notwithstanding

approval by the Engineer of such methods, to ensure that no material in the inner layers of the

breakwater is exposed or dislodged with time.

They shall be placed in the structure in properly interlocking positions to achieve stable and

smooth profiles shown in drawings and as approved by the Engineer. When placing stones to the

theoretical plane defined in the drawings the Contractor shall aim at having stones protrude over

one third of the area

204.1.4. CREST OF BREAKWATER

The crest of the breakwater shall be finished to a level within + 10cm of the specified level.

The voids between the rocks on the crest of the breakwater shall be filled with the specified

quarry material to form an even surface.

The surface shall thereafter be paved to the thickness and width indicated in the drawings with

the specified material.

204.1.5. DISTURBANCE AND PROTECTION OF PLACED MATERIALS

The Contractor shall take all reasonable care to avoid disturbance of previously placed and

trimmed layers by avoiding dropping or other potentially disturbing placing methods and

optimization of the construction schedule to minimize the exposure of smaller fractions to waves

and currents.

Material eroded by wave action or other cause shall be made good before placing the appropriate

protective layer.

205. FINAL INSPECTIONS AND SURVEYS

The contractor shall perform intermediate out surveys and final out survey for checking the

profiles of all layers of the structure and underwater inspections with divers or any other means

acceptable to the Engineer. In addition underwater photographs together with records of placing

of material shall be submitted to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the work

has been carried out as indicated in the detailed construction drawings and to the required

specifications.

Measurement profiles shall be made at intervals along the length of the structures as approved by

the engineer. These will generally be on average every 10m, but in transition zones and at curves

at every 5m. Measurements shall be carried out at fixed intervals across the measurement

profile. The fixed intervals shall be as follows

- On core materials: 1.0m

- On amour and under layer materials: 0.75 x Dn50


A subsequent layer shall not be placed until the documentation of the profile of the former layer

has been submitted and approved by the Engineer‟s Representative. Measurement of rock slopes

other than core material shall be carried out using probe with a spherical end of diameter equal

to 0.5X Dn50. The as built profile is defined by the bottom of the spherical end. Final surveys

shall be supplemented by using side-scan sonar or other methods proposed by the Contractor and

approved by the Engineer to demonstrate satisfactory completion of the underwater work


300. QUAY WALLS

301. SCOPE OF WORK

The works specified in this section of the specification cover the supply and installation of

gabions for quay walls, including preparation of shop drawings.

Before ordering any materials for construction of the quay structures the contractor shall obtain

the approval of the Engineer of the sources of supply, quality of materials, shop drawings etc.

The work consists of the following:

Construction of a gabion type quay wall having top level of +1.5m, and starts from the

existing pier andextend 50m towards secondary breakwater

Construction of a gabion type quay wall having top level of +1.5m, and starts from the

above quay wall and expanded along the beach up to the halfway of beach area to a length

of 59m ( as per the drawings)

302. REFERENCES

The following Standards and Codes of Practice are referred to in this specification and fully or

partly incorporated herein as specified:

Designation Title of Standards/Code of Practice

BS 6349 British Standard Code of Practice for Maritime Structures

BS 6349, Parts 2 Design of Quay walls, Jetties and Dolphins

BS 6349, Parts 4 Design of Fendering and Mooring Systems

BS 8110 Code of Practice for Design and Construction-Structural use of

Concrete – 1997

BS 8004 British Standard Code of Practice for Foundations

U.S Army Corps of Engineers Design of Coastal Revetments, Seawalls and Bulkheads

Military Handbook of Sea walls Bulkheads and Quay walls

Roads, Railways, Bridges and Tunnel Engineering by B. L. Gupta and Amit Gupta 1985 ed

Design concepts for Quay walls for large vessels by Werner Richwien, Institute of Soil

Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, University Duisburg-

Essen, Essen

A Reference Guide for the Designing of Mass Gravity Gabion Walls (Vol. 1) by Enviromesh

(Cerana Ltd.) Registered in England No 5065615

Analysis of Gravity Quay walls by Bahaa El-Sharnou by, Hamdy El-Kamhawy and Mahdi Al-

Yami Civil Eng. Dept., Faculty of Eng., Alexandra University,

Alexandra, Egypt.


303. MATERIALS

303.1. CONCRETE FOR MARITIME STRUCTURES

Maritime works are particularly sensitive to adverse weather conditions. Material and

Workmanship for concrete should comply with BS 8110: 1985. In maritime conditions where

necessary are given in BS 6549: Part 1:1984 Clause 58. Requirements of appropriate Sri Lanka

and British Standards for concrete in detail shall be in ICTAD Publication No. SCA/4.

303.1.1. GRADE OF CONCRETE

Grade of concrete shall comply with the requirement in Table 1.

303.2. GABIONS

MANUFACTURE: Gabions shall be manufactured from double twist hexagonal woven wire

mesh in accordancewith BS EN 10223-3:1998.Diaphragms to be at nominal1m centres on the

unit length, except for 1.5m longgabions which have no internal diaphragm.

MESH SIZE: The mesh openings shall be hexagonal and of a nominal dimension of 80mm

x100mm.

MESH WIRE: The nominal wire mesh diameter for the body of the gabion shall be 2.70mm in

diameter and of a nominal 3.40mm for the edge selvedge wire. All wire shall be in accordance

with BS EN 10218-2:1997.The tensile strength falls within a range of 350 to 575 N/mm2.

CORROSION PROTECTION: Wire shall be zinc coated to BS EN10244-2: 2001

JOINTING: Gabions shall be provided with lacing wire or „C‟ rings for site assembly. The

lacing wire shall be of a nominal wire diameter of 2.2mm (all in accordance with the

corrosionprotection specified) for final jointing.

ROCKFILL: Gabion fill shall be a hard durable and non frost susceptible (rock or stone

type)having a minimum dimension not less than the mesh opening and a maximumdimension of

200mm.

PLACING AND FILLING:Gabions shall be soundly bedded on fill surfaces or previously

placed gabions to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and all voids and over breakage shall be

tightly packed with the approved filling.

On forming the gabions the wire mesh shall be tight and the selvedge wires shall be laced

together leaving the lid open. Adjacent cages shall be laced continuously along all edges by

means of alternating single and double loops at 100mm maximum spacing. The cages shall be

stretched and held tight with rods and wires or other approved means during the placing of

natural stonework.

Outside compartments of gabions should be filled on-third full initially braced internally to keep

the face even and free from bulging, and then filled two-thirds full and again braced. On

completion of the filling the rock fill should be 25mm to 50mm above the top of the cage to

allow for settlement. The lid shall be securely laced in position using a purpose made tool to

draw the lid and the side panel selvedges together.

303.3. EXPANSION JOINT FILLERS

Details shall be specified in drawings


303.4. FILTER FABRIC BEHIND QUAY WALLS (GEOTEXTILES)

The geotextile shall be woven or non-woven polypropylene or polyester fabric with the

following properties:

The apparent opening size of the geotextile shall be less than d50 (max 0.43 mm).

The minimum allowable geotextile permeability is selected as 10-3 m/s.

Required grab strength of 0.1 m long sample = 700 N (elongation > 50%)

Required puncture strength = 1375N

The geotextile shall not be adversely affected in any manner by sea water. The material shall be

resistant to naturally occurring soil alkalis, acids and bacteria. Further, the material shall be

resistant to the effects of sunlight if exposed for less than 2 1/2 months. Until the geotextile is

placed in the permanent works, it shall be stored and protected from direct or indirect sunlight.

The geotextile shall be delivered with a certificate from the manufacturer.

303.4.1. METHOD OF LAYING

The filter fabric shall be laid on the shore face of Revetments and over the rock backfill behind

quay walls as shown in the Drawings. It should be clear of any obstruction, which may cause

damage of any form.

In all cases the filter fabric shall be laid so that the joints lie perpendicular to the length of

embankment. The minimum lap at joints shall be 0.75m.

The fabric shall be held in position by means of sand bags or rock.

304. CONSTRUCTION

Contractor shall proceed with the construction as per approved detailed designs, working

drawings and Technical Specifications etc.

In connection with the construction of the quay wall it is required that several surveys be made,

e.g. surveys to establish the exact location and alignment of structures, surveys to establish the

existing surface of ground or sea bed and formation levels and surveys for the purpose of

checking the partly or wholly completed structures.

The contractor shall carry out a survey of the existing round and sea bed by carrying out

levelling in a 5m by 5m grid, or at some other appropriate spacing as approved by the Engineer.

The area of survey shall extend at least 10m from either side of the quay wall and shall cover the

area behind the quay wall up to a distance of 8m from the centre line of the quay wall to either

side of it.

The survey shall be carried out so that it could be conveniently supervised by members of the

Engineer's construction supervision team. A description of the method of survey including

positioning as well as a description of the equipment and instruments and construction method

statement planned to be used shall be submitted to the Engineer or his Representative for his

approval at least two weeks prior to the execution of the actual survey and construction.

Based on the survey results, the Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer or his

Representative, the following:


(a) A chart showing the location and level (relative to the datum used in the project) of all

points measured, as well as contour lines per 0.5m.

The scale of chart 1:500 or any other appropriate scale as approved by the Engineer.

(b) Cross sections at every 5m interval perpendicular to the centre line of the quay wall.

Linear interpolation may be used between measured points.

Scale: horizontal 1: 1000, vertical 1: 100 or any other appropriate scale as approved by the

Engineer.

Based on the chart and cross sections, the Engineer or his Representative may amend the setting

out details of the quay wall and jetty and will issue the final construction drawings.

For checking the partly or wholly completed quay wall and sand filling behind the quay wall and

for the purpose of interim payments, cross section levelling across these structures shall be

carried out during construction. Such surveys shall be executed under the supervision of the

Engineer or his Representative. The spacing between the lines and the number of levels

measured in each line will be determined by the Engineer or his Representative after

consultation with the Contractor.

305. WORKMANSHIP


The Contractor shall prepare and submit the following material to the Engineer for acceptance

before materials are ordered.

(a) Provisional shop drawings with final indication of joint positions in the assembly, and also

the material distribution

(b) General information about the welding and assembly procedures in the workshop, including

information about welding methods, joining principles, etc.

The position of joints and the materials distribution shall have been accepted and the

arrangements mentioned under (b) in principle have been accepted by the Engineer before final

order of materials.

For each type of welding joint, a written instruction for work shall be produced.

The shop drawings shall include all provisional reinforcements and attachments, etc., which

result from the Contractor's project for execution. As a rule, such provisional parts shall be

removed after final use. Reinforcements and attachments welded on may only remain

permanently in the structure if accepted by the Engineer.

305.2. WELDING

Stray arching away from the weld preparation is not permitted. Assembly welding may only be

performed to the extent shown on the construction drawings.

Intermittent welds are only allowed in so far as shown on the drawings.

After the completion of the welding work, all weld spatter as well as all slag shall be carefully

removed from the structure.


305.3. BOLTING

Washers shall be used underneath all bolt heads and nuts. Washers may only be omitted under

bolt heads where the surface is steel.

Bolt washers shall fit closely on the entire surface as well as on the surface of the nuts and bolt

heads. If necessary wedge shaped washers shall be used.

Welding or tack welding is not allowed on bolt items.

Bolts, which have been tightened up and subsequently, loosened must not be re-used.

The nuts of all bolts shall be effectively locked by approved method after they have been finally

tightened.

305.4. CORROSION PROTECTION OF STEEL

General

All steel shall be surface treated as specified and called for on the Drawings or as it has been

directed by the Engineer.

Hot-dip Galvanising

Hot-dip galvanising shall be carried out according to BS 729.

Hot-dip galvanising of steel members which will be partly embedded in concrete shall be carried

out only to about 5 cm inside the surface of the concrete.

The Contractor will not be permitted to clean the threads of bolts by cutting with a die-nut after

they have been hot-dip galvanised. This restriction does not apply to nuts.

Unless otherwise noted or directed the zinc coat can be approved if:

(a) Minimum average thickness is 100 micron (corresponding to a weight of approx. 700

g/m²), and

(b) Minimum thickness of a single probing is 85 micron

Repair of Hot-Dip Galvanised Steel

Scratches need not be repaired. Other damages e.g. areas along weldments, shall be repaired by

the following procedure:

(i) The damaged area shall be cleaned to bare steel by sandblasting to SA 2

(ii) The cleaned area shall be painted with one layer of zinc rich epoxy


500. CONCRETE

501. INTRODUCTION

The works specified in this section will apply for all concrete works under the Contract. In

accordance with the technical specifications and as shown on the drawings the contractor shall:

Furnish all materials and manufacture, transport, place, finish, protect, cure and test the

concrete

Construct, erect and dismantle forms

Furnish, shape and place steel reinforcement

Ready mix plant approval is to be taken from Engineer by submitting the required documents.

502. REFERENCES

The following Standards and Codes of Practice are referred to in this specification and fully or

partly incorporated herein as specified:

Designation Title of Standards/Code of Practice

BS 12 Specification for Portland cement

BS 812, Parts 2, Methods for testing of aggregates

(100-105, 109-111, 117, 119)

BS 882 Specification for aggregates from natural sources for concrete

BS 1881, Methods for testing concrete

(Parts 101 -103, 106-120)

BS 3148 Methods of test for water for making concrete

BS 4449 Specification for carbon steel bars for the reinforcement of

concrete

BS 4466 Specification for scheduling, dimensioning, bending and cutting

steel reinforcement for concrete

BS 5075, Parts 1-3 Concrete admixtures

BS 5328, Parts 1-4 Specifications for concrete

BS 6349 Part 1: 1984 Maritime Structures - General criteria

BS 6588 Specification for Portland pulverized-fuel ash cement

BS 8110, Parts 1-3 Structural use of concrete

ASTM C 40-92 Organic impurities in fine aggregates for concrete


503. MATERIALS

503.1. GENERAL

The Contractor shall provide information and get the Engineer‟s approval on the origin of all

materials incorporated in the works.

503.2. CEMENT

The cement used for all reinforced concrete works shall be:

- A low heat Portland pulverized fuel ash cement complying with BS 6588 or

Equivalent cement suitable for the marine environment shall be subject to the Engineer‟s

approval.

The cement used for lean concrete may be ordinary Portland cement complying with BS 12.

High early strength cement shall not be used unless specifically approved by the Engineer in

each and every case.

All cement shall be supplied with proper certificates by the manufacturer and be complying with

the requirements of the relevant standards.

At least 6 weeks before placing an order for purchase the Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer

that his source or sources of supply is able to deliver cement complying to the relevant standard

and with proper certificates.

Having obtained the Engineer‟s approval of the source of supply, transport storage and

certification of the cement, the Contractor shall not modify or change the agreed arrangements

without first having obtained the Engineer‟s permission.

The cement shall be delivered to the site of the Works in sound and properly sealed bags and

while being loaded and during transit to the concrete mixers, whether conveyed in vehicles or by

mechanical means, must be protected from the weather by effective coverings.

The cement shall be stored in approved weatherproof and well ventilated sheds with a raised

floor of timber or concrete.

All cement shall be used within six months of the date of manufacture.

No cement shall be used in the Works until it has been passed as satisfactory by the Engineer,

and all unsatisfactory cement shall be promptly removed from the Site at the Contractor‟s

expense.

503.3. AGGREGATES

Coarse and fine aggregates shall conform to BS 882.

Fine aggregate < 5mm < Coarse aggregate

Coarse aggregate for reinforced concrete shall be clean, sharp under composed gneiss or other

approved metamorphic or igneous rock having clean, hard dense and durable fragments.

All materials used as aggregates shall be obtained from an approved source producing

aggregates suitable for concrete in the respective class and shall be hard, durable, clean, free

from adhering coatings, be chemically inert and of limited porosity with a density not less than

2600 kg/m3. (2400 kg/m

3 for unreinforced concrete)


Fine aggregate for concrete shall be clean sand.

Crushed sand may be added to natural sand in order to achieve the required grading. Crushed

sand alone may only be used with the approval by the Engineer.

Aggregates shall be cleaned by washing if the content of clay or fines < 0.075 mm, exceeds 1%

(weight).

Aggregates shall be free of organic impurities - measured and interpreted according to ASTM C

40-73 or other matter which may cause corrosion of steel or otherwise impair the strength of

durability of the concrete.

Marine aggregates or other aggregates containing salt shall not be used in the concrete if

desalted satisfactorily to meet the maximum allowed chloride content presented in BS 5328, Part

1, clause 4.2. Chloride salt content shall be tested according to BS 812, Part 117. For the purpose

of calculation the chloride iron content may be taken as the equivalent sodium chloride content

divided by 1.6

The total sulphate content shall not exceed 4.0% by weight of cement including the sulphate

present in the cement.

The coarse and fine aggregates shall when mixed produce a well graded mixture from the largest

to the smallest size specified.

(a) Coarse aggregate - from 5 mm to 20 mm or from 5 mm to 40 mm - shall be graded

aggregate complying with BS 882, Table 3

(b) Fine aggregate - mainly smaller than 5 mm - shall be graded aggregate co m plying with

the overall limits given in BS 882, Table 4. Additionally, not more than one in ten

consecutive samples shall have a grading outside the limits for grading C cf. BS 882,

Clause 5.2.1

All-in aggregate is not allowed.

The Contractor shall not later than 30 (thirty) days before the planned commencement of any

works submit to the Engineer for his approval, representative samples of the fine and coarse

aggregates intended to be used in the works.

The samples shall have been obtained from sources requested to be approved and shall be

accompanied by test certificates from an independent laboratory giving all information on

relevant properties of the aggregates, according to BS 812.

Criteria for acceptance of aggregates - during execution of the works - are given in summary in

the Table below.


Name and location of source Yes

Sieve analysis BS 812

Coarse aggregate BS 882, Table 3

Fine aggregate BS 882, Grading C

Fines BS 882, Clause 5.4

Ten percent fines valve Mm. 100 kN

Chloride content BS 5328, Part 1, Clause 4.2.2

TABLE: Criteria for acceptance of aggregates

Approved samples of aggregates will at all time during the course of the Contract be kept in the

Engineer‟s site office and all concrete aggregates shall comply with such approved samples or

shall whenever required by the Engineer be tested by the Contractor for compliance with these

Specifications.

All sand and aggregate for concrete shall be stored on close filling timber, steel or concrete

stages of approved design with drainage slopes or in bins of substantial construction in such a

manner as to prevent jumbling or segregation of sizes and to avoid the inclusion of dirt and other

foreign materials in the concrete. All such bins shall be emptied and cleaned at intervals as

instructed by the Engineer. Each size of aggregate shall be stored separately.

At no time shall aggregate for use in concrete be allowed to dry out completely and freshwater

shall from time to time be sprinkled lightly on the stored aggregates.

503.4. MIXING WATER

Mixing water shall be fresh water and be clean, free from harmful matter and from any unusual

proportion of dissolved salts.

Water used for concrete in reinforced structures shall have maximum permissible water -soluble

chloride content of 0.05%. Water shall be sampled and tested at maximum 4 weeks intervals

decided by the Engineer.

503.5. ADMIXTURES

Plasticisers shall normally be used to achieve the required workability of high quality concrete.

When minimum air content is specified for the concrete an air -entraining admixture shall be

used.

No admixture will be considered for approval that is not being commercially used with

satisfactory service and supplied with a detailed declaration of constituents. All requests for

approval of admixtures shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 30 (thirty) days before it is

intended to use the admixture. The Contractor shall submit with his request independent test data

and adequate samples of the proposed admixture cf. BS 8110, Part 1, clause 6.1.5. and BS 5328,

Part 1, clause 3.4.

Air-entraining admixture, if added, shall be added during mixing in proper amount to give the

approved air content.


Calcium chloride or admixture containing calcium chloride shall not be used.

503.6. REINFORCEMENT

Steel reinforcement used in concrete shall be hot-rolled steel bars complying with BS 4449.

Unless otherwise directed, the Contractor shall use:

Deformed bars (designated „Y „on the drawings) with a specified characteristic strength of

460/425 N/mm2

and which have a geometrical classification as Type 2, BS 4449, clause

14.3

Mild steel bars (designated „R‟ on the drawings) with a specified characteristic strength of

250 N/mm2

Stainless steel - marine grade

Each consignment of steel reinforcement shall be supplied with the manufacturer‟s certificate of

tests for compliance with BS 4449 and as specified in BS 4449, clauses 16.1 and 16.2.

All bars shall be stored in a closed shelter to prevent exposure to salt laden atmosphere to

prevent deterioration. Binding wire shall be black, annealed, mild steel and with d ≥1.5 mm and

shall be stored in a closed shelter.

504. CONCRETE COMPOSITION

504.1. MIX PROPORTIONS

Class 1 2 3

Use

Reinforced

Concrete

Un-

Reinforced

Concrete

Lean

Concrete

Grade C40 C30 C15

Max. aggregate size mm 20 20 37.5

Min. cement content kg/m3 325 300 225

Max. Water/Cement ratio - 0.45 0.50 0.55

Max. chloride ion content

by weight of cement

% 0.20 0.40 0.40

Air content % 3-6 3-6 -

Min. Concrete cover

unless noted otherwise

mm 50 - -

Min. Concrete cover in

Capping Beams

mm 70

504.2. PROPERTIES OF FRESH CONCRETE

At the time of placement, the concrete shall be of a suitable slump (100mm +_ 25mm) and so

proportioned that it can be worked readily into corners and angles of the forms and around

reinforcement and embedded items without permitting the materials to segregate or an excessive


amount of free water to collect on the surface of the concrete - taking into account the

requirements for placing and compaction.

The detailed requirements shall be established on the basis of concrete trials.

504.3. CONCRETE TRIALS

At least 30 days before any concrete is placed in the Works the Contractor shall submit mix

design to the Engineer for his approval full details of the mixes, he proposes to use for each

grade of concrete together with their anticipated average strength. These mixes shall be based on

the results of trial mixes as specified in BS 8110, Clause 6.4.1.The program of trial mixes shall

be subject to approval by the Engineer, and the Engineer shall be kept informed on the progress

of the tests.

The mixes shall be designed with due regard for the workability necessary to allow the

Contractor to place and compact the concrete with the equipment he proposes to use in any

particular situation.

Before any change to materials or mix proportions is introduced the Contractor shall provide all

evidence to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the new mix will meet this Specification.

505. PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE

505.1. GENERAL

Production of concrete shall be in accordance with BS 8110 Clause 6.4.

The Contractor shall use a modern and reliable plant for a thorough mixing of the aggregates,

cement, admixtures and water into a uniform mass within appropriate time and capable of

discharging the mix without segregation.

505.2. PRODUCTION PROGRAM

One week before any major concrete pouring the Contractor shall present a detailed activity

program with indication of personnel, equipment (including spare equipment), materials, control

activities and provisions for treatment of concrete after pouring.

The program shall include the following inspections before commencement of concrete

production:

Check and re-calibration of each scale and other measuring devices from zero to full

capacity of the scale

Check of the efficiency of the mixer by wet screening of fresh concrete.

505.3. EQUIPMENT

The Contractor shall submit within 45 days after award of the Contract information on the

proposed plant for batching and mixing the concrete.

Those surfaces of the measuring, mixing and transporting equipment that will be in contact with

concrete shall be clean at the commencement of the mixing operation.

Before each pouring the Contractor shall check the performance of his equipment and the

accuracy of scales etc.


505.4. DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS

All concrete materials shall be stored and handled with care to avoid any pollution or unintended

mixing of different materials.

All bins and containers with materials shall be unambiguously marked.

505.5. BATCHING

The materials shall be so measured out as to give the required mix proportions in accordance

with BS 5328, Part 3. Cement and aggregate shall be batched by weight - where aggregate may

be weighed cumulatively - and water shall be batched by weight or by volume. Admixtures shall

be batched using suitable dispenser. The Contractor shall measure the moisture content of the

aggregate in accordance with BS 812, Part 109 as frequently as required and at least once a day

during times of concrete production, and he shall adjust the quantity of mixing water according

to the results of these tests if required.

Delivery of materials from the batching equipment shall be within the following limits of

accuracy:

Cement, water and aggregates: ±3%

Admixtures: ±5%

All batching shall be recorded with indication of achieved as well as intended quantities.

The records shall also include general information about the weather, about the progress in

placing the concrete and about any difficulties in producing or placing concrete whether due to

breakdown of equipment or any other cause. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer one

copy of all these records not later than two days after the event took place.

505.6. MIXING

The concrete shall be mixed in the mixer until the materials are uniformly distributed and shall

be discharged completely before the mixer is recharged.

The operator of the mixer shall currently be able to make a visual assessment of the concrete

properties as well as the achieved discharge of concrete from the mixer.

The net mixing time, measured from batching of the last component, shall be recorded.

505.7. TRANSPORT

The concrete shall be transported from the mixer to the place of final deposit by means which

will prevent segregation or loss of materials and not permit the concrete to stiffen.

The means and duration of transport shall be subject to approval by the Engineer.

506. INSPECTION AND TESTING

506.1. GENERAL

Control tests on concrete shall be carried out in accordance with test methods as specified in BS

8110 and related standards or other test method representing the „state of the art‟ subject to the

approval by the Engineer.


The properties of the concrete shall be tested and evaluated in accordance with BS 8110, clause

6.4, BS 5328 and BS 1881.

Pre-testing shall be made for the necessary documentation of compliance with the specified

requirements to:

- materials

- composition

- strength

- work execution

before or in connection with concrete trials.

Control-testing shall be made concurrently with the concrete production on:

- materials

- composition

- strength

- work execution

any significant change to the said items shall be preceded by renewed pre-testing and concrete

trials.

506.2. TESTING OF MATERIALS

Cement

All relevant properties of the supplied cement shall be stated in detail in the certificate from the

supplier, for check of compliance with the relevant standards.

Aggregates

Gradation tests and description of the nature of the aggregates including content of harmful

matters for which limits are specified in this document or pertaining standards shall be made

prior to the concrete trials.

Additional control testing shall be made in case of changes or as specified.

Water

The specified requirements shall be documented.

Admixtures

Pre-testing shall include a verification of the content of the declarations of the materials. The

suitability of the admixtures shall be tested in connection with the concrete trials.

506.3. TESTING OF COMPOSITION

After the approval of documentation of materials the composition of the concrete shall be fixed

and documentation of the following properties established by calculation:

- water/cement ratio

- content of cement and their constituents

- content of fines


- air content

- saturated and dry density

- content of chlorides and possible other harmful matters.

506.4. CONCRETE TRIALS AND TESTING OF STRENGTH

A visual inspection shall be made of the storage conditions of materials and the equipment

available. The accuracy of the batching shall be established.

The duration of batching and the succession of materials added to the mixer shall be recorded.

The time for mixing shall be recorded.

The time for mixing shall be recorded.

The achieved properties of the fresh concrete shall be tested by slump tests, air content tests and

by screening of samples of the fresh concrete.

The concrete strength shall be determined by compression tests of concrete cubes in accordance

with BS 8110, clause 6.4, and BS 5328 and with rates of sampling and testing as BS 5238, Part

1, clause 8.2, as follows:

- minimum one sampling per 10 m3

or 10 batches for concrete Classes I and 2

- minimum one sampling per 20 m3

or 20 batches for concrete Class 3

The sampling, storage and testing shall be carried out to BS 1881.

From each trial mix a minimum of three specimens for the 28 days test and one specimen for the

7 days test shall be prepared unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

506.5. TRIAL POUR

A trial pour shall be made for concrete Classes I and 2, the details of which shall be mutually

agreed upon between the Contractor and the Engineer.

The following points shall be observed and recorded

Transport of fresh concrete

Pouring

Treatment of non-hardened surfaces

Curing and protection and actual weather conditions

Temperature development and gradients in the concrete during setting

Cracks or other defects in the concrete when hardened.

506.6. CONCRETE DEEMED NOT TO COMPLY

In any case where the test results for strength do not comply with the requirements remedial

measures shall be decided by the Engineer. Any remedial work or demolition and reconstruction

of rejected work shall be carried out on the Contractor‟s own account.

Cored samples shall be extracted at locations approved by the Engineer and treated and tested in

accordance with BS 1881 Part 120.


Where the Engineer permits non-destructive tests, such as the Schmidt (Rebound) Hammer Test,

or ultrasonic tests, the relevant criteria for accepting or rejecting the concrete concerned shall be

subject to approval by the Engineer and cost to be born by the contractor.

506.7. DATA AND INSPECTION

The Engineer shall be furnished one copy of all test results without delay and within 2 working

days. Also the Engineer shall be free to inspect at any time during working hours all equipment

used and all records made for the verification of these requirements.

507. FORMWORK

507.1. GENERAL

Formwork shall be such that the finished surface of all concrete work shall be sound, solid and

free from honeycombing, protuberances and blemishes.

The Contractor will be responsible for the design and execution of all formwork. Drawings and

calculations shall be prepared and presented to the Engineer at least 2 weeks before the

commencement of formwork.

507.2. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

The design and construction of formwork shall be in accordance with BS 8110, clause 6.9.1.

All formwork and false work shall be adequately designed, built and maintained to be tight, to

sustain construction loads and be so rigid that no displacements will occur.

All forms shall be treated with approved oil and wooden forms shall be thoroughly drenched

with water immediately before placing concrete.

Only form-clamps of reputable makes and proper steel form ties and spacers shall be used. Form

ties shall remain embedded in the concrete and they shall terminate not less than 50 mm inside

the formed face of the concrete. The fasteners on the ends of form ties shall be such that their

removal will leave holes of regular shape. These holes shall be dry-packed subject to the

Engineer‟s approval.

Panels shall have true edges to permit accurate alignment and provide a neat line with adjacent

panels and at all construction joints. All panels shall be fixed with their joints either vertically or

horizontally.

Formwork below or between tides shall be so fitted and caulked that the ingress of water is

prevented. Further the formwork shall be supported in a way, which prevents deflection due to

water pressure.

507.3. CLEANING AND TREATMENT

Before concrete is placed, forms shall be cleaned and treated as specified in BS 8110, clause

6.9.2.

Discoloration or any other harm from the use of release agents shall be prevented.


507.4. CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES

Tolerances for formed surfaces of insitu and pre-cast reinforced concrete are:

a. Cross-sectional dimensions of beams, slabs, walls etc.: 0 mm to + 20 mm

b. Longitudinal dimensions less than 30 m of same members: ± 20 mm

c. Size and location of penetrations, recesses, etc.: ± 5 mm

d. Location of in-situ structure generally, relative to established reference lines, module lines

and levels: ± 20 mm

e. Holding down bolts etc. as group : ± 5 mm

f. Inserts, brackets, steel members etc. to be embedded and which on the drawings are shown

to be flush with the concrete surface : ± 1 mm

g. Or as otherwise specified

507.5. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL

The Engineer shall be given adequate notice and time - min. 24 hours or as otherwise agreed

with the Contractor - for inspection of all formwork, including steel reinforcement, prior to

placing of concrete.

507.6. STRIKING OF FORMWORK

The striking of formwork shall be carried out in accordance with BS 8110, clause 6.9.3 or as

otherwise agreed with and approved by the Engineer. Form work must not be struck less than 48

hours after casting, but in any case no sooner than determined by the Engineer.

No striking of formwork must be made until compliance with the specified requirements to

temperature and moisture in the concrete has been met.

508. REINFORCEMENT

508.1. GENERAL

The Contractor shall furnish, cut, bend and place all steel reinforcement.

The Contractor shall provide at his own cost and to the approval by the Engineer working

drawings of all reinforcement accompanied by bending schedules.

The working drawings and bending schedules shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 14 days

prior to commencing actual work. The Engineer‟s approval of working drawing and bending

schedules shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the correctness of same.

508.2. HANDLING, CUTTING AND BENDING MODULE LINES AND

The steel shall be decently stored on the work site in shelter as to avoid contamination by sea

spray and/or corrosion to the extent possible. Reinforcements effected by severe rust or sea spray

will be rejected.

The reinforcement shall to be cut and bent according to BS 8110, clause 7.2, according to BS

4466 and according to the approved bending schedules.


508.3. PLACING AND FIXING

At the time concrete is placed, reinforcement shall be free from loose rust or loose mill scale,

dirt, mortar spillage, salt, oil, grease or other coating which might destroy or impair the bond

between the concrete and the reinforcement. Rust will not be considered loose if, on rubbing

with a finger, it leaves only a stain thereon.

All reinforcement is to be sized, shaped and placed in exact accordance with the Drawings

provided by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer and kept in the correct position in the

forms without displacement during the process of vibrating, tamping and ramming the concrete

in place.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary distance pieces and space bars to maintain the

reinforcement in the correct position. Spacers shall be of such materials and design as will be

durable, not lead to corrosion of the reinforcement and not cause spalling of the concrete cover.

Any ties, links or stirrups connecting the bars shall be taut so that the bars are properly braced,

and the inside of their curved parts shall be in actual contact with the bars around which they are

intended to fit. Bars shall be bound together, in at least every other point of intersection, with

best black annealed mild steel wire or other approved binders. Binding wire shall be bent

inwards.

Unless specified otherwise the minimum cover to reinforcement, as measured to the outside of

stirrups or outer bars, shall be 50 mm, with a tolerance of -0 mm +10 mm for all faces.

Bars shall not be displaced laterally from the specified position by more than half a bar spacing

nor into the specified cover zone in order to clear embedded items or penetrations unless

permitted by the Engineer.

All reinforcement steel shall be furnished in full lengths. Splicing will generally not be

permitted.

508.4. WELDING

Welding of rebars is generally not permitted and shall in all case be subject to the Engineer‟s

approval.

508.5. LAPS

Lapping of bars where necessary shall be staggered. Lap length in main reinforcement shall be

40 times diameter of the bar and in secondary reinforcement 40 times diameter of the bar.

508.6. EMBEDDED ITEMS

All embedded items such as inserts, holding-down bolts, frames, sleeves, pipes and conduits

shall be placed accurately and secured against displacement before concreting commences, and

voids formed shall be protected from being clogged with concrete.

508.7. DELAYS DUE TO REJECTION OF REINFORCEMENT

The Employer will not be held liable or responsible for any delay in completion of the work

under this contract which may occur due to any rejection of reinforcement which does not

conform to the required standards in consequence of the contractor‟s operations.


509. CONCRETE PLACEMENT

509.1. PLACING

The concrete shall be placed in accordance with BS 8110, clause 6.5, with the following

restrictions:

a) Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable to its final position and in such a

manner as to avoid segregation due to re-handling or flowing. The vertical drops shall be

not more than 1.7 m. The concrete shall be placed in approximately horizontal layers of no

more than 0.40 m thickness

b) Concrete shall be placed at a rate that will permit proper compaction

c) Concrete shall not be placed if it has partially hardened or has been contaminated by

foreign materials

d) Concrete in each section of the work between approved construction joints shall be placed

in a continuous operation so that new concrete is placed against plastic concrete to produce

a monolithic mass

e) Where mortar is liable to be lost from a preceding concrete placement, as when

reinforcement is congested, batches of mortar

i) Containing the same proportions of cement and sand, i.e. as for the concrete

discounting the coarse aggregate, and

ii) Having similar consistency to that of the new mix shall be deposited to a depth of at

least 30 mm, immediately before the new mix is placed, and the resulting concrete

shall then be compacted to form a monolithic mass.

f) Adequate protection shall be at hand to protect the fresh concrete from sudden rain

g) When strong winds are likely to be experienced, additional precautions to ensure protection

from driving rain and dust shall also be taken. The Engineer may withhold approval of

commencement of concreting, until he is satisfied that full and adequate arrangements have

been made

h) Where fresh concrete shall be placed below the high water level flooding shall be

prevented by

i) Coordination with tidal variations

ii) Installation of adequate water barriers.

i) Where concrete is to be placed against an earth surface the surface shall be sealed by a

blinding layer of 50 to 100 mm to form an even, hard surface below reinforcement, and to

minimize loss of water and prevent fouling.

j) Where approval has been given to carry out concreting operations at night or in places

where daylight is excluded, the Contractor is to provide adequate lighting at all points

where mixing, transportation, and placing of concrete are in progress.

509.2. COMPACTION

All concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by vibrators of the immersion type during placement

and shall be thoroughly worked around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into the


corners of the forms. The use of external vibrators is not permitted. Vibrators shall be of

approved type and design. Spare vibrators shall always be available at the site of casting.

The vibration shall continue until the air bubbles cease to appear on the concrete surface and

stop immediately with the appearance of bleeding and not carried on to a degree that may cause

segregation of the concrete. The working of the concrete by vibrators to make it flow laterally is

not permitted, and vibrators shall always be extracted slowly to prevent forming of voids.

509.3. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

Construction joints shall be executed in accordance with BS 8110, clause 6.12 with the

following restrictions:

(a) Construction joints shall be located and shaped as shown on the drawings. The location

and method concerned for other construction joints, desired by the Contractor, shall be

subject to the Engineer‟s approval

(b) Before fresh concrete is placed against a hardened concrete surface at a construction

joint, the surface shall be roughened and cleaned so that all loose or soft material, free

water, foreign matter and cement skin are removed, while at the time of the replacement

the surface shall be damp

(c) projecting reinforcement and embedded items, such as water-stops, dowels, inserts,

fabricated steel members and pipes shall be carefully located, fixed and sealed in the

form of the construction joints

(d) Kickers, i.e. starter stubs for walls and columns, shall not used unless approved by the

Engineer and in any case shall be poured integrally with the concrete poured first

(e) The formwork shall be tightly secured against previously cast or hardened concrete to

prevent stepping or ridges to exposed surfaces

(f) All construction joints between existing and new concrete shall be treated for prevention

of possible water penetration/seepage through the joint.

Treatment by application of a suitable water repellent product shall be made on the

exposed surface in the entire length of the joint and the covering at least 50mm to each

side of the joint.

The water repellent product shall provide a durable and whether resistant lining of the

pores and shall be colourless or only slightly deviating in appearance from the adjoining

concrete. The product shall become subject to the Engineers approval based on

comprehensive documentation provided by the Contractor.

509.4. UNDERWATER CONCRETE

Underwater concrete shall be carried out as per BS 6349 Part 1: Maritime structures.

510. TREATMENT AND CURING

510.1. UPPER SURFACES

The upper surface of concrete structures shall be adjusted to the required shape and tolerance by

application of a board. The necessary surface adjustment of slabs shall be made with a beam

vibrator.


510.2. MOIST CURING

All concrete must be moist cured for a period of time equivalent to 7 days by a suitable method.

Alternatively the forms shall remain in place for this period of time.

The curing shall be commenced no later than one hour from the time of pouring.

510.3. PROTECTION

During the curing period the concrete shall be protected from the harmful effects of sunshine,

drying winds, cold, rain, wave action, or running water. The protection shall be applied as soon

as practicable after completion of placing.

Also during the curing period, the concrete shall be protected from damaging mechanical

disturbance, such as load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibration.

All finished concrete surfaces shall be protected from damage caused by construction

equipment, materials or methods, by spraying with water colder than the concrete, by application

of adverse curing procedures and by rain or running water.

Self-supporting structures shall not be loaded in such a way as to overstress the concrete.

510.4. PROVISIONS AGAINST EARLY THERMAL CRACKING

The curing process shall be designed so as to avoid early thermal cracking due to internal

temperature differences over cross sections or excessive external restraint during cooling of

structural units.

510.5. HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS

The following requirements shall apply when concreting in hot weather:

(a) Precautions shall be taken to avoid premature stiffening of the fresh mix and to reduce

water absorption and evaporation losses

(b) If the temperature of the surrounding air is between 32° and 35° C the following shall

apply unless otherwise directed by the Engineer:

(i) The formwork shall be continuously sprayed with cold freshwater in advance of the

concreting and excess water shall be removed from the inside of the forms

immediately prior to the placement of concrete

(ii) The reinforcement, and the form work if metal forms are used, shall be protected from

the effects of hot winds and direct sunlight

(iii) Suitable barriers shall be provided to protect the freshly placed concrete from wind,

until the concrete has hardened sufficiently to allow it to be covered according to

paragraph (v) below

(vi) The concrete shall be mixed, transported, placed and compacted as rapidly as possible,

and shall then be covered with:

A. an impervious membrane, or

B. hessian, kept wet, until moist curing begins

(c) Concreting when the surrounding air temperature exceeds 35° C shall be with the

Engineer‟s approval only.


510.6. HARDENED CONCRETE

The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer if, by the removal of formwork, faults or

adverse geometry is revealed.

Patching, plastering or cement washing of defective areas such as honeycombs and cracks shall

not be permitted except with the approval by the Engineer. However, such approval is not

required for the repair of holes left by the extraction of form ties or cored samples.

510.7. CONCRETE DEEMED NOT TO COMPLY

In any case where test results or the quality of hardened surfaces do not comply with the

requirements remedial measures shall be decided by the Engineer on the basis of the

Contractor‟s proposal.

Any remedial work or demolition and reconstruction of rejected work shall be carried out on the

Contractor‟s account.

510.8. DELAYS DUE TO UNSATISFACTORY TREATMENT & CURING OF

CONCRETE

The Employer will not be held liable or responsible for any delay in completion of the works

under this contract which may occur due to any rejection of concrete which does not conform to

the required standards in the treatment & curing of concrete in consequence of the contractor‟s

operations.


600. MASONRY, TILING & PAINTING

601. MASONRY

601.1. GENERAL

Materials used in the Works shall be new, of the qualities and kinds specified herein and equal to

the approved samples. Delivery shall be made sufficiently in advance to enable samples to be

taken and tested if required. No materials shall be used until approved and materials not

approved shall be immediately removed from the Works.

Materials shall be transported, handled and stored on the site or elsewhere in such a manner to

prevent damage, deterioration or contamination.

601.2. CEMENT

Cement shall be Ordinary Portland cement of an approved brand.

Cement shall conform to BS 12.

Cement shall be of recent manufacturer, used within 6 months of manufactured date and

free of any lumping or coalescing.

Check tests will be required by the Engineer. These tests shall be carried out at the

Contractor‟s expense.

601.3. SOLID BLOCKS

Masonry work shall be done with solid blocks of approved quality unless specified

otherwise.

Blocks shall be of standard quality, low permeability blocks with no defects and sample

shall be submitted for approval of the Engineer.

Blocks shall be cement / sand. Block thickness shall be 150 mm thick for all full height

walls The average compression strength should be not less than 2.8N/mm and shall

comply with the relevant British Standard.

The blocks shall be free from excessive amounts of salt or other impurities, and shall be

inspected and approved by the Engineer.

Work shall be complied with this specification unless otherwise stated In particular

Specification or Drawings. Any work not specified shall be discussed and directed by the

Engineer.

Stake-board shall be provided at each 5m in length, and shall be inspected by the Engineer

for the accuracy and firmness. However, suitable ruler, plumb bob and leveler shall be

provided for minor performance of cement block.

Care shall be taken for damage during transportation of materials, and any defect of

natural finished concrete blocks shall be rejected.

Any shock or load shall not be applied until concrete mortar or other fills hardened.

Corner projection and top of cement block work shall be protected from rain, dryness,

damage and stain by covering.


Void between blocks shall not be intruded by rainwater.

Cement blocks shall be saturated with water and joint shall be cleaned.

A layer or bed of damp proof membrane shall be placed on to the ground slab and the first

course of blocks placed onto this layer. The damp proof mortar shall consist of a

sand:cement ratio of 1:4, and an approved water proof additive (material specification to

be approved by Engineer prior to use).

Bonding mortar shall be used immediately after mix, and mixed mortar left for more than

one hour shall be rejected.

Vertical and horizontal joint of blocks shall be filled completely, and suitable with mortar

on line, shall not be moved or rearranged. Joint and surface of block of exposed finished

block wall shall be cleaned immediately after joint is filled.

Mortar for joint shall be touched with steel trowel before hardened, and exposed joint

shall be finished with uniform width and planned without roughness or cavity.

Height for placing block per day shall be maximum 1.2m unless otherwise specified.

Ties to columns must be provided every three course of block work. The ties are to be

galvanized steel and a material sample is to be provided prior to purchasing for the

project.

The thickness of joints shall not exceed 10mm, and the joints shall be raked (13mm dup.)

when the mortar is still fluid, so as to provide for proper bond for the plaster. Any mortar,

which falls on the floor from these joints or removed due to raking of joints, shall not be

reused.

Lintel shall be reinforced concrete as approved or directed by the Engineer.

Main reinforcing bar shall be anchored more than 40D (40 x diameter of the bar) at both

ends.

In case lintel is prefabricated, shop drawing shall be submitted for approval of the

Engineer.

In case frame is temporarily installed before placing of blocks, frame shall be firmly

placed and joiner shall be bonded with mortar as placing each block at side and top of

frame.

In case frame is installed after placing of blocks, joiner shall be bonded with additional

mortar at space or every two blocks or more.

Back of frame shall be filled and compacted with mortar by providing shuttering board.

Wood plug and anchor bolt shall be covered with mortar or concrete.

Principally, piping shall not be placed in block wall unless piping block is in use.

In case chipping and piping on face of blocks is unavoidable, performance shall confirm

to instruction of the Engineer.

Joiner and supporter for exposed piping shall be buried at joint which back is filled or

otherwise approved by the Engineer.


602. PLASTERING

602.1. GENERAL

All masonry walls shall have smooth finished cement plaster on internal side and rough finished

for outer sides. Surface setting coat of neat cement applied within an hour of the completion of

rendering in floor.

602.2. MATERIALS AND STORAGE

Plaster materials which are affected by moisture such as plaster and cement shall be stored

properly.

Cement used for plastering shall conform to those of Section 701.2 – Masonry Works.

Grading of sand, however, shall be as in table below.

Grading of Sand Mortar Plastering Plastering

5mm sifting through 100%

0.15mm sifting less than 10%

For first coat

For finish coat

For first coat and dubbing

out

2.5mm sifting through 100%

0.15mm sifting less than 10%

For finish coat For second coat

White cement or filler or similar shall confirm to the requirements of Portland cement,

British Standard BS 12.

The use of mixtures shall be approved by the Engineer. The amount of admixture shall be

such that it affects mortar strength very little. An approved admixture, or proprietary

product, shall be used to reduce shrinkages and for external rendering to improve water

proofing.

Mixing volume ratio of mortar shall be as in Table below:

Base Area of Application First coat

cement: sand

Dabbing out

cement: sand

Finish coat

cement:

sand

Masonry

blocks

Floor

Interior wall

Exterior wall

-

1:4

1:4

-

1:4

1:4

1:4

1:3

1:3

Standard thickness of coating (mm) shall be as in Table below:

Base Area of

Application

First

Coat

Dubbing

Out

Second

Coat

Finis

h

Coat

Tot

al

Masonr

y blocks

Floor 10 10 10 20


Interior wall

Exterior wall

10

10

10

10

10

10

20

20

Thickness of coating shall be standard thickness of coating unless otherwise indicated on

the Drawings.

Type of finish and work schedule shall be as in Table below:

Type Work Schedule Notes

1. Semi rough

power trowel finish

1. Shall be applied flat by

metal trowel.

2. Shall be finished by

pressing with the trowel.

Before applying second coat,

corner and edge shall be screed

well.

602.3. GENERAL PREPARATION

Remove efflorescence, laitance, dirt and other loose material by thoroughly dry brushing.

Remove all traces of paint, grease, dirt and other materials incompatible with coating, by

scrubbing with water containing detergent and washing off with plenty applying coatings

unless specified otherwise.

In Situ Concrete Surfaces: Scrub with water containing detergents to ensure complete

removal of mould oil, surface retarders and other materials in compatible with coating.

Rinse with clean water and allow to dry unless specified otherwise.

Organic Growths: Treat with fungicide to manufacturer‟s recommendations and bush off.

Hacking for Key: Roughen specified surfaces thoroughly and evenly by removing the

entire surface to a depth of 3mm by scrubbing, bush hammering or abrasive blasting.

Clean surfaces by washing and brushing.

Smooth Concrete Surfaces: Where no keying or mix or bonding agent is specified, wet

smooth concrete surfaces immediately before plastering.

602.4. EXTERNAL PLASTERING

Dissimilar Solid Backgrounds for Plastering: Where plaster is to be continued without

break across joints between dissimilar solid backgrounds which are rigidly bonded

together, cover the joints with a 200mm wide mesh strip (backgrounds in the same plane)

or with the corner mesh (internal angle) fixed at not more than 600mm centers along both

edges, unless specified otherwise.

Dissimilar Solid Backgrounds for Plaster: Where plaster is to be continued without break

and without change of plane across the face of a 300mm and rigidly bonded to the

background.

Overlay with expanded plastic reinforcing mesh 50mm beyond the edges of the paper, and

securely fixed with masonry nails at not less than 100mm centers along both edges.

Alternatively, an approved paper and mesh lathing may be used.


Dissimilar Solid Backgrounds for Rendering: Where rendering is to be continued without

break across joints between dissimilar solid backgrounds which are in the same plane and

rigidly bounded together, cover joints with a 150mm wide strip of building paper overlaid

with 300mm wide plastic reinforcing metal fixed at not more than 600mm centers along

both edges unless specified otherwise.

Service Chases: Cover with plastic reinforcing mesh strip fixed at not more than 600mm

centers along both edges.

Conduits bedded in under coat to be covered with 90mm wide jute scrim bedded in

finishing coat mix, pressed flat and toweled in. Do not lap ends of scrim.

602.5. INTERNAL PLASTERING

Accuracy of plaster 25mm maximum permissible gap between a 1800mm straight edge

and any point on the surface to be 3mm.

Dubbing Out: If necessary to correct inaccuracies, dub out in thickness of not more than

10mm is same mix as first coat. Allow each coat to set before the first is applied. Cross

scratch surface of each dubbing out coat immediately after set.

Plastic Reinforcing Mesh: Work undercoat well into interstices to obtain maximum key.

Under Coats: Generally to be not less than 12mm with thickness greater than 20mm

applied as two coats. Rule to an even surface and cross scratch – end coat to provide a key

for the next hand applied coat.

Dissimilar Backgrounds: Where scrim or lathing or beads are not specified, cut through

plaster with a fine blade in a neat, straight line at junctions of:

(a) Plastered rigid sheet and plastered solid backgrounds

(b) Dissimilar solid backgrounds.

Smooth Finish: Trowel or float to product a tight matt, smooth surface with no hollows

abrupt change of level or trowel marks. Do not use water brush and avoid excessive

toweling and over polishing.

602.6. EXTERNAL RENDERING

Dubbing Out: If necessary to correct inaccuracies, dub out in thicknesses of not more than

10mm in same mix as first coat. Allow each coat to dry before the next is applied. Cross

scratch surface of each dubbing out coat immediately after set.

Undercoats for Hand Applied Finishes: Apply first undercoat or dubbing out coat by

throwing from a trowel. Coats to be no less than 12mm thick with thickness greater than

20mm applied as two coats. On weak backgrounds, first undercoat to be not less than

12mm thick. Brush down each undercoat to remove dust and loose particles and wet

thoroughly before application of next coat. Cross scratch undercoat without penetrating

the coat, to provide key for the following coats.

Drying: Keep each coat damp for the first three days by covering with polythene sheet and

/ or spraying with water. Thereafter, prevent from drying out rapidly. Work in shade

whenever possible.


Allow each coat to dry out thoroughly to ensure that drying shrinkage is substantially

complete before applying next coat.

Laying Floated Finish: Finish with wood or other suitably faced float to give an even

texture.

Do not draw excessive laitance to surfaces.

602.7. PLASTIC MESH REINFORCING / REINFORCEMENT FOR PLASTERED

COATINGS

Plastic mesh reinforcement is to be used as reinforcement for plastering in columns, walls

or as specified in drawings.

Products: Plain expanded plastic reinforcing mesh is to be used. The Contractor is to

submit a sample and specification prior to including in the works.

Wire Ties: Unless other specified, annealed iron, galvanized to B.S. 443.

Clout Nails: Galvanized steel or stainless steel nails to B.S. 1202: Part 1, Table 3.

Staples: Galvanized steel wire staples to B.S. 1494: Part 2.

Workmanship

Framing: Fix securely and accurately to help ensure that coatings on lathing, when

finished, are true to line and level, within specified tolerances and free from cracks,

rippling, hollows, ridges and sudden changes of levels.

Runners / Bearers spanning between concrete beams / ribs: Fix with 3mm wire ties twisted

around 38mm x 10 gauge screws driven well into fixing blocks or plugs in sides of beams/

ribs.

Wire Ties: Twisted ends, tightly together, cut off surplus and bend ends of wire away from

face of coating.

Plastic Reinforcement Mesh

Stretch mesh and fix securely in accordance with manufacturers recommendations to give

a taut, firm base for plaster / rendering.

Fix with the long way of the mesh at right angles to supports and with all strands sloping in

the same direction.

Lap side edges not less than 25mm. Lap ends 50mm at supports and 75mm between

supports. Laps must not occur within 100mm of angles or bends

Render Finish Colour

Where floor plastering finishing detail specifies coloured render, a dry cement colour,

chemically inert, non fading, alkali fast, mineral pigment as approved shall be used. The

colour scheme to be used is to be approved by the Engineer prior to purchasing products.

The Contractor is also to submit a specification for the dry cement colouring for approval.


603. TILING

603.1. GENERAL

Glazed Ceramic Tile shall comply with British Standard Specification No.1281 and shall

be approved sizes as shown on Drawings, and the product of a reputable manufacturer

approved by the Engineer.

Unglazed Ceramic Tile shall comply with the requirements of British Standard No.1286,

and shall be of approved sizes as shown on the drawings, and the product of a reputable

manufacturer.

Coloured tiles will be used unless otherwise specified, and designs and sample will have

to be approved by the Engineer/ Client.

603.2. CERAMIC AND VITREOUS TILE MATERIALS

Ceramic and Vitreous Clay Wall Tiles:

All tiles for wall installation shall have cushion edge, impervious porcelain and highly glazed

surface. Colours shall be as selected by the Engineer and shall include trimmers, corner pieces,

bull nose and all other special shapes indicated or required. All this shall be free from flaws,

cracks and crazing.

Floor Ceramic and Vitreous Tiles

Non-slip ceramic tile shall be used on all floor locations. Floor tiles shall be specially prepared

for floor use, but shall have all the qualities of ceramic tiles listed above for wall use.

Mortar Materials

Standard brand of light gray or white Portland Cement as specified in drawings, conforming to

current British Standard specifications, shall be used.

Sand: shall be clean, sharp river sand conforming to British Standard Specifications and graded

fine to coarse within the following limits: 100% passing 8 sieve, 90% to 100% passing 16 sieve,

60% to 90% passing 30 sieve, 25% to 55% passing 50 sieve and 0% to 15% passing 100 sieve.

Cement Color

Dry cement color, chemically inert, non fading, alkali fast, mineral pigment, as approved shall

be used wherever refinished.

Waterproofing

Floors of toilet areas, corridors, terraces and planter boxes shall be treated with an appropriate

water proofing coating, approved by the Engineer.

603.3. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

As far as possible, tile layout work should be in such ways that no tile less than half size occurs.

Align joints in wall tile vertically and horizontally except where other patterns are shown

or specified. Align joints in floor tiles at right angles to each other straight with walls to

conform to the patterns selected.


Verify locations of accessories before installing tiles. Work shall be coordinated with

plumbing and other trades before starting of tile work.

Installation of ceramic and vitreous tile shall be in accordance with manufacturer‟s

instructions.

Floor Tile Installation

All ceramic and vitreous clay tile floors shall be in Portland cement setting beds. Concrete

surfaces shall be cleaned and surface of concrete shall be wetted prior to placing of setting bed

mortar. Tiles shall be immersed in water for minimum of 4 hours before laying.

Setting Bed Mortar Mix: shall consist of one (1) part Portland cement and two (3) parts dry sand,

by volume, to which not more than 1/10 part of hydrated lime may be added.

When mixed with water, the mortar mix shall be of such consistency and workability as

to produce maximum density. Determine consistency by stroking the mortar surface

with a trowel whereof when correct, the trowelled surface readily assumes a smoothed,

silken appearance.

Spread setting bed mortar and screed to provide smooth, dense beds with true planes

pitched to drains. The thickness of bed shall be such that the floor tile will finish flush

with adjacent finished flooring, but bedding shall have average thickness of 38mm.

After bed has set sufficiently to be worked over, trowel or brush a thin layer, 3mm in

thickness of neat Portland cement paste over the surface of the back of tile.

Do not prepare larger setting bed than can be covered with tile before the mortar sets.

Press tile firmly into the bed tapping with wood blocks to obtain firm bedding of total tile

area and a smooth top surface.

All tiles shall be properly aligned with straight joints in even widths. Joints width shall

be determined by spacers on ceramic tiles. Tamping shall be completed within one (1)

hour after placing tile. Adjust work out of line within this period.

Tiles shall be fitted closely around pipes running through walls and floors. Pitch floors

to drains.

Wall Tile Installation

Base Plaster 13mm thick applied to masonry wall shall be one-part Portland cement,

three-parts or river sand by volume. Where additional thickness build-up is required to

conform to indicated lines, apply as separate coat at no cost to employer.

Setting bed of tiles shall be done with cement slurry. The thickness of slurry bed shall be

3mm thick minimum for setting tiles and walls.

Installation of tiles shall be in accordance with standards and applicable requirements

previously specified for floor tile.

Tiles shall be installed in perfect vertical plumb and as per the pattern and joints as

shown on drawings.


Grouting

Grouting shall not commence for at least 24 hours after placing of tiles. Grout for floor and wall

ceramic and vitreous tiles shall be waterproof, neat white Portland cement with dry cement

colour added as directed by the Engineer. If white grout is selected, cement shall be white.

Grout mixed to a creamy consistency in accordance with manufacturer‟s directions, shall be

used for joint filling.

Maximum width of joints shall be 3mm. Force maximum grout into the joints with trowel.

Before grout sets, strike or tool joints to base of cushion and fill all skips and gaps. Do not

permit setting bed materials to show through grouted joints. Cure grout joints by maintaining

damp condition for three (3) days by sponging down, or other methods approved by the

Engineer. Allow floors to set 48 hours before permitting ordinary foot traffic.

603.4. DEFECT AND GUARANTEES

Defects in Tiles and Tile Laying

The surface of all tiled floors shall be perfectly in level and shall be executed by experienced

workers in the field of tile laying. A sample panel of laid tiles of each type shall be approved by

the Engineer before commencement of tile laying. Chipped or damages tiles installed by the

Contractor shall be rejected and shall have to be replaced by the Contractor at his own cost and

risk.

Guarantees

Manufacturer shall provide the relevant standard guarantees for work under this section.

However, such guarantees shall be in addition to not in lieu of all other liabilities which

manufacturers and Contractor may have by other provisions of the Contract Documents.

604. PAINTING

604.1. DEFINITION OF TERMINOLOGY

Surface Sealing: Surface to be painted shall be sealed to have uniform suction and prevent

dye from oozing out.

Spot Puttying: All cracks and depressions shall be filled flush with putty.

Puttying: All surfaces to be painted shall be puttied uniformly flat surface.

Spot Painting: Spot puttied area shall be touched up by paint.

Touch-up: Any damaged area after the prime coat has been applied shall be touched up.

Drying Hour: The drying time of double-coated paint shall be measured under controlled

conditions of temperature of 200C and humidity of 70%.

Paint Spread: The amounts shall be standard amount of paint itself not including thinner. It

shall increase or decrease depending on shape and surface condition in the process of

painting.


604.2. PAINT FINISH SYMBOLS

OP – Synthetic resin mix paint finish

EP – Polyvinyl acetate resin emulsion paint finish

AEP – Synthetic resin emulsion paint finish

604.3. MATERIALS

All paints shall be approved by the Engineer for colour, quality and type. All painting

work shall be carried out in accordance with the paint manufacturer‟s specifications

unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

All paints and finishes used for the project shall be proprietary manufactured under

license by local firms who conform to consistent / quality as set out in the document.

Paint shall be ready mixed and all paints, varnishes, enamels, lacquer stains, paste fillers

and similar materials shall be delivered to the site in the original containers with the seals

unbroken and labels intact. Each container shall give the manufacturer‟s name, type of

paint, colour of paint and instructions for reducing. Thinning shall be done only in

accordance with the manufacturer‟s directions.

Use of product by the same manufacturer shall e a general rule in each stage of work in

this Specification. However, any other purpose made paint for special use of better

proven performance could be used with prior written approval of the Engineer.

Weather shield paint will be used for external walls.

Colour, luster, colour scheme, finish shall be decided by the Engineer after checking

sample paint test.

The painting shall be performed by experienced and competent painter.

Where walls are specified to be painted, all columns arises, groove, rough surfaces,

reveals, soffits and returns etc., shall be included and no extra shall be payable.

604.4. PREPARATION OF PAINT

Mixing: Paint content with pigment shall be thoroughly stirred to make a uniform consistency.

Thinning: Portable water shall be used for thinning of emulsion paint and water soluble paint

proper thinner, product of the same manufacturer as paint, as a rule, shall be used for other types

of painting. Percentage of thinning and viscosity shall be conducted with direction of

manufacturer or catalogue as they vary with the method of painting, temperature, type of

material to be painted.

Allowable Period of Use: Paint mixed with more than 2 types shall be used with direction of a

manufacturer or catalogue as allowable period of use, mixing ratio and mixing method vary the

paint which has passed allowable period of use shall not be used.


Conditions of Painting

Work shall not be executed in the following situations:

When humidity is above 85 percent

When raining or it is forecast

When dusts are present

When temperature of surface is high under hot weather, and bubbles are likely to develop

on the surface.

Conditions of Surface to be painted: work shall not be executed or proper means shall be

taken in the following situations.

When surface is damp and wet.

When condensation is likely to develop on the surface.

All nail holes on veneer, board etc., shall be covered with proper rust-proof paint before

the subsequent painting is applied in accordance with this specification.

Performance

Paint shall be evenly and uniformed applied on the surface. Areas of difficult application

such as pointed out, internal angle, welded part etc., shall be thoroughly painted and

double coated as necessary to deep uniform coating thickness.

Painting shall be properly done by carefully selecting the painting method by the texture of

surface and types of paint.

Dangerous material such as paint, thinner etc., excluding emulsion paint and water soluble

paint shall be kept in accordance with regulations concerned.

604.5. PROCEDURE OF PAINTING

Coating Process No. 1 No. of

Coats

Type of Paint Drying

Hour

Amount

(kg/m2)

Surface Preparation 1 Dry, clean and free from

impurities.

Surface Sealing 1 Sealer for emulsion paint. Longer than

4 hours

Grinding Grind with proper grinding

tool.

Apply waterproof sealant

onto external wall surface

prior to painting.

Contractor to provide

specification of suitable

paint system to Engineer.

Longer than

4 hours

Spot painting Synthetic resin emulsion

paint.


Second Coating 1 Synthetic resin emulsion

paint.

Longer than

4 hours

0.10-0.13

Synthetic resin emulsion

paint.

Longer than

4 hours

0.10-0.13

Notes:

Degree of dryness on the surface to be painted shall be kept under 6% in water content

and below PH 9.5.

Puttying and sanding process shall be allowed to omit depending on the conditions of the

surface.

Drying time of putty shall be long enough for sanding to proceed.

Amount of sealer for surface sealing shall be adjusted with direction of the Engineer as it

varies with the surface conditions.

Interior – Mortar, Plaster, Concrete etc.

Polyvinyl acetate resin emulsion paint finish (matt)

Coating Process No. 2

No. of

Coats


Hour

Amount

(kg/m2)

Surface Preparation Dry, clean and free from

impurities.

Surface Sealing 1 Sealer for emulsion paint Longer than

4 hours

Puttying 2 Putty for emulsion paint.

Grinding Grind with proper

grinding tool.

Spot Painting Polyvinyl acetate resin

emulsion paint.

Second Coating 1 Polyvinyl acetate resin

emulsion paint.

Longer than

4 hours

0.11-0.13

Finish Coating 1 Polyvinyl acetate resin

emulsion paint.

Longer than

4 hours

0.11-0.13

Notes:

Degree of dryness on the surface to be painted shall be kept under 6% in water content and

below PH 9.5

Puttying and sanding process shall be allowed to omit depending on the conditions of the

surface.

Drying time of putty shall be long enough for sanding to proceed.


Amount of sealer for surface sealing shall be adjusted with direction of the Engineer as it

varies with the surface conditions.

Exterior – Iron Products in General

OP – Synthetic resin mix paint

Coating Process No. 3

No.

of

Coats


Hour

Amount

(kg/m2)

Surface Preparation Completely remove rust,

moisture, oil and other

impurities by sander, cleaner

and surface.

First Coating 24 hours 1 Rust proof oil paint Longer than

24 hours

0.13-0.15

Touch-up Touch-up rustproof oil paint

First Coating 1 Rustproof oil paint Longer than

24 hours

0.13-0.15

Second Coating 1 Synthetic resin mix paint Longer than

15 hours

0.11-0.15

Finish Coating 1 Synthetic resin mix paint Longer than

15 hours

0.11-0.15

Note: Paint for touch-up painting shall be the same as used for first coat in process No.2.

Exterior – Wood

OP – Synthetic resin mix paint finish

Coating Process

No. 4

No. of

Coats


Hour

Amount

(kg/m2)

Surface Preparation Clean and sand to plain

surface

Knot Treatment 1-2 Lacquer varnish Longer than

24 hours

First Coating 1 First coat paint of oil mix

paint.

Longer than

24 hours

0.13-0.15

Second Coating 1 Oil mix paint. Longer than

24 hours

0.11-0.13

Finish Coating 1 Oil mix paint. Longer than

24 hours

0.11-0.13


Note:

Puttying and sanding shall be done after process No.2 when there are cracks etc., on the surface,

putty shall be oil putty, but drying time shall vary depending on conditions.

Painting of Prefabricated Steel Components

For the painting requirements for prefabricated steel components, refer to Section on “Steel

Fabrication” for details.

605. CEMENT RENDERING

605.1. CEMENT

The cement used for mortar, rendering grout, screeding and other constructional work shall be in

accordance with that specified in the Section dealing with concrete.

605.2. INTERNAL RENDERING

Rendering to internal walls shall consist of two coats of cement and sand mortar to a finished

thickness of 20 mm. The mix is to be of 1 part Portland cement to 4 parts sand by volume.

Hydrated lime may be added to provide a workable mix. The proportion by volume of hydrated

lime to cement shall not exceed 10%.

The undercoat shall have a thickness of 12 mm and shall stand firm before being combed or

cross scratched as a key for the setting coat.

Time shall be allowed for thoroughly drying out to allow for complete shrinkage before the

application of the setting coat. Rapid drying out shall be avoided by periodic wetting of the

surface.

The surface of the undercoat shall be dry brushed and then damped down before application of

the setting coat. The setting coat shall be applied with a skimming float and transverse with a

floating rule to a true and even surface. The setting coat shall be kept damp for at least 7 days

after its application.

Beveled or struck edges shall be worked where the rendering finishes against joinery work, fair

faced concrete, etc.

All water pipes, electrical conduits and other services, soil, waste and anti-syphon age pipes

shall be fixed in position, and when necessary securely fixed in chases or recesses, before the

execution of any rendering or other similar work. Metal pipe fixing or untreated steel are to be

suitably protected from contact with the cement rendering, either by painting with bitumen or by

an approved wrapping.

The contractor shall ensure that all surrounding building work and paving is protected from

cement splashes.

All rendering materials shall be measured in a proper gauge box and mixed in a clean container

on a clean board or in an approved machine. All material shall be used within one hour of the

addition of cement. Partly set or dried material shall be discarded.

All rendering work shall be protected from direct sunlight during execution and curing.


605.3. EXTERNAL RENDERING

All external rendering shall, unless otherwise stated, have a rough finish. The rendering shall

consist of three coat work built up to a total thickness of 20 mm.

The first coat shall consist of one part Portland cement to two parts sand by volume mixed with

water to thick slurry. The slurry shall be applied by throwing to cover the work with a thin

knobbly layer. The slurry is not to be trowelled and shall stand at least 24 hours before

application of the second coat.

The second coat shall consist of one part cement, one part lime and six parts sharp washed sand

by volume in one coat 13 mm thick brought to a level finish. The second coat shall be left at

least three days before applying the third coat, and must offer adequate suction.

The third coat shall be Tyrolean finish. The aggregate for Tyrolean finish shall consist of one

part "Colour-crete" cement mixed with 2 parts by volume of white, washed sand, constant in

colour and of a grading to pass through a No. 25 B.S. Sieve. The dry materials are to be

thoroughly mixed together on a clean board and then mixed with water in a larger container, in

the proportion of 2 parts cement and sand mix to 1 part of water, by volume.

The mixture is to be flicked on in three layers to a total thickness of 6 mm to give an approved

honeycombed texture. The Contractor is to ensure that the laying of the mixture is continuous

and is to safeguard against the drying out of the previous layers. The mixture is to be flicked on

with a Tyrolean machine of approved manufacture.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary edge boards to the panels at expansion joints etc. and

all necessary masking to adjacent surfaces and shall remove upon completion. Where possible

complete panels shall be rendered in one operation, work left off shall be left in even layers to

avoid joint marks.

The bottom edge of Tyrolean panels shall be finished with a projecting edge. The curing of

Tyrolean finish shall commence as soon as a water spray can be applied to the surface without

causing damage; and shall be continued at frequent intervals for as long as is necessary to

prevent cracks appearing in the finished surface.


700. WOOD FABRICATION

701. ALUMINIUM FABRICATION

701.1. DRAWINGS & MATERIALS

Tender Drawings are intended to give a basic guide to the manufacturer / contractor as to the

requirements in respect to the different types of work. They shall not be considered as final

drawings. Builders working drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor indicating all details

and fitments and approval obtained before assembly of the different items. Before

commencement of manufacture of equipment, three copies of Working Drawings along with

brochures, trade literature and photographs etc., properly marked to identify the specific items,

shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer.

Drawings shall be prepared to acceptable standards showing construction details, materials to be

used and all other details, dimensions, clearances etc., for proper manufacture of the items,

properly labeled and dated with references for easy identification. Note that samples of the

doors and windows will require approval by the Engineer.

Dimensions

The drawings shall be taken as diagrammatic only, indicating the general sizes, arrangement and

extent of work. The dimensions shall be checked against actual site measurements and exact

relationship of the adjacent structures, services etc., and if any errors are found in position,

levels, dimensions, alignments etc., such errors shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer and

necessary amendments made accordingly.

Materials

All materials and equipment shall always be new and delivered on site with marker

identification labels intact. Where no specific kind or quality of material has been specified,

materials and equipment of highest quality and most suited for the application concerned, and

available at time shall be supplied. When called for by the Engineer, samples of the materials

(for material and workmanship) shall be submitted for prior approval of its suitability and

application for the works undertaken.

701.2. DOORS & WINDOWS

All windows and doors are to be constructed by approved specialist suppliers of medium section

to the particular requirements noted on the drawings as to weight and profile. All sections shall

generally conform to relevant Sri Lanka Standard Specifications.

All frames should be made to fit the actual openings with a 3mm clearance all around.

Discrepancies in overall width or height exceeding 3mm will not allowed, and the frames will be

rejected in such cases. Any small discrepancies shall have the gaps suitably backed and filled

with gun-applied water repellant mastic sealant.

All sections shall be extruded from AA 6063 aluminium alloy, and sections shall be designed to

give rebated internal and external faces. Aluminium sections for mull tons, frames, transoms,

heads and the sills and the other members should strictly comply with the requirements laid

down in the following British Standard.

B.S. 1161: 1977 (1991): Specification for aluminium alloy sections for structural

purpose.


B.S. 1470: (1987): Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys plate, sheet and strip.

B.S. 1474: (1987): Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys for general engineering

purposes, and external architectural application bars, extruded down tubes and sections.

All aluminium sections shall present clear, straight and sharply defined lines. They shall be free

from defects impairing strength, appearance, durability and shall be designed to suit the required

standard.

All aluminium extrusions shall be powder coated (approval for colour to be get from employer)

to a thickness of minimum 70-75 microns, All sealants used in the assembly of, and in the fixing

of cladding and window framing, shall be non-setting to allow thermal movement without

detriment to those joint sealants used for peripheral caulking and shall be one part silicone

sealant, and shall conform to BS 4245.

All spliced joints between mullions should be sealed with an approved silicone product,

compatible with other sealants and packing used.

The auxiliary components in sashes as locks, pivots, sliding gear etc., shall comprise of stainless

steel or resisting materials (All the accessories to be approved by Engineer and sampled to be

kept at the engineer‟s office).

The tolerances are to be as follows:`

Inside width of frame 3mm maximum

Inside height of frame 3mm maximum

Depth of frame 2mm maximum

Opposite side, inside distance 2mm maximum

The performance – associated requirements are:

Strength (resistance to wind pressure and other forces applied in use)

Air tightness or ability to cut out drafts

Water – tightness against rain or dew

Sound arresting effect (to shut off noise from outside as well as inside).

All surfaces shall have an anodized protective surface layer of minimum 25 micron thickness.

Glazing shall be done as specified by the Engineer. Glass shall be clear glass, or as specified in

the drawings. Thickness shall be according to the size of panels as given hereunder.

Not exceeding 0.09m2 2mm

Exceeding 0.09m2 but not exceeding 0.18m

2 3mm


2 4mm


2 5mm

Exceeding 0.54m2 6mm


Prior to import and / or purchase of the doors and windows, the relevant specification of

the manufacturer, along with samples has to be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

This clause shall not be contravened on any account.

The fitting shall be done with utmost care not to spoil the finishes given by the

manufacturers, and any cleaning done shall be done with cleaners etc., as specified by the

manufacturers.

The Contractor shall provide all items, articles, materials, operations mentioned or

scheduled on the drawings, including all the labour materials, including fixing devices,

equipment and incidentals necessary as required for their completion.

The Contractor shall submit shop drawings and / or samples of each type of doors,

windows, railings and other items of metal work to the Engineer for approval. The shop

drawings shall show full size sections of doors and windows etc., thickness of metal,

details of construction hardware as well as connection of windows, doors and other metal

work to adjacent work.

Doors and shutters shall be manufactured by an approved manufacturer and shall be of

sections, sizes combination and details shown on the drawings.

Glazing for doors and windows shall be of specified thickness and of approved quality, and

shall conform to specification of glazing. Fixing for glazing shall be done with aluminium

Snap-on beading as per detail drawing and instructions. Necessary continuous rubber

gaskets of approved make shall be provided.

Color for doors and windows shall be approved the Engineer/ Employer.

701.3. DOORS, WINDOWS & PARTITIONS

Frame and / or sash sections shall be of extruded 6063-T5 Aluminium Alloy having a

nominal thickness of 1.575mm (accepted commercial tolerance of ± 0.15mm shall apply).

Doors: Frame members shall not be less than 50mm in depth, and sash members shall not

be less than 30mm in depth.

Windows: Frame members shall not be less than 50mm in depth, and sash members shall

not be less than 20mm in depth.

Partitions: Frame members shall not be less than 50mm in depth.

Frame and Sash corners in general, shall be cut neatly using special purpose made cutters /

saws, and neatly fitted together in such a manner as to form a weather tight joint, and be

secured with stainless steel screw nails.

In the case of windows and external doors, the frame sill shall have a sloping base with

provision for drainage. Sashes are to be designed for outside glazing with snap-in

aluminium glazing bead after sashes are assembled.

701.4. PUSH UP ROLLER SHUTTERS

The shutter curtain shall be constructed from cold rolled galvanised concave steel laths

(76mm x 22swg). Each lath is retained by a nylon end lock fixed with galvanised steel

rivets.


A rigid inverted L or T section bottom rail, formed from a cold rolled galvanised section.

Constructed from mild steel tube of suitable outside diameter and wall thickness to suit the

shutter application. The barrel encases helical springs, which are securely fitted inside the

barrel, and are supported by purpose made cast iron or sg. iron castings. The springs

counter-balance the shutter.

Manually push up and pull down with a pull down pole for taller applications.

Guide locks come as standard. Bottom rail locks are available at additional cost.

Side guides, support angles and door curtains come galvanised as standard. Flat 50mm

orders will come primer painted as standard. Powder Coated finish is required.

Coil casings or fascias shall be supplied at additional cost and are supplied galvanised as

standard unless specified otherwise.

Perforated Laths shall be supplied at additional cost and are supplied galvanised as

standard unless specified otherwise.

701.5. TOP HUNG WINDOWS, VENTILATORS & SIDE HUNG DOORS

All windows and doors should be weather stripped. The weather protection should be

achieved by a positive compressive action against the section and should not depend on

external contact. At every contact between two profiles, two weather stripping sections

should be provided to complete weather protection.

The bottom section for hinges must be capable of being adjusted vertically if necessary.

The gap between section and the floor should be covered with a pair of special splay-tube

sections.

The shutters of the windows and doors should be assembled with stainless steel pins and

nylon washers. Handles shall be anodized aluminium finished to match the aluminium

sections and mounted with self-lubricating nylon washers.

A mortise cylinder rim automatic deadlock of high quality with double pin tumbler shall be

used.

Windows shall have anodized aluminium handles, color as framing and a latching

mechanism securing the shutter to the frame both at the top and bottom.

Operating window sashes shall be equipped with easily adjustable spiral sash valances

which will hold the sash stationary in any open position. Windows shall have continuous

extruded lift on sash as an integral part of the section. Sash shall be equipped with die-cast

cam action sash locks at the center of the meeting rail.

Sliding Windows: The frame shall have a sloping base with drainage slots in sliding sash tracks

to provide complete drainage. Frame sill shall include trap for condensation which may occur

on inside of sash. Sliding sashes shall be equipped with nylon wheels which roll on sill track for

free and easy operation. Wheels shall be mounted in nylon housing. The vertical sash meeting

rails shall be on interlocking design for their full length.


Sliding windows shall have continuous extruded finger pull on sashes as an integral part of the

section. Operating sashes shall be equipped with die cast cam action sash locks and keepers at

meeting rails. When closed and locked, sashes shall not be movable.

Side Hung Windows: Outer frame and sash members shall be properly machined to permit easy

assembly and to form weather tight joints when caulked. Sash panels shall be properly weather

stripped and designed for virgin vinyl channel type glazing. This shall include for members of

head, bottom sill and side jambs, stainless steel butt hinges, sash locks etc accordance with BS

EN 12209: 2003 and BS EN 1906.

Side Hung Doors: Outer frame and sash members shall be properly machined to easy assembly,

and to form weather-tight joints when caulked. Door panels shall be properly weather stripped

and designed for virgin vinyl channel type glazing. This shall include for members of head,

bottom sill and side jambs, stainless steel butt hinges or floor springs, sash locks, stainless steel

flush bolts where necessary it shall be accordance with BS EN 12209: 2003 and BS EN

1906.(for two sash doors etc).

Required fittings:

(a) Single action door closer concealed in the head bar of the outer frame and mounted on an

adjacent pivot at the threshold and deadlock fitted.

(b) The left hand leaf of double doors with flush bolts at head and sill with deadlock fitted to

the right hand leaf.

(c) Escape doors to have panic bolts.

701.6. LOUVERS

Samples shall be submitted for approval.

All metal louvers shall be installed according to manufacturer‟s instructions.

All units shall be installed plumb, well fitted and securely attached to supporting frames.

701.7. INSTALLATION

Door/window work shall be installed, adjusted and glazed by experienced workmen all in

accordance with the manufacturer‟s installation instructions and in full conformity with the

approved shop drawings, samples and other submitted data. Under no circumstances shall

materials be installed on surfaces that contain condensation, dirt, grease or other foreign

encountered materials that would hinder or prevent proper installation and functioning for

the use intended.

Door/window work shall be carefully and accurately assembled with proper and approved

provision for contraction and expansion, and set in correct locations as per approved

detailed shop drawings, all level, square, plumb and aligned with other work. All joints

between framing and structural building shall be sealed in order to be watertight and

weatherproof, and to satisfy all other requirements of the Engineer.

Frames shall be designed and manufactured with a maximum 2.5mm tolerance around the

opening in the structure. These joints are to be finished by applying an approved sealant

into a polystyrene foam backing strip.


All door/window works are to be fully protected for the duration of the Contract from

damage by other trades. The Engineer shall approve the method of protection.

If for any reason final finishes become scratched, abraded or damaged during transport,

delivery, storage or erection, it shall be the Contractor‟s responsibility to remove or repair

those defective areas or components as directed, and to the complete satisfaction of the

Engineer.

Repair work shall be identical to the manufacturer‟s applied finish with regard to gloss,

finish and visual appearance. Field touch up of painted doors/windows is permitted only

with the written permission of the Engineer. Where touch up is not an authorized means of

repair, the damaged materials must be replaced by new.

Upon completion of work, all protective coverings from all exposed surfaces shall be

removed. All surfaces shall be cleaned using soap or detergents as recommended by the

door/window manufacturers to remove sealants, discoloration and any other foreign

material. Defection of any type determined by the Engineer shall be repaired at the

Contractor‟s expense.

Extreme care shall be taken when cleaning the exterior portion to protect all other adjacent

works.

701.8. SEALING JOINTS

The Contractor shall ensure that joints are dry and remove all loose material, dust and

grease.

Joints shall be prepared in accordance with sealant manufacturer‟s recommendations using

recommended solvents and primers where necessary.

Adjoining surfaces which would be impossible to clean if smeared with sealant, shall be

masked.

Backing strips shall be inserted in all joints to be pointed with sealant. When using

backing strips, the Contractor shall not leave gaps and shall not reduce depth of joint for

sealant to less than the minimum recommended by the manufacturer.

Cavities shall be filled and jointed with sealant in accordance with the manufacturer‟s

recommendations. Sealant shall be tooled to form a smooth flat bead.

Excess sealant shall be removed from adjoining surfaces using cleaning materials

recommended by the sealant manufacturer, and shall be left clean.

701.9. GLASS INSTALLATION

Workmanship shall generally be in accordance with CP 152 and respective British

Standards.

The glass is to be delivered to the site with adequate protection to prevent damage, and

where possible it is to be fixed in position immediately after delivery. When fixed, the

Contractor is to take all necessary precautions to prevent damage during succeeding

building operations, and will be entirely responsible for the replacement of any broken or

damaged glass at his own cost.


The Contractor is to be solely responsible for determining the exact sizes of glass required,

including a tolerance of 2mm to each edge and he is recommended to check the necessary

dimensions on site.

No glazing is to be carried out until rebates have been painted with primer. Glazing beads

as applicable are also to be primed before fixing.

All mastic is to be neatly struck off to agree exactly with site lines inside and out.

Pricing to include for all necessary springs, clips, setting blocks, location blocks and

distance pieces and for taking off and later re-fixing loose beads.

Glass apertures in timber doors are to be bedded in chamois leather glazing strip, black

ribbon velvet or PVC glazing strip to the approval of the Engineer.

701.10. GLAZED/NON GLAZED PARTITIONS

Fully Glazed Partitions – The frames shall be properly machined to permit easy assembly

and to form weather tight joints when caulked, and shall be properly weather stripped and

designed for virgin vinyl channel type glazing.

Glazed Paneled Partitions – The frames shall be properly machined to permit easy

assembly and to form weather tight joints when caulked. The top panel/s, as shown in

drawings shall be properly weather stripped and designed for virgin vinyl channel type

glazing. The bottom panel shall consist of PVC laminated Gypsum Board panels, on both

sides, inserted with special snap-in aluminium bead after the partition is assembled.

Non Glazed Partitions – The frames shall be properly machined to permit easy assembly

and to form weather tight joints when caulked. Panels shall consist of PVC laminated

Gypsum Board panels, on both sides, inserted with special snap aluminium bead after the

partition is assembled.

702. STRUCTURAL TIMBER FABRICATION

702.1. GENERAL

Timber for constructional purposes shall be of the approved species and of the best quality,

thoroughly seasoned, sawn squire, and free from sap, shakes, cracks and waney edges. It shall

be free from decay and insect attack it shall not contain loose or dead knots and other defects.

Sound knots, if they exist, shall be of such size and location as will be permissible for the

relevant structural or joinery work.

The species recommended for use the forest department. Where a choice of more than one

species is allowed, only one variety shall be used for any particular class of work.

The density of timber used for building purposes should not, in general, be less than 640kg/m3

(40lb/ft3) at 12% moisture content.

In general, the quality of building timber shall conform to SLS 26. The sizes of structural and

non-structural timber components shall be as specified. The sizes as recommended by SLS 263.

Any timber brought to the site, which in the opinion of the officer-in-charge does not conform to

the required standard, shall be rejected and shall then be removed from the site by the Contractor

at his own cost within 24 hours of notice to do so.


Dimensions

All rot timber is to be sawn, planed, drilled or otherwise machined or worked to the correct size

and shapes shown in the drawings or specified.

The Tolerances: for dimensions of timber both sawn (unplanned) and shall conform to Clause 4

of SLS 263 (1974).

Grain Slope: in structural timber, the slope of the grain shall not exceed 1 in 8.

Moisture Content and Seasoning of Timber

The timber seasoned under controlled conditions shall be used. The moisture content of air

seasoned timber shall be not more than 15% and the kiln seasoned timber not more than 12%.

702.2. FABRICATION

Structural timber and timber roof work shall be fabricated in accordance with detailed drawing

and shall generally conform to BS 5268: Part 2 in regard to workmanship.

The Contractor shall provide details of the work as necessary to help ensure coordination with

related building elements and services. He shall provide fabrication/installation drawings and

obtain approval before starting fabrication. Where directed, he shall provide samples for

intended connection before commencing actual fabrication.

The sizes of timber sections unless otherwise stated are basic (nominal) sizes. Mating and

bearing surfaces shall be finished to ensure close contact over the whole area. These surfaces

shall have a good sawn or planed finish and treated with the specified preservative. Bearing

surfaces of notches and other cutting shall be true and smooth, and in appropriate relation to the

other surfaces of the piece.

Proprietary products shall be used to manufacturer‟s recommendations.

Joinery

Joinery work shall consist of the manufacturer to the site, and fixing in the building of all joinery

described in the specifications and shown on the drawings including the supply and fixing of

(a) Material straps, lugs ad dowels

(b) All iron mongery specified or shown in the drawings.

The joinery work shall be of the workmanship confirming generally to BS 1186 Part 2.

Joints

The joinery shall be constructed as shown in the details drawings. Joints are not specifically

indicated they shall be the recognized forms of joints for each position. The joints shall be made

so as to comply with BS 1186: Part 2. Glued joints shall be used where provision.

Nailed Joints: Wire nails shall be of the gauge shown in the drawings and at least 20mm longer

than the full thickness of the assembly to be secured, the projecting portion shall be clinched

over at right angles to the grain to resist withdrawal.


Screwed Joints: Lead holes shall be used in making screwed joints, the diameter of the hole for

the shank shall be equal to the diameter of the shank, for the threaded portion, the diameter of

the root of the screw thread.

Bolted Joints: Bolt holes shall be drilled to diameters as close as possible to the nominal

diameter of the bolt, but not more than 2mm larger than the bolt diameter.

Laminating Roof Trusses: Unless otherwise specified, all members of laminated roof trusses

shall be connected with wire nails with a washer at each end of the nails.

A washer shall be fitted under the head of each bolt and under each nut.

Structural connections using steel plates, split, rings etc., shall be as per BS 5268: Part 2.

Fasteners

Wire nails, wood screws, black bolts etc., washers shall be used.

Steel gussets manufactured as conforming to BS 4360 shown on drawings in shape, thickness

and finish.

Other Fixing Devices

Expanding bolts and nuts, joint hangers, framing anchors, tie down straps, anchor bolts etc.,

shall be specified in respect of material, size, gauges and the finish accordance with BS EN

12209: 2003 and BS EN 1906.

Adhesives

B.S.1444 Cold setting casein glue for wood

B.S. 1203 Synthetic resin adhesive (phenolic and amino plastic for plywood)

B.S. 1204 Synthetic resin adhesive (phenolic and amino plastic for wood)

Exposed Faces

All timber that is to be exposed in the finished surfaces of joinery works shall be wrote on the

appropriate faces unless otherwise specified.

Natural Finish

When natural finish or finish for staining, clear polishing or varnishing is specified, the timber in

adjacent pieces shall be matched for color and grain. The surface finish shall be as specified.

Shrinkage

The arrangement, jointing and fixing of joinery works shall be such that shrinkage in any part

and in any direction shall not impair the strength and appearance of the finished work, and shall

not cause damage to contiguous materials or structures.

Preservative Treatment of Cut Surface

Cutting of timber after preservative treatment shall be avoided. However, when it is

unavoidable, a liberal application of preservative shall be made to the cut surfaces.


Assembly of Structural Units

Assembly of structural units shall be down on a level bed and in such a way as to avoid damage

to any of the members. The finished structural units shall confirm to drawings and

specifications. Twisted or damaged members shall be replaced before erection of the site.

Transport

All materials and assemblies shall be protected from the weather, and suitable measures shall be

taken to protect the surfaces during hoisting and fixing.

Handling, Hoisting and Fixing

The over-stressing of members during handling shall be avoided. In the case of framed arches,

portal frames, trusses etc., special care shall be taken to avoid distortion in hoisting from the

horizontal to the vertical position; guidance shall be sought from the officer-in-charge. On

completion of erection, all joints shall be inspected.

Testing and Acceptance

When testing of a timber structure or component becomes necessary due to doubt about the

adequacy in designing, quality of material etc., the test and acceptance criteria shall be as per

section 8 of BS 5268: Part 2.

Fabrication

All metal plates, screws, nails and other fixing that may be directed by the officer-in-charge or

that may be necessary for the proper execution of the joinery works specified, shall be the

responsibility of the Contractor. All works necessary for the proper construction of all framing,

linings etc., and for their support and fixing in the building shall be carried out to approval.

703. DOOR & WINDOW FABRICATION

General

Timber frames shall be rot, framed and fixed in position as specified in drawings of specified

timber, shall be planed smooth and accurate to the dimensions shown in drawings. Rebates,

rounding and moulding shall be made before assembly patching or plugging of any kind shall

not be permitted except as specified. Tolerance on sectional dimensions of timber shall confirm

to requirements of section.

704. ROOF INSTALLATION

This section deals with the roofing system including guttering.

704.1. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

Wind Suction Loaded: Calculate in accordance with CP3: Chapter 5: Part 2, making due

allowance for any internal pressure. Basic wind speed: 45 m/sec Topography factor S1:1.0

ground roughness, building size and height factor (S2) as determined from CP3: Chapter 5: Part

2, Table 3, statistical factor (S3): 1.0.

Imposed loads other than wind and maintenance load, 1.5 KN/m2 concentrated on 300mm

whichever produces the greater stress. Maintenance point load 0.9 KN concentrated on any

125mm2.


Dead Load: allow for self weight of sheeting.

Roof Pitch: as indicated on drawings.

Distance between not less than 900mm or as indicated on the drawings.

704.2. ROOF CLADDING

The metal sheeting is to be Zinc Alum alloy sheets made from cold rolled coil conforming to

Australian Standard AS: 1397 or the latest revision thereof and having a Grade 550 with a

minimum yield strength of 555 N/mm2, unless specified otherwise. The sheets shall have a

nominal total coated thickness of 0.47mm and be clean and free from defects. The sheets shall

be hot dipped coated with 55% aluminium and zinc alloy and silicone having a coating class of

AZ 200 with a minimum coating mass of 200 grams / m2 in total both surfaces. Structural

supports will be as per drawings.

Fastening: No.12-14x45mm hexagonal head self drilling and tapping screw seal. Mild steel

screws shall not be used.

End laps of not less than 150mm and side laps of one corrugation shall be provided where the

pitch of the roof is not less than 15 degrees. In the case where the pitch is less than 15 degrees,

the end laps shall be a minimum 225mm. An approved sealant is to be used at the laps for

pitches below 7 degrees.

Where the sheeting rests on steel purlins, the sheet should be painted with two coats of a Zinc

Chromate or Barium Chromate based paint. Alternatively the painting may be done with two

coats of bitumen paint or with two coats of zinc rich paint.

The overhangs at the eaves for corrugated profile shall not exceed 200mm in the case of un-

stiffened and 350mm in the case of stiffened. The sheets shall be so fixed as to close on the

ridges and hips.

The Contractor is to submit color samples of the roof sheeting. The Engineer shall determine the

final roof color.

704.3. RIDGE CAPPING & FLASHING

Ridge Capping: The ridge capping shall be formed with 0.47mm total coated thickness, G550

zinc/aluminium sheets. The joints of the capping shall be lapped against the weather for not less

than 100mm and ends of capping shall be stopped. The capping shall be securely fastened at

intervals not exceeding 900mm to resist thermal and wind forces. The ridge capping shall

overlap the rood sheeting on each side by not less than 150mm.

Flashing: Shall be formed from 0.47mm total coated thickness, G550 zinc/aluminium sheets.

Flashing dimensions should allow for the covering of two corrugations at the edge of the roof

sheeting, and extend down the gable end not less than 250mm. If attached to the gable wall, the

flashing should be fixed to a mounting board.

Longitudinal flashing and capping for ridged sheets are usually notched out and turned down

along their lower edge to match the sheet profile.

Traverse flashing and capping for ridged sheets are usually notched out and turned down along

their lower edge to match the sheet profile. Where possible, traverse flashing and capping

should be fastened in common with the sheeting by the normal sheet fasteners into the top purlin

or support.


704.4. WORKMANSHIP

Select types and location of fastenings to meet the following requirements.

Accessories: Flashing, trims, filler pieces, spacers, tapes, sealant etc., where not specified to be

the types recommended by the sheet manufacturer.

Quality of Work: Handle and store to preserve surface using clean dry gloves. Do not slide

sheets over rough surface or each other. Packs of all sheet must be kept dry in transit and stored

clear of the ground under cover to prevent water and / or condensation being trapped between

adjacent surfaces. If packs become wet, sheets should be separated, wiped with a clean cloth

without delay and placed so that air calculation completes the drying process.

Structure: Check that structure is in a suitable state to receive sheets before commencing fixing.

Contractor must confirm acceptance to Engineer. Do not fix profiled sheeting until final coats of

paints have been applied to outer surfaces of supporting structure.

Isolating Tape: Apply to those surfaces of supports, which would otherwise be in contact with

sheeting or accessories after fixing.

Fasteners shall be positioned in the centre of the corrugation or rib and shall be driven

perpendicular to the support.

Side roofing fasteners shall be used to hold the side laps of roofs and wall cladding firmly

together and maintain completely weatherproof joints. The side lap fastening shall be

recommended to roof sheets which may be subjected to occasional roof traffic. Maximum

spacing of side lap fasteners should be 900mm for roof cladding.

Fasteners shall be made of hot dipped galvanized zinc coating applied minimum coating

thickness having full capability with zinc/alum coated steel sheets. The fasteners shall be self

driving and have EPDM washers. The fasteners shall not be over tightened and shall only be

driven until the sealer grips onto the sheet.

Cutting and Drilling

Cuts sheets accurately with clean, true lines and no distortion with a power saw with abrasive

cutting disc.

Cut openings in sheet for outlets, vent pipes, flues etc., to the minimum size necessary.

Reinforce edges of openings with structural members.

Drill all holes where self fastening screws not used. Position at regular intervals in straight lines.

Holes for primary fastenings to be 1.5mm larger than the diameter of fastening unless self

drilling type is used.

Remove burrs, drilling swarf, lubricant, dust and any other foreign matter before finally fixing

sheets into position.

Direction of Laying: Lay sheets with exposed joints of side lap away from prevailing wind.

End laps to be fully supported.


Sealant

Install to manufacturers recommendation.

Position in straight, unbroken lines parallel to edges of sheets. Placed into corrugation.

Do not allow to sag into position.

Ensure continuity and effectiveness of seal, especially at corners of sheets.

Do not over compress.

Fitting and Features

Profile Fillers: Use where specified and wherever necessary to close off corrugation cavities

from the outside and inside of the building. Position on the line of, or above, fastening and

ensuring a tight fit and leaving no gaps. Where sealed laps are specified, bed profile fillers in

sealant on top and bottom surface, but do not obstruct channels for ventilation or condensation

drainage.

Gutter

The Contractor is to submit samples, material specification and manufacturer‟s data sheet to the

Engineer for approval prior to purchasing. Color options are also to be submitted to the

Engineer. The decision on color shall be made by the Employer.

Ensure that gutters are fully supported at each joint and at intermediate position not more than

900mm apart. Fix with spigot ends up the slope and make all the joints fully watertight.

Position sheeting to leave a clear width across the gutter of not less than 230mm.

704.5. WATER PROOFING OF CONCRETE ROOF SLABS

All exposed roof slabs must be adequately water proofed and insulated to prevent rainwater from

leaking into the slab, and provide an effective solution to enhance the indoor thermal comfort by

reducing the transfer of heat from the roof slab. Materials that are proposed should be from a

reputed manufacturer of water proofing and insulating systems. The Contractor shall submit

shop drawings to propose the system and showing slopes and indicating draining outlets to down

pipes for the approval of the Engineer before commencing any work. The Contractor shall

submit literature on specifications and methodology of the water proofing and insulating system

from the manufacturer of the materials for the approval of the Engineer.


800. WATER SUPPLY & DRAINAGE


801.1. GENERAL

The materials used and workmanship shall be of highest quality and grade unless otherwise

specified shall conform to the latest specifications of Sri Lanka Standards and Codes of Practice

for Water Supply. Sanitary, Pipe Work, and Building Drainage and applicable to details and

work indicated on the drawing. In case of any discrepancy I ambiguity the decision of the

Engineer shall be final and the Contractor will act and perform accordingly.

The contractor shall provide a production well or a shallow well as instructed by the Engineer

and as per specifications. The contractor shall provide two separate water connection for

drinking and washing. The water using for drink shall be treated by RO plant and water quality

shall be within drinking standards. All work required for the well and testing of the quality of

water will be provided by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the necessary approvals and test

certificates from the relevant Sri Lankan authorities

Plumbing work shall be carried out by licensed plumbers The Contractor shall produce a

copy of licenses along with the tenders, to be approved by the Engineer

Any damage done by the Contractor to any existing work during the course of his work

shall be made good by him at his own cost.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward of all fittings until the Works

is fully completed and handed over to the owner with the levels, measurements and other

information concerning the existing site as shown on the drawings.

The Contractor shall provide a temporary inspection opening to ground level on each

effluent pipe at the boundary and shall connect the drainage to the secured main if

available and obtain the necessary approvals and certificates from the relevant Sri Lankan

authorities.

The Engineer shall instruct the Contractor to purchase and use such materials of particular

make or from particular sources as may, in his opinion, be necessary for proper and

reasonable compliance with the specification and execution of the Works.

After all plumbing fixtures and equipment have been set ready for use, and before the

Contractor leaves the job, he shall thoroughly clean all fixtures installed by him, removing

all plaster, stickers, rust stains and other foreign matter of discoloration on fixtures,

leaving every part in acceptable condition and ready for use to the satisfaction of the

Engineer.

801.2. RO WATER TREATMENT PLANT

The contractor shall provide following component and need to get the approval from the

engineer.

Sand Filter – Capacity – 1000 lph, Media – Sand / Pebbles, MOC – FRP / Composite,

Backwash : Automatic, Multiport valve : Timer based with 3 cycle backwash sequence,

Pressure gauge and fittings – 1 set.


Activated Carbon Filter – Capacity : 1000 lph, Media : Carbon ID 900, MOC : FRP /

Composite, Make: Pentair / equal, Backwash : Automatic, Multiport valve : Timer based

with 3 cycle backwash sequence, Pressure gauge and settings : 1 set

Water softner – Capacity : 1000 lph, Media : Ion exchange resins ( ion exchange /

thermax or equivalent), Regeneration: Automatic, Multiport valve : Timer based with 3

cycle backwash/regeneration sequence, Pressure gauge and settings : 1 set

MEMBRANE ELEMENTS – Sufficient quantity and arrays to satisfy the output

condition of 500 LPH at 50-75% rejection for the given water quality.

Antiscalent dosing system: Capacity: 3 lph, MOC: PP, Dosing tank: 50 ltrs, Level switch

and fittings – 1 set.

UV Lamp with SS 304 Housing with quartz reflectors. Flow rate 500 LPH

801.3. PROVISION OF DRAWINGS & MANUALS

The Contractor shall submit one set of originals and further two copies of layout drawings to the

Engineer after completion of the Works. These drawings must give the following information:

Run of all piping and diameter on all floors and vertical stacks .

Location and sizes of all control valves, access panels and other equipment

Location of all manholes and their sizes

No completion certificate will be issued until the drawings are submitted and approved.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, samples, shop drawings,

manufacturer's drawings, equipment characteristics and capacity data etc. of all equipment,

accessories devices etc. that he proposes to use in the installation.

Design Drawings

The plumbing drawings are diagrammatic, but shall be followed as closely as possible.

The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings of plumbing details for the Engineers

approval. All deviations from drawings required to conform to the building construction

shall be made by the Contractor at his own expense.

Large size details shall take precedence over small size drawings The special dimensions

in the specifications or schedule of quantities or instructions of the Engineer shall

supersede the drawings. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions at site.

The recommended position of fittings, fixtures, control valves, tanks etc. as shown on the

drawings will be adhered to as far as practicable.

Drawings and Information Required

The Contractor shall submit shop drawing for the entire installation including installation

details for all items required or asked for approval of the Engineer.

The Contractor shall ensure that the final layout and levels of the sewer pipes and septic

tank systems result in the minimum depth of the effluent pipes from the systems at the

boundary. The maximum depth to the invert of the sewer pipe at the boundary should be

no more than 400mm If this is the case the Contractor is to liaise with the Engineer to

ensure that a connection can be achieved with the sewer main.

Approval by the Engineer of shop drawing for any material, apparatus, devices and

layout, shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of furnishing same of

proper dimension, size, quantity and all performance characteristic to efficiently perform


the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents Such approval shall not relieve

the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in the shop drawing

If the shop drawings deviate from the Contract Documents the Contractor shall advise

the Engineer of the deviations in writing accompanying the shop drawings including the

reasons for the deviations. At the start of the Project the Contractor shall periodically and

thereafter submit to the Engineer list of all shop drawings, which will be submitted in the

course of the project. The list shall show the disposition of each item including date of

submission approval etc. The list shall be kept up to date through the entire course of

construction.

801.4. RECORD OF DRAWINGS

During Construction the Contractor shall keep an accurate record of all deviations between the

work as shown on the Contract Drawings and that which is actually installed.

The Contractor shall secure from the Engineer after approval of his Shop Drawings a

complete set of drawing and note changes thereon in ink.

The Contractor shall make a complete record of all changes and revisions in the original

design, which exist, in the completed work. .

The cost of furnishing above prints and preparing these for record " shall be included in

the tendered cost and its effects spread over other items of work, and as such item shall

not be subject to payment". When all revisions showing the work as finally installed and

have been completed three (3) copies the corrected Original Transparencies shall be

submitted to the Engineer before final payment for the completed work will be made.

As built Drawings

The Plumbing Contractor shall mark down with red pencil on two sets of plumbing plans all the

revisions, omissions and/or additions to the various plumbing installation drawings as the

construction progress. Three (3) copies of the plans as marked shall be submitted to the Engineer

after completion of the work.

801.5. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Three (3) sets of operating and maintenance manuals including plans for all equipment, but not

limited to, RO plant, plumbing equipment, controls, heaters, pumps, switch boards, float

switches, valves, tanks and fittings etc. shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to completion of

the Works. The operating and maintenance instructions are to be presented in a folder, or

manual, format.

801.6. TEST REQUIREMEMS

The entire system of drains, waste and vent piping inside and outside the building shall be tested

by the Contractor under a water test, which shall include the entire system from the lowest point

to the highest pipes above the roof.

The water test shall be made in accordance with all local requirements. Every portion of the

system shall be tested to a hydrostatic pressure equivalent to at least 12.5m head of water. After

filling, the Contractor shall shut off water supply and shall allow it to stand 24 hours under test

during which time there shall be no loss or leakage.


The Contractor shall furnish and pay for device, material supplies, labor and power required for

all tests. All tests shall be made in the presence and to the satisfaction of Engineer

Defects disclosed by the test shall be repaired or if required by the Engineer defective work shall

be replaced with new work without any extra charge to the Owner. Test shall be operated as

directed until the work is proved satisfactory.

Fixture shall be tested for soundness, stability of Support and satisfactory sustained operation

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer atleast one week in advance of making the required

test, so that arrangements may be made for their presence to witness the test.

Equipment shall be tested in service and the Contractor shall demonstrate that the equipment

performs the work intended. and that it complies with the requirement of specifications for such

equipment, to the satisfaction of Engineer.

The pricing shall include for all costs associated with tests.

802. WATER SUPPLY INSTALLATIONS

The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the machinery equipment installation contractors in

providing the required water or drainage supply outlet fittings that might be necessary during the

installations. The positions of these supply outlets may differ from what is indicated in the

drawings and the Contractor shall shin the positions as instructed by the Engineer at no extra

cost if the changes are within the same room or location and the specifications of the supply1

outlets fittings remain unchanged.

802.1. MATERIALS

Allcold water pipes and fittings shall be uPVC.

All hot water pipes and fittings shall be Poly Butylenes type conforming to

manufacturers specifications and approved by the Employer

Piping material shall comply with requirements of water supply and sewerage and other

relevant authorities

Materials for the piping and service requirements shall basically conform to the service

pressures encountered.

Pipes, joints and fittings for water supply work shall be high pressure PVC

Materials and workmanship shall comply with the local water supply authority

requirements and/or British Standards.

802.2. SAMPLES

The Contractor shall provide samples of all sanitary fittings, pipes and specialist manhole covers

and frames, gratings and water supply pipes and fittings etc. and shall be deposited with the

Engineer (which will be returned to the Contractor at the completion of the Works) and shall

obtain approval from the Engineer before using in the Works. Any material rejected by the

Engineer shall be removed from the site within 24hours of rejection.

802.3. EXCAVATION

All excavations shall be timbered (if necessary) to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the

Type of timber shall be suitable to the kind of earth encountered. Fixing of timber and

removal after completion of work shall be done as directed by the Engineer.


Should any water accumulate in the trenches, headings or other excavation, the

Contractor shall do such work as may be necessary to drain away the accumulated water

and shall install pumps as may be required to keep the excavation and trenches dry The

Contractor shall ensure that the flow water in trenches or excavation does not injure or

remove cement or aggregate of any concrete that has not set. No subsoil water shall be

discharged into open drains or sewer at the site. .

In refilling trenches after excavation this should be done in layers of 150mm after

compacting each layer. Special care shall be to see that the earth is packed uniformly and

no injury to the pipe.

Pricing for excavation should include backfilling in consolidated layers where necessary

and as directed by the Engineer.

802.4. PIPING

The Contractor shall, as soon as possible after the award of the Contract, prepare and

submit to the Engineer for approval, working drawings showing exact locations and pipe

runs for all pipe work, the layout and setting up of equipment and the connection of

piping to the equipment Such drawings shall include details and methods of supports,

anchors and sleeves etc.

All pipes, fittings etc. shall be kept closed against moisture and foreign matters when

stored at site and during installation.

All pipes shall be fixed clear of one another and be so arranged as to provide easy access

for maintenance and repair.

All plumbing work shall be carried out by suitably qualified plumbers in accordance with

the British Code of Practice and Regulations and requirements of related Authorities.

Materials for the piping and service requirements shall basically conform to the service

pressures encountered

Each part of the installation of the plumbing work shall be completed in all details as

shown in the drawings or as specified and provided with all necessary control valves, etc.

that will be necessary for their satisfactory operation.

All piping shall be run plumb, and straight and parallel to walls, except drain line which

shall pitch 6mm per 300mm in the direction of flow.

Pockets, unnecessary traps, turns and offsets shall be avoided When traps or pockets are

unavoidable they shall be valved drains

Piping installed on the concrete slab shall be firmly fixed or anchored to the floor with

packing to prevent damage to pipes. Pipes shall not be bent with bender where crossing

other pipe or change to upward.

Where pipes are to be laid directly in the ground, bed shall be sufficiently compacted;

necessary protection for piping shall be taken. And hunching effected at all critical

points.

Backfill shall be done after the approval of the Engineer in such a manner not to damage

the pipeline and shall be restored to the original state.

Where pipes penetrate through waterproof part or fire partition or fire wall, pipe sleeves

shall be provided and clearance between pipe sleeve and pipe shall be filled with

caulking material approved by the Engineer

Pipes, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be thoroughly cleaned, both internally and

externally, before installation and shall be cleaned before putting into service.


Plumbing work shall be completed in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings

or as specified and provided with all necessary control valves, etc., that will be necessary

for their satisfactory operation.

All pipes shall be cut square axis by means of suitable tools without reducing pipe

diameter and cut ends shall be finished smooth. Before making connections, chips, dirt

and other foreign matter shall be removed from inside interior of each pipe. Fixing of

hangars and embedding of pipe sleeves shall be carried out without delay along with the

progress of the work where required.

Pipe connections for the water supply system shall be by UPVC high' pressure. Jointing

shall be generally by means of solvent cement according to manufacturer's instructions.

Support spacing for UPVC pipes shall be as follows:

Nominal Dia up to 40 more than 50

Space (m) 1.2 1.5

803. DRAINAGE INSTALLATIONS

803.1. MATERIALS

All drainage pipes and fittings shall be uPVC, conforming to local standards and

specifications.

Joints shall be made by the cold-jointing method, and the pipe interior shall have no

offset at the joint interfering with the flow. Joint adhesive shall be good quality and shall

not be affected by heat and shock.

Where horizontal drain branch joins the main, such branch shall be connected to the main

in a substantially horizontal position and at an acute angle of not more than 45 degree to

the main in all cases.

Vent Stack Pipes

Vent pipe shall be vertically branched out upward from a horizontal drain branch pipe or

other appropriate point. Horizontal branching of the vent pipe shall be done on approval

of the Engineer.

Where vent pipes on each floor are to be connected to the vent stack, all connections

shall be made at least 150mm above the respective overflow edges of fixture on that

floor.

The provision of the preceding item shall also apply to the connection of vent stack vent

pipe.

Vent stack shall be connected to the waste stack or soil stack at the lowest part of stack

pipe.

Where vent pipe is to be connected to the horizontal drain pipe, such angle shall be more

than 45 degree to upward. –

Vent stack shall be extended 600mm from the top of the roof or lead to the wall and top

of pipe shall be covered with vent cap.

803.2. LAYING OF PIPES

The pipes shall be laid to proper lines and levels as shown in the plans and directed by the

Engineer, as the main is laid, the front pipes in the trench shall always be closed with a plug


either of iron or wood and security fastened. The plug shall not be removed except when Pipe

laying is resumed or for purposes of testing

Bends and Other Specials

In fixing bends care shall be taken to see that the axis of the bend is truly vertical or horizontal

as, the case may be and the spigot of the bend is well in the socket of the pipe with which a joint

has to be formed. The Contractor shall be called on to replace any faulty work at his own

expense.

Supports for UPVC Pipes

When UPVC pipe lines incorporate metal valves or other heavy fittings, it is essential to support

the valves directly rather than allowing their weight to be carried by the UPVC pipe and support

shall be placed on either side of the fittings. Moulded plastic fittings also should be supported.

Maximum allowable horizontal support distance for UPVC are given below.

Nominal

bore

12mm

(1/2”)

18mm

(3/8”)

25mm

(1”)

32mm

(1 1/4”)

38mm

(1 1/2”)

50mm

(2”)

Support

distance

533 mm

(1'9")

616 mm

(2'0")

686 mm

(2'3")

764 mm

(2'6")

840 mm

(2'9")

915 mm

(3'0")

Nominal

bore

75mm

(3")

100 mm

(4")

Support

distance

1220mm

(4'0")

1290mm

(4'6")

For vertical installation supports, distances shall be doubled.

Sewer Pipes

All „P‟, 'S',.'I' junctions bends etc, required shall be furnished and set without extra charge and

shall conform to the pipe specifications as to quality

Air Valves

These valves to be fitted as per drawings and Bill of Quantities shall be tested and accompanied

by certifying their efficiency.

The floating ball in the valve shall be suitable metal or vulcanite or rubber specially

manufactured for tropical conditions.

Scour Washout Valve

These shall be provided at portions shown in place and shall contain in one unit a flanged scour

valve with short connection pieces, cast iron bend and T pieces for connection to main pipe.

The rate shall also provide for short length of straight pipe to a convenient spot as per details

complete with covers and surface boxes.


Foot Valves and Strainers

Foot valve and strainers should be of reputable manufacture approved by the Engineer and shall

be fitted with flushing lever attachment where specified. The foot valves are to be fitted with

strainers and be manufactured from either brass or stainless steel Materials to be approved by the

Engineer prior to installation.

Pressure Reducers

Pressure reducing valves shall be of the equilibrium type of approved manufacture and capable

of reducing the pressure to the valve required as per plan and Bill of Quantities.

Equilibrium Ball Valves

These should be of reputable manufacture approved by the Engineer and be of the angle pattern

with gun metal valve seats guide bush, copper float with wrought Iron lever and links with

bronze pins

804. SANITARY FITTINGS &ACCESSORIES

804.1. FITTINGS

All sanitary pipes, gullies, water closets/bidets, squatting basins, sinks etc. to be of approved

design and to be obtained from approved Manufacture and to be of the best stoneware, glazed

inside and outside, with burnt hard and sound, free from flaws, blisters, cracks and other

imperfections and best quality commonly called 'Firsts'.

All pipes, fittings, flushing cisterns, valves, stop cocks, taps, tanks, surface boxes, etc., to be of

the best of their kinds and in addition to complying with previous clauses to be from approved

Manufacturers and all taps, cocks, valves, etc., to be screwed down pipe. Taps to be of

brass/nickel coated and valves to be of gunmetal. All tanks shall be made fly-proof to the

complete satisfaction of the Engineer. All the items should be follow the BS EN 1057: 2006

(pipes) and BS EN 1254: 1998/BS EN274-1 2002 (fittings)

804.2. FIXTURES & ACCESSORIES

All sanitary wares shall be manufactured by reputed manufacturers All toilet cisterns shall be

low volume, dual flush, units All taps to hand basins and drinking fountains to be spring loaded

taps. All the items should be follow the BS EN 1254: 1998/BS EN274-1 2002.

804.3. WASH BASINS& MIRRORS

Wash basin locations are shown on the drawings. Wash basins will be pedestal type. Mirrors

above wash basins should have a width of 600 mm & minimum height of 3ftfrom the top of the

wash basin. The Contractor shall provide shop drawings showing all fixing details and specify

details of materials that are to be used for approval by the Engineer before commencing any

work.

805. WATER TANK & PUMPING SYSTEM

805.1. HEAD TANKS

Water storage head tanks are to be located (see drawings for location, sizing and number). The

tanks are to be high strength UPVC and of the size specified in the drawings. Steel ladders are to


be provided by the Contractor to access the overhead tank slab at all project site locations. The

Contractor is to submit details and specifications of the tanks to the Engineer for approval prior

to purchasing.

Tank Overflow

The tanks are to have overflow pipes that are to discharge at ground level. The overflow pipe

shall have capacity to discharge the water delivery from the supply pumps. The slab is also to

have a drain that deposits water to ground level. The Contractor is to submit working drawings

to the Engineer for approval prior to commencing work.

805.2. WATER PUMP

The specification herein stated is basic guides only. Other items not so indicated but

which are obviously necessary for the proper operation of the system as intended shall be

supplied and installed, in accordance with accepted Engineering standard.

Manuals of operation and maintenance and list of spare parts shall be supplied together

with the equipment (three sets).

The Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of pump performance curves and

specifications showing among others, the pump rating and efficiency, properly marked

out.

A metal name plate indication in indelible letters for the correct specification of the pump

and motor shall be properly attached to the assembly at a location such that the

information written thereon can be conveniently read by all concerned.

805.3. PUMP SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

Water pumps are required for pumping water from sump to the head tanks. Both pumps to

be the same type, electric operated, three phase and self priming. The pump rating curves

and specifications are to be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to purchase.

Two pumps are to be installed in parallel and water pump rating requirements are included

in the drawings.

Float switches are to be installed in the head tanks and sump to control water levels and

pump operation

A pump control panel is to be housed in the pump shed.

The Contractor is to submit working drawings for the pump systems to the Engineer for

approval prior to purchasing components.

The water pumps shall be housed in a pump shed in the location shown in the Services

Drawings. The dimensions of the pump shed shall be as shown on the drawings.

806. SEPTIC TANK & SOAKAGE PIT

806.1. SEPTICTANK

The septic tank & Soakage pit shall be as per the design drawings. The work shall include all

items for construction and commissioning the tank including, but not limited to, excavation, all

materials, construction, labor and equipment, testing and licensing (if required). The outlet from

the septic system at the plot boundary should not be deeper that 400mm to the invert.


900 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION & EQUIPMENT


This specification includes the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of the electrical

items to the specification laid herein. The electrical equipment includes but is not limited to the

distribution system, power generation, lighting system, earthen system, lightning system, low

voltage system and wiring from the metering point and connections to the main power supply of

the Ceylon Electricity Board (CEB) and up to the final equipment termination points and

commissioning of the installation.

It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate, obtain all permits, and ensure

completion of the electricity supply from the Ceylon Electricity Board (CEB) or Lanka

Electricity Company (LECO) to the site. TheContractor will subcontract with CEB or LECO for

the complete Transformer,High Voltage Cable installation and all other connection charges

inclusive of thework under the appropriate Designated Provision Sum. Prior to the

finalsubcontract with CEB or LECO, the Contractor will submit the overall power supply plan

from CEB or LECO to the Employer for approval to purchase: The contractor will be

responsible for all other connections and materials from the Transformer to the site as part of

their incidental work.

The Transformer Capacity and Cable size shall be according to the CEB / LECO requirement to

supply 160kva.

The items specified in this section are applicable to all sections of this specification.

Abbreviatiom:

LV - Low Voltage

HV - High Voltage

ELW - Extra Low Voltage

PF - Power Factor

HDHC - Hard-Drawn High Conductivity

MCCB - Moulded Case Circuit Breakers

MCB - Miniature Circuit Breaker

RCCB - Residual Current Circuit Breaker

EFR - Earth Fault Relays

PFR - Phase Failure Relay

CT - Current Transformer

CFL - Compact Fluorescent Lamps

THD - Total Harmonic Distortion

ESE - Early Streamer Emission

LI - Live to Earth

TT - Terra Terra Earthing System

LT - Low Tension

Quality of Material and Equipment

The Contractor shall supply all equipment to be used under the scope of this Contract with a

proven quality. The Contractor shall furnish maintenance and operational instructions manuals


for each facility where component items of mechanical and/or electrical are furnished under this

Contract in accordance with the following clauses.

Manufacturer's Literature

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the manufacturer's descriptive literature in English

for each and every item of equipment supplied by the Contractor, with the bid for the approval

of the Engineer.

Equipment Operation

The Contractor shall furnish maintenance and operating instructions manuals for each facility

where component items of mechanical and/or electrical equipment is furnished and/or installed

and in accordance with the following:

The draft of manuals for every item of equipment supplied by the Contractor shall be submitted

to the Engineer for approval before finally printing the copy for the owners. The manual shall be

prompted on good quality paper and be bound in hard covers

Operation and Maintenance Charts

The Contractor shall furnish three (03) copies of the final approved operation and maintenance

instruction chart, which will incorporate applicable comprehensive descriptive instructions,

layouts, diagrams or any other information that will be necessary, and/or of value to the

operating and maintenance personnel.

Operation and Maintenance Manuals

The Contractor shall furnish three (03) copies of an operation and maintenance manual, which

shall contain complete instructions for overall operation, and maintenance of the facility and its

component parts. The manual shall also contain the operating and maintenance instruction charts

as specified above.

Adequacy of Information Submitted

The Engineer/Consultant reserves the right to determine whether the above specified information

as furnished by the Contractor is adequate and complete and to require such additional

submission by the Contractor as necessary to ensure the satisfactory operation of the various

items of equipment and to fulfill the intent of the specifications.

Materials, Fittings and Accessories

Tenderers are specifically cautioned to the following minimum considerations, which will be

reviewed by the Engineer/Consultant prior to approving any materials, item of equipment or

assembly of construction.

Full conformance with engineering design criteria, design concepts and performance

requirements

Physical dimension requirements to satisfy the space limitations, indicated on the

drawings.

Static and dynamic weight limitations

Interchangeability of parts and component

Accessibility for preventive maintenance, possible removal and replacement

Compatibility for preventive maintenance, possible removal and replacement


Compatibility with other materials, assemblies and components

Full compliance with all applicable test requirements.

Full compliance with guarantee requirements

Although these designs are mainly based on British Standards and IEE regulations, equipment

designed according to other internationally recognized standards and satisfying the design

criteria and performance requirements mentioned therein will be acceptable if proved equal or

better.

Contractor shall provide all materials locally available and of standard quality. The

Vendors/suppliers shall minimum five (5) years established business and has proven ability of

after sales parts and service

Un-Proven Products

Materials, equipment, fixtures, apparatus, appliances, accessories and similar manufactured

products supplied without a manufacturer's name or without a trade name of the manufacturer,

shall include catalogue numbers or similar descriptive data indicating clearly that the products

comply with all requirements of the specification and the appropriate drawings.

Products which deviate in minor respects from those specified may be proposed after the award

of Contract; providing that the proposal is accompanied by a document and drawings of

deviation clearly Stating all deviations Supplying and installing approved deviations shall be

executed at no additional cost.

Drawings

The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all work

and shall arrange such work accordingly. He shall if necessary furnish additional items, not

shown on the drawings but necessary for the Works to meet the specifications and/or conditions.

It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the other Contractors to carry out the

electrical installation in time up to the completion.

The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the machinery & equipment installation contractors in

providing the required power outlets or lighting that might be necessary during the installations.

The positions of these outlets may differ from what is indicated in the drawings and the

Contractor shall shift the positions as instructed by the Engineer at no extra cost if the changes

are within the same room or location and the capacities of the outlets or fittings remain

unchanged.

Verification of Dimensions

The Contractor shall check all drawings and the site conditions to. Familiarize him self

thoroughly with all details of the work and working conditions and verify all dimensions in the

field; and shall advise the Engineer/Consultant in writing on any discrepancy or deviation. If

discrepancies or deviations are submitted to the Engineer/Consultant, the Contractor shall wait

for judgment and explanation in writing from the Engineer/Consultant before performing any

work.

Cutting and Repairing

The work shall be carefully laid-out in advance and no cutting of the structure will be permitted.

Damage to buildings and technical installations as a result of cutting for installation shall be

repaired by persons skilled in the trade involved at no additional cost to the satisfaction of the


Engineer/Consultant. If inspection or tests show defects, such defective work or material shall be

replaced or repaired as necessary and inspection and tests shall be repeated at no extra cost.

Repairs shall be made with new materials

Safeguarding the Fixtures, Materials and Equipment during the Installation will be the

responsibility of the Contractor pipe and Ducts openings shall be closed with caps or plugs

during installation for protection against mechanical damage.

All materials and equipment shall be properly and adequately protected by the Contractor

before, during, and after installation. Material or Equipment damaged due to inadequate

attention of the Contractor shall not be accepted and the Engineer reserves the right to request

replacements for such equipment at the handing over. Replacement of items damaged due to

unavoidable circumstances during removal shall be paid on measure and pay basis.

It is the responsibility of the Contractor to clean the work area at close of work every day and

also to hand over a clean and neat installation at completion

Contractor shall not leave any/job work area unattended at any time. All areas presenting any

hazard must be fenced/ blocked off.

As-Built Drawings

The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of drawings at the site on which as built condition

shall be marked with exact locations of all mechanical, electrical and control systems complete

with dimensions taken from column center lines. The crossings of other services, the termination

and equipment layout shall be marked during the installation and the Contractor shall obtain the

approval of such sketches and hand over to the Engineer for the preparation of As-Built

Drawings.

Samples

Samples of all electrical, materials, fittings and accessories should be handed over to the

Engineer/Consultant and approval obtained before commencing the work. The work shall be

carried out using such fittings and accessories.

Access Openings

The Contractor shall provide all access, openings required for inspection and maintenance of the

installations.

Language

All information, communications and correspondence shall be in the English Language.

Codes and Standards

All equipment, materials and workmanship shall be In conformity with relevant and applicable

British Standards and codes of practice where available and currently valid.

Inspection and Testing

Prior to covering any installation the contractor shall have the work inspected and approved.

Appropriate notice for such inspection shall be provided

The Contractor shall perform all tests as directed by the Engineer/Consultant and shall

demonstrate the proper operation of all systems. All labor materials and equipment required for

tests shall be provided by the Contractor at no extra cost. Defective equipment, materials and


workmanship shall be replaced, repaired or corrected by the Contractor and re-tested and re-

demonstrated for proper operation.

An Inspection and Testing certificate of the electrical installation conforming to the 16th edition

of the IEE regulations (BS: 7671) should be obtained from a Charted Engineer before handing

over of the installation for relevant authority for approval. If any defects were detected at this

stage Contractor shall rectify the defect or replace the defected items and re-test if necessary.

902. L.V. MAIN SWITCH BOARDS AND SUB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

902.1. GENERAL

Scope covers the fabrication, supply, erection and commission of the Main Switchboard and Sub

Distribution Boards inclusive of mounting cable connections, site tests and commissioning.

LV Main Switch Boards and Sub Switch Boards specified in this section shall apply to all

sections of these specifications.

Applicable Publications

Refer Section: General Requirements

Applicable Standards

BS EN 60439 - 1, 1994: Low voltage switchgear and (IEC 439-1 1992) control

assemblies.

IEC 446, 1989: Identification of conductors by colors and numerals.

IEC 529. 1989 : Degree of protection (IP Code)

IEC 664-1, 1992 : Insulation co-ordination of low voltage switchgear and control -gear

IEE Regulations 16th

Edition: Wiring regulations.

Operating Parameters and Conditions

System voltage: 400/230 V, 50 Hz, 3 phase. 4 wire system.

Type of Earthing : TT system (IEE Regulations)

Installation type : Indoor/Outdoor

Degree of protection of cubicles: (IEC 529) IP 44. Natural ventilation or forced

ventilation.

Maximum Ambient Temperature: 40°C.

Insulation level : Between live parts and earth

LI -6 kV

PF, 50 Hz-2 5 kV

: Between phases

LI -7.5 kV

PF, 50 Hz- 4 kV'


Fault level at the transformer LT terminals. 10-kA

Pollution category: 1 (IEC 439-1)

Installation Guidelines

Switch boards shall be wall mounted type. The incoming cable entries shall be from the bottom

of the switchboard and the other outgoing shall be from the top entering to the cable ladder I

tray. The switchboards shall be constructed in accordance with 0.5. 5486 for operation in a 400

Volts 3 phase, 4-wire 50 Hz system.

All outdoor type switchboards (Feeder pillars) shall be of weatherproof type, complying with IP

65.

Generally, the switchboards shall be capable, as a whole of withstanding without damage the

electrical, mechanical and thermal stresses produced under short Circuit conditions.

Special attention shall be given to insulation and finish of all items and no hygroscopic material

shall be used in any position, and all components shall have a good finish and perform at 40 C

and 90%.R.H.

Construction

Each cubicle framework shall be fabricated from rolled steel angle sections and shall be self-

supporting when assembled and of standard size, uniform in height and depth. The cubicle

panels and doors shall be fabricated from minimum 14SWG sheet steel to provide a clean, flush

and rigid construction without welded cross struts. The cubicle shall be strengthened by

horizontal and vertical folded channels and corner gussets. Full access shall be provided to

control equipment inside cubicles by means of suitable hinged doors secured with an approved

locking device. All doors shall be provided with approved type of gasket. The cubicles

framework shall be manufactured from electro-zinc plated sheet steel, and finished with electro

statically applied epoxy powder paint with a thickness lot less than 80 microns. The epoxy

powder paint shall be grey in color unless otherwise specified by the Engineer/Consultant.

Bus Bars

The main bus bars shall be arranged horizontally. In the case of wall mounted switch boards

vertical bus arrangements are accepted. The bus bars shall be of adequate cross sectional area for

the current ratings as shown in the drawings, after allowing for all necessary de-rating factors.

The main bus bars shall comprise of four rectangular section bars of equal cross sectional areas

(i.e. full size neutral) fabricated from hard-drawn high conductivity (HDHC) copper, electro-

tinned for the entire length, rigidly mounted on proprietary made non hygroscopic insulators. All

connectors from the bus bars to the circuit breakers shall be identified by means of colored PVC

sleeves to indicate the phases.

Bus Bar insulators shall be selected for BIL of 6kV, impulse withstand voltage of 1-2/50 ms

impulse, and power frequency withstand for 1 minute of 2.5kV at 80kPa and in dry condition.

Switch Board Arrangement

The Contractor shall provide the proposed switchboard layout drawings for the Engineer's

approval before fabrication of switchboards. Switch Boards shall be arranged to suit the space

available.


Earthing

A suitable earthing terminal shall be provided on the frame of each section of the switchboard

for connection to earth. An electro tinned HDHC copper earth bar equal to the width of the

switchboard shall be provided in each switchboard for earthing of all outgoing circuits and

equipment frames.

Earth Fault Relays

Earth fault relays to be of the core balance type with adjustable sensitivity and shall be fully

tropical zed. All over-current and earth fault relays shall be tested and calibrated to the

satisfaction of the engineer and all costs connected with this shall be deemed to have been

included in the tender price.

Current Transformers

All current transformers used for metering and protection shall comply with B.S. 3938: 1973 and

they shall be properly selected for which it is used. They shall have adequate VA rating to match

the burdens of the connected load without exceeding its accuracy limits. Provide minimum 50

percent higher VA rating for future updating of relays and the protection scheme and

automation.

Current transformers connected to protection relays shall be class 5P10 while that connected. to

measuring instruments shall be class 1M5. Current transformers shall be provided with adequate

support to prevent movement during short circuit condition and shall be so installed to permit

easy access for replacement.

Indicating Instruments (Meters)

Electricity kW Meter: The buildings shall include an electricity kW meter. The meter shall be

as per that requested for Sri Lankan regulations and be certified by the Ceylon Electricity Board

(CEB).

Identification &Labels

All cubicle doors shall be appropriately labeled to indicate the service. Labels shall also be

provided to identify all items of equipment, circuits, cables and where applicable current ratings

of circuit breakers and setting of relays. Details of the labels shall be submitted to the

Engineer/Consultant for approval prior to manufacture.

903. FINAL DISTRIBUTION BOARD

903.1. GENERAL

Scope covers the supply, installation and commissioning of the Final Distribution Boards and

AC Distribution boards as per the drawings. The location of the distribution board is indicated in

the drawing.

Distribution boards specified in this section shall apply to all sections of these specifications.


Refer to section: General Requirements



All MCCB, disconnecting devices shall conform to IEC 947-2, IEC 947-3

The contact separation shall confirm to table 14 of IEC 439-1

All MCB shall confirm to IEC 898

All RCCB shall confirm to BSEN 61008

Construction

It shall be of a reputed make conforming to BS 5486 or equlvalenl flush mounted

suitable for4001230 Volts 3 phase or s~ngle phase 50Hz supply The breakers shall be

"DIN" rall mounted type complete wlth bus bars, neutral and earth bars.

Distribution boards shall be completely enclose in dust, insect and vermin proof units

housing MCB's, MCCB's contactors, and all necessary items of equipment whether

specified herein or not.

It shall be suitable for indoor service in ambient temperature of up to 40°C with 90%

relative humidity at maximum continuous rating without exceeding the maximum

temperature permitted by the relevant B.S. specifications.

All distribution boards shall be manufactured to withstand as a whole the electrical,

mechanical and thermal stress that could be produced by the prospective fault levels at

their respective points of application.

Special Attention shall be given to insulation and finishes of all items and no

hygroscopic materials shall be used in. any all components shall have a clean finish.

Each distribution board shall be so arranged that all connections are easily accessible

from the front of board Adequate space shall be provided for outgoing circuit wiring so

that the cable will not be required to pass between the back of the enclosure and the

circuit breakers.

All cables shall be bundled by means of nylon self-locking cable t~es and fixed in a neat

and systematic manner

Each distribution board shall be provided with a label of laminated plastic black,

engraved in white with the words DB, followed by the reference designation.

Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers (ELCBIRCCB).

Earth leakage circuit breakers shall be the current operated type 2 or 4 pole as shown on

the drawings, suitable for operation on 2301400 volts, 50Hz A.C. system and

manufactured to comply with the relevant British standards, BSEN 61008.

The earth leakage circuit breakers shall be the high sensitivity type with tripping currents

as shown, and shall be so designed that the tripping action is completely independent of

the supply voltage. The rupturing capacity of the earth leakage circuit breakers shall be

adequate to withstand the prospective fault level at the respective points of application.

G.I. Conduit to Boundary

A 50 millimeters diameter G.I. conduit is to be installed from the road boundary up to the Main

switchboard to allow incoming power cables. The rate is to include installation of the conduit,

materials, labour and transport. The location of the conduit is to be installed at a location to be

confirmed by the Engineer.


904. LV CABLES

904.1. GENERAL

Supply, laying, termination, and commissioning of the cables shall be as per the drawings. All

cables shall be laid, clipped to the walls or slabs, or laid in buried conduit or enclosed in

conduits clipped on to the wall or slab as specified in the drawings.

LV Cabling specified in this section shall apply to all section of these specifications.


Refer to Section: General Requirement

Applicable Standards:

BS 951: 1986 Specification for clamps for earthing and bonding purposes

BS 6346 : 1989 Specification for PVC insulated cables for electricity supply.

Ail multi core cable up to sub distribution boards shall be as indicated in the drawings. The

single coreltwo core cables running in conduit shall be PVC insulated with or without PVC

sheath. All cables shall be with high conductivity stranded copper conductors and sizes shall be

as indicated in the Contract drawings.

Cable Codes

The following cable codes are used throughout and as called for by this specification and

drawings

PVC: Polyvinyl chloride insulated. .

PVCIPVC: Polyvinyl chloride insulated and Polyvinyl Chloride sheathed.

PVCISWNPVC: Polyvinyl chloride insulated steel wire armored and polyvinyl chloride

sheathed.

XLPEIPVC: Cross linked polyethylene insulated and polyvinyl chloride sheathed . PVC,

PVCIPVC, PVCISWNPVC CABLES

PVC. PVCIPVC, PVCISWNPVC Cables shall be of 6OOllOOO volts grade with high

conductivity stranded copper conductors of sizes as shown in the drawings.

The cables shall be manufactured to B.S. 6004 or B.S. 6376 as appropriate. Insulation colors can

be in accordance with current editions of British IEE wiring regulations.

XLPE/PVC CABLES: Cross linked polyethylene insulated cables shall be of 600/1000 volts

grade comprising high conductivity 'stranded copper conductors manufactured to B.S. 5467 and

finished with an extruded black PVC over sheath.

905. TERMINATION & STRAIGHT JOINTS

End Joints

The contractor is to be wholly responsible for the sealing and all cables erected under this

Contract.

The Contractor shall terminate all cable ends and shall make final connection to all sub

switchboards. The specified sub main cable cross-sections may have been oversized to


minimize voltage drop over long runs. Where these cables are too large for termination

within the distribution board terminal, blocks, isolating switches, etc., suitable reducing

terminating tags shall be used.

Cable sealing and termination is to be in accordance with the best current practice and of

first class workmanship. Where cable sheaths are used, as earth continuity conductor

glands are to have the necessary contact surfaces or straps to provide a lowresistance

path under fault conditions.

Compression type glands shall be used for the termination of underground cables. The

design of compression glands to be such that the cable is not twisted when the gland is

tightened.

Appropriate bending radius depending on the cross sectional area of the cable shall be

provided so that the cable insulation is not subjected to stress or damages due to bending

of the cable.

Straight Joints

Straight joints in any of the cables installed under this Contract will only be permitted in

very exceptional circumstances and only with the Engineer's/Consultant's approval in

writing. The cost of such straight joints, if permitted by the Engineer/Consultant shall be

borne by the Contractor.

All joints, which are buried in the ground, shall be compound filled. The design of the

box and the composition shall provide an effective seal to prevent moisture-gaining

access to the conductor ferrules and Armour clamps.

A suitable Contract joint marker to the Engineer's/ Consultant's approval shall be placed

above each underground cable joint to mark its position. The depth of burial of the cable

joint shall be indicated on the joint marker.

906. STREET LIGHTING COLUMNS

906.1. DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of furnishing, assembling and erecting standard 10m high new street

lighting columns with street lighting fittings including necessary switchgear, electrical

connections and commissioning as specified herein at the locations directed by the Engineer.

The lighting columns will be required on top of breakwaters quay walls, and along roads inside

the harbor premises at locations shown on the drawings and decided by the Engineer.

The work shall include all necessary foundations, excavations, backfill, anchorages, fixtures and

fastening, brackets, lighting units and finishes, testing and all necessary processes to complete

the work.


Shop Drawings shall be submitted giving all details of design and construction.


906.3. MASTS FOR STREET LIGHTING

These masts should be of a standard manufacturing program of a reputed supplier/ manufacturer

of same and should conform strictly to the standards of the Ceylon Electricity Board and the

requirements of the CFHC.

The following requirements must be satisfied:

- The structural material of the mast shall be RC or pre-stressed concrete.

- All fasteners of same should be of stainless steel. Different types of steel shall have an

ionic separator.

- The Contractor must submit calculations to show the mast conforms structurally, for a

lamp fitting weight loading with an extra 25% of same and wind loading calculated for

a 100km/h wind speed.

- The mast cross-section should becontinuously tapering from its roots to the extreme tip

of same.

- The mast shall generally be of a planted root type with a minimum provision of 150

mm by 75 mm for cable entry set 300mm below ground level and chamber of

supporting electrical control equipment. The access for same to be by a standard

window with vandal proof fastenings.

- The buried portion of the mast below ground level should be minimum of 1200mm

906.3.1. ERECTION OF MASTS

Planted Type

The masts shall be planted vertically to a minimum depth decided by the Engineer. Footing shall

be strengthened with a concrete infill round the dug hole and compacted and as directed by the

Engineer. The Contractor shall install temporary supports as may be required to hold the masts

in proper position, until such time as the concrete has set sufficiently to hold the masts.

906.4. DETAILED DESIGNS AND SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall submit specifications of the proposed equipment, detailed proposals for

erections for approval of the Engineer.

907. CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS

907.1. GENERAL

All conduits (except where GI conduits are specified), fittings and accessories shall be PVC and

shall comply with British standards. Conduits shall be concealed in walls, columns and floors

unless otherwise shown or called for in this specification and drawings.

All the non-armored cables and cable bunches shall be installed in PVC conduits structure to

place the conduits. The conduit runs shall be installed in the way that minimum damage and

necessity of re-plastering etc. is applicable.

Conduit installation specified In this section shall apply to all sections of these specifications.



Refer Section: General Requirements


BS 6053: 1991 Specification for outside diameter of conduits for electrical installations

and threads for conduits and fittings

BS 6099, Conduits for electrical installations

907.2. INSTALLATION

All concealed conduits shall be arranged with an adequate number of boxes accessible

for the life of the installation so as to allow easy draw in or draw out of any cables at any

time. Conduits size shall not in any circumstances be less than 20mm diameter. Cables

drawn in shall not be greater than permitted by in IEE wiring regulation 1 6th

edition.

Cables for low voltage circuits shall not be drawn into the same conduit for extra low

voltage systems for three phase circuits all 3 phases and neutral of any circuit should be

drawn into the same conduit. Wiring lighting shall be run exclusively in separate

conduits. In general no more than three (3) phase conductors, neutral and earthing

conductor shall be installed in one conduit. Where more conductors are pulled in the

same conduit they shall be de-rated as per NEC.

Where a large group of cables run, those may be put in a metal conduit trunking, In

which a false ceiling or a false wall covering shall be used to cover such trunking or

surface conduits. All surface wiring for the final circuits shall be in PVC casings of white

color.

Where condensation is likely to occur in surface conduits they shall be laid to a slope so

as to drain off condensed moisture without entry into termination.

Immediately on completion of installation of conduits during building construction, all

exposed conduits and boxes shall be plugged effectively against the ingress of water and

dirt particularly where concrete will be poured.

Such seals shall be maintained in good order for such time as is necessary to complete

wiring and connection of fittings and switches.

On completion of erection, the Engineer/Consultant will inspect the conduits before any

wire is drawn in. All conduits shall be swabbed out and free from moisture or debris to

the Engineer's/Consultant's satisfaction, before wiring is commenced.

907.3. CONDUIT FITTINGS

At every lighting outlet points the conduit shall terminate into a PVC junction box either one

way or multi-way as required. These boxes shall be suitable for flush mounting. At every switch

position, conduits shall terminate in an 86mm x 86mm or 186mm x 148mm injection moulded

PVC box. At every socket outlet, telephone, TV or bell position, conduits shall terminate similar

to switch position and shall be attached to the boxes using the clip-in adaptors and suitably

glued.


Conduits shall be installed with junction boxes, end boxes, draw wires, etc., such that the cables

can be drawn in after the installation has been completed without damage to cables and their

installation.

No more three 90 degrees bends will be permitted without adding a junction box.

908. GENERAL LIGHTING AND POWER INSTALLATIONS

908.1. GENERAL

Scope covers the supply, install, wire and commission of all light fittings, wall switches, socket

outlets and isolators as per the drawings. The locations of each point are given in the drawing.

However exact locations shall be verified from the Engineer.

General lightning and power installation specified in this section shall apply to all sections of

these specifications.


Refer to section General Requirements


Each light fitting for interior use shall be design, manufacture and tested in accordance with he

appropriate section of BS 4533:102.1/EN 605982.1 and together with all components shall be

suitable for service and operation in the local climatic conditions. Louvers shall comply with

ClBSE LG3 VDT recommendations. The luminaries shall be class 1 electrical.

All other accessories shall conform to following specifications

Fluorescent tubes BS 1853

Chokes BS 2818

Capacitors BS4017

Starters BS 3772

Lamp Holder and Starter Holder BS 5042

908.2. INSTALLATION

The Contractor shall supply, install, wire and connect all lighting fittings as shown on the

drawings. The exact location of all lighting fittings must be checked on the architectural

detailed drawings before installation is commenced. The Contractor to examine the

architectural floor plans and ceiling details in order to fully familiarize with the type of

ceilings and surfaces into and upon which lighting fittings are to be installed.

The Contractor shall supply all fixing, brackets anglesetc, necessary to fix the lighting

fittings in the locations shown.

The numbers of lighting fittings for the different areas of the building have been

calculated using the photometric data equivalent to Phillips, Thorn, Thorlux or Fitzgerald

Lighting Fittings and GE, Osram and Phillips lamps. If the Contractor is offering

fitting/lamps different to the above, he shall provide the calculations to prove the


required numbers of lighting fitting using the photometric data of the lamp offered to the

satisfaction of the Engineer/Consultant.

Care must be taken to ensure that other services such as air conditioning, water piping

etc., are properly coordinated and the Contractor is required to maintain close liaison

with other Contractors in this respect.

All lighting fittings shall be earthed.

908.3. LIGHTING FITTINGS

The types of lighting fittings to be provided are shown on the drawings and described in

the accompanied schedule of lighting fittmgs.

All lighting fittings shall be supplied complete with lamp, control gears and power factor

correction capacitor

At every light fitting, an approved type-earthing terminal shall be provided for

connection to the earth continuity conductor of the final sub-circuit.

Plastic diffusers where used, shall be of non-deteriorating and ultra-violet stabilized

material and shall not change in shape and color with time or due to handling. Plastic

diffusers shall be washed with a detergent solution and drip-dried immediately prior to

installation to restrict electrostatic dust adhesion.

Fittings and accessories for external use shall be of weatherproof construction specially

treated for corrosion for use in salt laden atmosphere. Totally enclosed fittings shall have

sealing gaskets and shall be insect-proof.

Cables within the lighting fittings shall be neatly bundled by nylon self-locking cable

ties. Wiring shall be properly routed and secured away from heat generating accessories

like control gear etc.

Each light fitting for interior use shall be design, manufacture and tested in accordance

with the appropriate section of BS 4533:lOZ.IlEN 605982.1 and together with all

components shall be suitable for service and operation in the local climatic conditions. It

is the Contractor's responsibility to get the approval from the Engineer/Consultant for all

light fittings before the installation.

All lamp holders shall be brass with porcelain sockets or an approved thermosetting

plastic with brass insert.

908.4. RECESSED FLORESCENT LIGHT FITTINGS

The lighting fitting shall be surface mounted or hung modular luminaries, having low brightness

reflectors categorized to ClBSE LG3 Category 2 texture bright as per VDT recommendations.

Module Size: 600x600 millimeter

Number of lamp per fitting: 4 x 18 Watts TB linear fluorescent tubes

The luminaire shall be double parabolic reflector louver type fitting.

Lamps


The fluorescent lamp shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the BS 1853,

IEC 81 and shall be bi-pin types with following details.

Diameter: 26millimeter

Length: 600millimeter

Initial Lumen output:1450

Light Color: Neutral white

Color Rendering Index: 80-90

Control Gear

The control gear shall be switch start and shall incorporate high power factor and interference

suppression capacitors and shall be quick or resonant start type. Choke shall be impregnated and

solidly filled with polyester resin or their approved high melting compound and shall be

manufactured to restrict the third harmonic content to less than 10% of the uncorrected current

value and shall be silent in operation.

908.5. MATERIAL & FINISH

Body shall be white stove enameled steel. The louvers shall be specular and semi-specular

aluminum with low iridescent finish. The louver shall be hinged on one side and latched on the

other side.

All fittings shall confirm to BS 4533 and shall be of approved design and of a reputed make and

shall be made with M.S. Sheet not less than 24 SWG and painted with one coat of anti-corrosive

paint and finished with white stove enameled. Capacitors shall be parallel connected. All

accessories shall conform to the following specifications.

908.6. INSTALLATION & MOUNTING

The installation shall be parallel to the ceiling grid. The luminaries shall be self

supported and shall be complete with wire suspension and adjusting facilities to ensure

correct leveling. The suspension wire or chin shall GI and shall be galvanized.

The light fitting shall be connected via suitable length of supply wire so that it can be

moved ether sides of the ceiling aperture depending on the floor partitioning, Installation

locations are as per the drawing.

Surface mounted suspended Fluorescent Lamp Fitting

The lighting in the service areas and car park shall be surface mounted I suspended type

fluorescent luminaries to be used in outside security rooms and the ancillary building.

Fitting Size: 1200 millimeter

Number of lamp per fitting 1x36 Watts ln AC Service Room, and

Number of lamp per fitting 2x36 Watts in Car Park

The lamp shall be completed with polished aluminum reflector with switch start control

gear.


908.7. LIGHT FIXTURES

Down Lights -Recessed

Recessed Down Light of 10118W Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFL) switch start shall be

installed in the corridors, toilets and other locations as per the drawing. CFL shall have the Total

Harmonic Distortion (T.H.D) less than 20%. The reflector shall be aluminium with anodized

finish. Body shall be galvanized steel or polycarbonate. The light shall be neutral white.

The installation shall be with adjustable fixing clips suitable for ceiling system and shall support

the body.

Down Light - Decorative

The down light shall be circular/eyeball type, fully adjustable round fitting, with anodized

aluminium reflector and die-cast aluminium body with contrast color surface. Mounting shall be

flush to the ceiling with a suitable locking device. The installation location shall be as per the

drawing.

Wall light - Outdoor

The outdoor type wall light shall be wall bracket mounting type. The wall light body shall be

cast aluminium painted white and silver grey and opal glass lamp enclosure unless specified by

the consultant. The lamp shall be 24Wl30 W 4-pin cap type compact fluorescent with warm

white light color.

Perimeter Lamp - Outdoor

The lighting fitting shall be cobra head or similar design suitable for outdoor installation.

The fitting shall have hinged top canopy for easy control gear access and one-piece bowl for

unproved sealing and maintenance requirements The lamp shall be 70W High Pressure Sodium.

The Fitting body shall be Al alloy or suitable material. The bowl shall be with a diffuser of clear

UV resistant high Impact acrylic. The lantern gasket shall be silicone. The lighting fitting shall

be installed as per the drawing. The fitting shall be designed and manufactured to BS EN 60598.

Lamp Terminal Box

Each perimeter lamps shall be fed from the lamp terminal box as per the drawing. The box shall

flush mounted and suitable for outdoors installation confirm to IP65. The box shall be completed

with copper terminal bar of suitable cross section, fuse etc.

908.8. CEILING FANS

The ceiling fans shall be three bladed type 1400 mm sweep. The ceiling fans shall be complete

with inductive type regulator conforming to BS 5060. The motor shall be single-phase 230V,

50Hz totally enclosed capacitor type with grease packed ball bearing. The terminal block on the

fan as well as the capacitor and the fan hook shall be provided with removable covers.

Fan hook shall be made with 12mm diameter. MS Rod and rust protected and be of approved

pattern by the Engineer/Consultant. When the fan is installed, the blades shall be at an

approximate height of 27m from the finished floor level. Rate quoted shall include the cost of

extending the fan rod where necessary. Fan and the regulator shall be earthed. Porcelain


connectors to be used for all connections. A separate 5Amp switch to be provided in series with

each fan regulator.

Ceiling Roses

Ceiling Roses shall be three-pole type conforming to 8567 Connections to all lamps and ceiling

fans shall be given through a ceiling rose

Screw and Panel Pins

All screws and panel pins shall be brass. Br&s plated items shall not be used. Junction boxes,

switch boxes for socket outlets etc., shall be of injection moulded PVC. These shall be to the

approval of the Engineer/Consultant. Timber boxes shall not be used.

908.9. LIGHTING SWITHES

Sub-circuit switches unless otherwise shown on the drawings shall be single pole,quick

make and slow-break silent switch action type with solid silver alloycontacts the totally

enclosed switch action for flush wall mounting.

They should be housed in injection moulded PVC boxes completed with conduit

knockouts and made up Into slngle or multi-gang units.

Switches associated with essential supply shall be provided with red toggles

Switches shall conform to BS 3676 and shall be rated 5 Amps110 Amps or 15 Amps as

determined as circuit load suitable for use in A.C. inductive circuits or fluorescent lamp

circuits.

Single pole switches shall be connected to break the phase wire of the supply. The

neutral wire shall not be routed through switch boxes.

For group switching, switches of appropriate loading shall be used. In case if the switch

body is metallic, an earthing shall be continued at every switch point. This is not

necessary if insulation of switch body is ensured according to the class-2 insulation.

908.10. SWITCH SOCKET OUTLETS

Switch socket outlets shall be to B S 1363 single pole - 13 Amp 3 rectangular pin, switch

shuttered outlets, one or two gaig for indoor service except as otherwise shown on the

drawings and either surface or flush mounting according to location.

Switch socket outlets for indoor use shall be housed in suitable injection moulded PVC

boxes to B.S. 4662 with conduit knockouts.

5 Amp socket outlets shall be 3 pin round type to B.S. 546 shuttered of a finished similar

to 13 Amp. Switch socket outlets and mounted in flush PVC conduit boxes.

909. EARTHING SYSTEM

909.1. GENERAL

Earthing systems, testing L.V. equipment specified in this section shall apply to all sections of

these specifications.


Earthing system and lighting protection for each building shall include ground rods, cable-

accessories, devices and other items necessary for the complete and satisfactory installation and

operation of all equipment


Refer to Section General Requirements

909.2. EARTHING EQUIPMENT

All exposed metalwork of all electrically operated equipment, metal cable trays and other

exposed (un-insulated) metal work of all electrical services shall be earthed by cables and

conductors of adequate sizes as given in the regulations. All cables above 6mm2 in size shall be

connected by nuts and bolts as relevant with pressure cable connections of appropriate size.

Conductors

All earthing and earth continuity conductors shall be installed in strict conformity with the I.E.E.

regulations and British standard codes of practice.

Cables and conductors shall be sized In accordance with BS table D2M, with the exception that

the smallest size of conductor IS 2 5mm2

This cable or conductor shall be identified by green/yellow insulation. All earthing bars shall be

identified by green/yellow color codes.

Socket Outlets

From each socket outlet-earthing terminal a wire shall be provided. The wire shall be connected

to the earthing terminal in the outlet box, or junction box.

Switches

From each switch earthing terminal a wire shall be provided. The wire shall be connected to the

earthing terminal in the outlet box, or junction box. The terminal in turn will be connected to the

building earthing system.

Luminaire

From each luminaire (lighting fixture) earthing terminal wire shall be provided. The wire shall

be connected to the earthing terminal in the outlet box. The terminal in turn will be connected to

the building earthing system.

Motor

From the connection box mounted to the motor, an earthing wire shall be provided. Where

separate motor starters are provided the earthing wire shall be connected to the motor and to the

motor starter panel. The wire shall be connected to the earthing bus bar in the distribution panel.

Distribution Boards

From the earthing bar in the distribution boards earthing wires shall be provided to the

equipment as cable trays, outlet boxes etc., as specified.

Distribution System

Provide separate green or green-yellow insulated equipment earthing for each single or three-

phase circuit. The required earthing conductor shall be installed in the common conduit or cable


with the related phase and/or neutral conductors. Single-phase sub circuits required for 230 volts

lighting, socket outlets and motors shall consist of phase, neutral and earth conductors. Neutral

conductors shall not be used as ground or vice versa.

Panel Boards

The Contractor shall determine the number and size of pressure connectors to be provided on all

equipment-grounding bars required in panel boards and other electrical equipment for the

termination of equipment grounding conductors. In addition to the active circuits, provide

pressure connectors for all three-phase spare circuits.

Earth Electrodes

Earth electrodes shall be of earth copper clad rod, earth rod connected to the ground grid of

buried conductors to the area covering not less than lm2 at the building close to the sub-stations.

The incoming cable from the main distribution board shall be connected to the earth electrode.

The earth electrode and the conductors shall be sized to the full short circuit current value of the

sub-station or incoming supply cables as relevant.

The grounding grid shall be of soft annealed high conductivity copper strip of area not less than

100 square meters and will be installed at a depth of 2m or more in the ground. The distance

between copper strips shall not less than 2000millimeter. The earth electrode resistance shall be

less than 5 ohms tested on a dry day.

Conductors

All cables and conductors shall be of copper. Joints in copper tape shall be braced. No joints are

allowed in sub circuit cables.

Earth Leakage Protection

Socket outlets shall have earth leakage protection provided with earth leakage circuit breakers

(ELCB) 30 mA sensitivity of the current operated type. The breakers shall be suitable for

operation on a 4001230V level at a frequency of 50Hz.

Earth Loop Impedance and Earth Resistance Tests

The entire installation shall be tested for Ohmic resistance as given in regulation E.3 and

Appendix 6 of the IEE regulations. The installation shall be tested to the requirements of

regulation E4of the regulations. The test results shall be submitted to the Engineer/Consultant

for approval. The engineer or his representative shall be present at the testing.

Earthing L.V. Equipment

All equipment shall be earthed by connection (via green/yellow covered earth wire) to a

common LV inter connected earthing terminal in the Power Room in accordance with the

following: -

The earth resistance of the complete earthing system including all connections between

equipment and earth shall not exceed 5 ohm.

All parts of the earthing system, which may carry low voltage currents I shall be so

designed and constructed that damage does not result from the passage of such currents

The minimum size of the LV earthing conductor shall be as follows: -


In circuits with live conductors not larger than 16mm2 the minimum size of the earthing

conductor shall be not smaller than the live conductor.

In circuits with live conductors exceeding 16 mm2 and less than 35mm

2, the minimum

size of the earth conductor shall be not smaller than 16mm2.

In circuits with live conductor-exceeding 35mm2 and above; the minimum size of the

earth conductor shall be not smaller than half the size of the live conductor.

All earth conductors shall be covered by a green/yellow PVC sheath. Green-Yellow shall

not be used for any active, neutral, switch or control wiring and shall be used solely for

earth connection.

910. LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

910.1. GENERAL

For protection of the entire building from direct lightning strokes, an effective lightning

protection system should be provided. The system shall be an Early Streamer Emission (ESE)

type Air Terminal located on the rooftop of the building. The ESE terminal shall be mounted on

a hot dip galvanized steel pole fixed on the roof.

From the ESE terminal, copper down tapes of adequate size shall run through the electrical riser

and be connected to an earth electrode located in the ground. The down conductor should be

attached firmly to the steel pole. The copper strip of not less than 25mmx4mm shall be installed

along the ridge and the perimeter of the roof structure and connected to the down conductor.

The lightning preventing system shall protect entire building premises.

Air Terminal

The air terminal shall be of Early Streamer Emission type, which is equipped with a lower series

of energy collecting electrodes and upper series of spark generating electrodes. The triggering

device of the ESE air terminal shall be sealed in a stainless steel housing fixed at the center of its

central rod.

The air terminal shall be fixed on the top of a freestanding roof top mounted support tower. The

supplier shall specify the height of the tower and obtain the approval of the Engineer prior to

installation. Guy wires must not be used to support the tower. The tower shall be capable of

withstanding wind up to 100 km/hr and gust up to160 km/hr without excessive movement or

permanent deformation.

Down Conductor

Each ESE air terminal shall be connected to at least two down conductor on opposite sides of the

building.

The down conductors shall be high conductivity round or flat solid copper conductor with

minimum size 50 sq. mm. The down conductor should be fixed to the structure by means of 3

fasteners per meter.

The down conductor shall be connected to the air terminal by a metallic adapter located on the

ESE air terminal. The down conductor shall run down as straight as possible taking the shortest

direct route down to the earth termination network avoiding any sharp bends or upturn thereby


providing a low impedance path from the air terminal to its earth termination system. The radius

of curvature shall be maintained less than 40cm.

Any metallic object located less than one (1) meter from the down conductor shall be connected

to the latter.

A six digit Lighting Flash Counter shall be installed in order to count the actual lighting strikes

on the ESE air terminal.

The down conductor shall be chosen in such a way as to avoid proximity to the crossing

electrical wiring. As far as possible the down conductors should be located away from the doors

and access to the buildings.

A test clamp shall be installed two (2) meters above ground level so that the down conductor can

be disconnected from the earth termination system for regular checks of the earth termination

resistance value. This test clamp shall be grounded to an inspection pit.

The base of the down conductor shall be protected from accidental knocks and other damages by

means of a galvanized steel guard.

Earth Termination System

Each down conductor shall be connected to its own earth termination system using a crows-foot

or triangular earth termination. The crows-foot earthing shall be made of conductors of the same

material and cross sectional area as the down conductors of the installation and arranged in

crows-foot fashion (three 7-8 meters long conductors buried horizontally). A copper earth rod

should be added at the end of each horizontal copper length.

The triangular earthing system shall be made of a set of three vertical copper clad steel earth

rods totaling a minimum length of six meters arranged as a triangle and separated from each

other by a distance at least equal to the driven depth and interconnected by a conductor which is

identical to the down conductor of the installation.

The resistance value of each earth termination system shall be five (5) ohms or less.

Each earth conductor and rod connection shall be housed in a proprietary concrete or PVC pit in

order to facilitate inspection. The pit shall be complete with a lid and the assembly shall be

installed flush with ground level.

The lightning conductors earth termination systems shall be connected through a 25mmx4mm

high conductivity copper conductor to the Main earth system of the building in order to achieve

an equip potential earth network. This connection shall be equipped with a disconnecting clamp

housed in a concrete or PVC inspection pit.

Exothermic joints shall be used as far as possible except for the test joints and the tape to plate.


1000 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS

1001. WEIGH BRIDGE

The weigh bridge shall be 9m long and 3m wide with capacity of 40 T, 5kg accuracy, working on

230V 50Hz domestic power supply and of pitless type suitable for weighing loaded trucks. It shall

have a digital weight indicator and a printer for individual and collective printouts. All components

shall be corrosion resistance and suitable for operations in coastal environment. work shall include

the construction of civil works including structure ramp ( as per weigh bridge manufactures

requirements and Engineers approval)and permanent building for weigh bridge equipments.

The contractor shall provide details of supplier including manufacture‟s literature, certificate of

conformity to BS or equivalent, method of installation details of civil and electrical works, and all

other details for approval of the Engineer

1002. BOLLARDS

Contractor shall supply and install bollards complete with bollard supports, bolts nuts and

washers with capability to anchor up to a 35T fishing boat as specified on drawings.

The bollards shall be of Cast Iron BS 1452 Grade 10, blast cleaned using grit abrasive and coal

tar epoxy painted before installation, nuts, bolts and washers shall be of stainless steel. The safe

working load of bollards shall be 90kN. The holding down bolts to be embedded in the concrete

shall be kept firmly in their correct position during concrete works by templates and in

accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Welding on holding down bolts shall not be

permitted.

The Contractor shall submit the specifications, test certificates for each bollard showing the

appropriate loading and installation methods of the bollards for approval of the Engineer. The

bollards shall be obtained from a reputed manufacturer. Required test has to be done after

manufacturing and after installation of bollards.

1003. FENDERS

The Contractor shall supply and install fenders as indicated on drawings complete with holding

bars chains and shackles.

Fenders will be used rubber tyres of size shown in the drawings and should not have visible

defects that reduce the strength of the tyre. Tyres shall be purchased by the Contractor from the

Sri Lanka Transport Board or other organizations. Fender fixing nuts, bolts and washers,

anchorage bars and shackles shall all be of stainless steel Grade 316 S33 ( marine grade)

(Universal No SS2343) to BS 970 Part 1 or Number 1.4436 to BS EN 10095 1:1999 and BS EN

10088 -3:1995. Fender chain shall be of stainless steel of same grade as above and of dimensions

shown in the drawings


1004. BEACONS (NAVIGATION LIGHT)

1004.1 REFERENCES

Approach Channels - A Guide for Design, Permanent International Association of

Navigation Congress (PIANC), Bulletin No 95, June 1997.

The Contractor shall detail design, supply and install navigation light systems and

projection systems on the breakwater heads at the harbor entrance as indicated on the

Drawings. The light beacons shall be installed on concrete foundation on suitable masts

which can withstand in marine environment ,complete with bird repellers and fence

system. The Contractor shall detailed design the complete navigation light system,

included the beacon light, light support structure, reinforced concrete pad, security fence,

accessories, and details of installation and submits for approval by the Engineer. Beacon

lights should be powered by Solar Power.

Unless otherwise directed by the Employer the characteristics of the beacon light shall

be:

Capable of producing any of 256 IALA recommended flash characters field adjustable

without the need for ancillary equipment

Period of 2 seconds, with 0.5 s red flash and 1.5 s darkness ,designated F.L.R 2 s,

Period of 2 seconds, with 0.5 s green flash and 1.5 s darkness ,designated F.L.R 2 s,

In darkness the luminous range of the beacon as specified will be about 6.0 nautical

miles.

The beacon shall be equipped with radar reflectors.

Further a set of spare parts if recommended by the manufacture for three years ( 03) operation

shall be supplied by the Contractor.

After Installation, the operating characteristic of the Beacon shall be fully tested as

recommended by the manufacturer and as required by the CFHC to assure that they are

operating as specified.

Such navigation aids shall meet the specification guidelines of PINAC ( Ref /1/)and IALA

(International Association for Lighthouse Authorities )recommendations and are subject to the

permission and approval of the Ceylon Fishery Harbours Corporation ( CFHC)


SECTION 7

FORM OF BID


FORM OF BID

Name of Contract:Reactivation and Reconstruction of Myliddy Fishery Harbour in Northern

Province – Phase II

Contract No : CFHC/SD/MPC/Phase II/My/2021/01

To:

Chairman, Ministry Procurement Committee ,State Ministry of Ornamental Fish, Inland

Fish & Prawn Farming, Fishery Harbour Development, Multiday Fishing Activities and

Fish Exports, New Secretariat, Maligawatta, Colombo 10

Ggentlemen,

1. Having examined the Standard Bidding Document-Procurement of Works-Major Contracts

[ICTAD/SBD/02 – Second Edition, January 2007] and addenda, Specifications, Drawings and

Bills of Quantities and Addenda for the execution of the above-named Works, we the

undersigned, offer to execute and complete such Works and remedy any defect therein in

conformity with the aforesaid Conditions of Contract, Specifications, Drawings, Bills of

Quantities and addenda for the sum ofSriLankan

Rupees...............................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................(Rs.

…………………………….) or such other sums as may be ascertained in accordance with the

said Conditions.

2. We acknowledge that the Contract Data will form a part of our Bid.

3. We undertake, if our Bid is accepted, to commence the Works as soon as is reasonably possible

after the receipt of the Engineer's notice to commence, and to complete the whole of the Works

comprised in the Contract within the time stated in the Contract Data.

4. We agree to abide by this Bid until 91 days from the date of closing of the bidand it shall remain

binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before that date.

5. Unless and until a formal Agreement is prepared and executed this Bid, together with our

written acceptance thereof, shall constitute a binding Contract between us.

6. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any bid you may receive.

7. We certify/confirm that we comply with the eligibility requirements as per ITB Clause 3 of the

bidding documents.

Dated this .......................................... day of2021

Signature ........................................... in the capacity of ……………………………

duly authorized to sign bids for and on behalf of

……………………………………………………………………………………..

[in block capitals or typed]

Address: …………………………………………………………………………………..

Witness:……………………………………………………………………………


SECTION 8

PREAMBLES AND BILL OF QUANTTIES

Preambles to BOQ

BOQ


PREAMBLES – Bill NO 1

Bill No.1 – Preliminaries

Item No. 1.01 - Provision of Performance Bond

Allow Provisional sum for provision of Performance Bond as required in Clause 4.2 of the


Payment for this item will be certified when the Performance Security or Guarantee in the

specified format has been provided and accepted by the Employer.

Item No.1.02- Other security bonds

Allow Provisional sum for provision of Other Security Bonds as required in Clause 4.2 of the

Conditions of Contract

Payment for each bond or guarantee will be certified in accordance with the agreed breakdown

when the individual bond or guarantee other than specified under item 1.02 that has been

submitted to and approved by the Engineer.

Item No.1.03 and 1.04- Provision of Insurance

Allow Provisional sum for provision of Insurance as required.

Payment for each insurance will be certified in accordance with the agreed breakdown, when the

individual insurance policies together with proof of full payment of its premium has been

submitted to and approved by the Engineer. Insurance policies at least cover all the required

insurance stated in the contract. If any policies not provided as per his breakdown, payment will

be deducted according to the breakdown, but if he not provided one of the insurance policy

which state in the contract then all amount will be deducted.

Item No. 1.05 - Allow for taking all necessary precautionary action for Environmental impact

mitigation due to project implementation inclusive of appointment of Environmental officer,

monitoring environmental measures requested by Engineer and Environmental protection and

impact mitigation measures complying with applicable CEA regulations. The bidder should

submit his comprehensive environmental plan with description and number in each activity

proposed

Item 1.05 shall be certified for Payment on a monthly basis based on progress payments.

Item No. 1.06 - Preparation and submission of Maintenance and Operation Manuals, As-built

drawings, Quality Assurance documentation, Material Certificates, Technical Brochures etc… as

directed by the Engineer

Item 1.06 shall be certified for payment when all required documentation has been provided

upon completion of the works. If any document not submitted, payment will be deducted

according to the breakdown.

Prepare and issue the Contractors monthly progress reports as specified

Payment shall be made on submission of each monthly report in the required number of copies.


Item No.1.07- Establish and later remove Engineer's office with all furnishing and equipment as

specified

Item 1.07 shall be certified for payment with 75% upon the facility being fully established

according to Engineer‟s satisfaction, specification and ready to use. The balance of 25% shall be

certified for payment when the facility has been fully removed or decommissioned, whichever

may be agreed by the Engineer.

Item No. 1.08 - Maintain and supply the Engineer's Office with all consumables, services,

utilities, day & night watchman and full-time tea-boy, etc., as specified, including consumption

of power and water

Item 1.08 shall be included in the monthly measurements, counting from the time when the

Contractor gives notice that the facility is fully established and ready to use. Payment will be

made on monthly basis upon satisfaction of the Engineer and if Engineer not satisfies the

services or any deficiencies in the service, after informing to the Contractor, Engineer may

permanently deduct the payment up to 50%.The time shall count until the Engineer has fully

abandoned the facility and handed it back with notice to the Contractor.

Item No. 1. 09- Provisional sum against charges for Engineer's telecommunication. (Land and

mobile)

Item 1.09 shall be included in the monthly measurements against the Contractor‟s receipt for

paid invoice from the telecommunications company for all subscription fees and actual

consumption of telephone, fax and internet access, provided that such use has been clearly

recorded individually for units to which the Engineer has sole access. Payment shall be

considered only for telecommunication charges with respect to those incurred in connection with

the contract.

Item No. 1.10 and 1.11–Establish, maintain and later remove or decommission the Housing for

RE & Engineer's Staff with all furnishings and equipment as specified in the specifications

including fulltime housing attendant

Item No 1.10 shall be certified for payment with 75% upon the facility being fully established

according to Engineer‟s satisfaction, specification and ready to use. Percentages payments will

not be made in the event of partially fulfill the specification requirement. The balance of 25%

shall be certified for payment when the facility has been fully removed or decommissioned,

whichever may be agreed by the Engineer.

Item 1.10 shall be included in the monthly measurements, counting from the time when the

Contractor gives notice that the facility is fully established and ready to use. Payment will be

made on monthly basis upon satisfaction of the Engineer and if Engineer not satisfies the

services or any deficiencies in the service, after informing to the Contractor, Engineer may

permanently deduct the payment up to 50%. The time shall count until the Engineer has fully

abandoned the facility and handed it back with notice to the Contractor.


Maintain and supply the Housing for RE & Engineer's Staff as specified, including consumption

of power and water

Item No. 1.12 - Maintain and operate one Vehicle as the Contractor's property full time at the

site for the sole use of the Engineer and Engineer's staff complete with all insurances, licences

and statuary requirements, a full time driver for vehicle, consumables, services, utilities, etc., as

specified, including consumption of fuel and oil

Item 1.12 shall be included in the monthly measurements, counting from the day required by the

Engineer when vehicle is registered and fully operational and the Contractor has given notice

about this to the Engineer. The stated rate includes all costs for maintaining and operating the

vehicle. In case of vehicle breakdown Contractor to provide with the same type of vehicle for

Engineer‟s use and if not amount will be permanently deducted prorate basis. If Engineer

dissatisfied with the service or condition of the vehicle percentage will be permanently deducted

by the Engineer.

Item No. 1.13 - Provide and keep available survey equipment and survey assistance to sole use

of the Engineer as specified in specifications

Item 1.13 shall be included in the monthly measurements, counting from the time all such

specified equipment and assistance is brought on site and the Contractor has notified that it is

available to the Engineer, and until the time when the Engineer notifies the Contractor ultimately

that it shall no longer be needed by the Engineer. Payment will be made according to the days in

which equipment and assistance sole available to the Engineer and if not payment will be

deducted according to prorate basis.

Item No. 1.15 - Carry out pre construction, post construction and interim bathymetric surveys

covering the lagoon entrance, Breakwater, other Marine Construction area of permanent works.

The survey shall be carried out by a qualified hydrographic surveyor approved by the Engineer

to the specifications provided and jointly with the Engineer and survey shall be approved by the

Survey Department of Sri Lanka.

Item 1.15 shall be certified for Payment as per approved Contractor proposed schedule.

Contractor should submit detailed breakdown of Lump sum for Engineer‟s approval

Item No. 1.16 - Setting out of Works in accordance with the drawings, and other written instructions

given by the Engineer. Establish and maintain permanent benchmarks of the setting out. MSL and

Coordinates referenced to the National Grid at the site premises (to be obtained from the Survey

Department)

Item 1.16 shall be certified for Payment as per approved Contractor proposed schedule. Contractor should

submit detailed breakdown of Lump sum for Engineer‟s approval

Item No. 1.19 - Improvement, maintenance and reinstatement on all existing access roads,

internal roads including structures and bridges used for the contract as access and haul roads

Item 1.19 has been provided for improvement, maintenance and reinstatement on all existing


access roads, internal roads including structures and bridges used for the contract as access and

haul roads

Payment shall be made on a monthly basis up to 60 % of the Lump Sum Bid based on progress

payments of items in Bill No 2, and balance 40 % would be paid on reinstatement of the roads

used for the works at the completion of the contract.

Construction, maintenance and removal of all new access roads, including structures and bridges

as access and haul roads has been provided for the construction, maintenance and removal of all

new access roads, including structures and bridges as access and haul roads.

Payment shall be made on the following basis. 40 % of the Lump Sum Bid on completion of

new access roads, up to 30 % of the Lump Sum Bid on a monthly basis based on progress

payments of items in Bill No 1, and the balance 30 % on removal of the roads at the completion

of the contract.

Item No. 1.20 - Provide, erect, maintain and later remove signboards of minimum 3m2 each,

with details of the Employer, Engineer, Funding agent the project the Contractor and other

details to be specified by the Engineer/ Client. (one at main road) and approved by relevant

authority

Item 1.20 shall be certified for payment as per the unit rate when erected

Item No. 1.21 - Mobilisation and demobilisation of Contractor's major construction plant

Item 1.21shall be certified for payment in accordance with the agreed breakdown with 75% of

the value when the equipment has arrived at site and been commissioned, ready for use. The

remaining 25% will be certified for payment when the taking-over certificate has been signed

and the equipment has been removed from site

The Contractor shall submit with his tender a breakdown with costs specified for each individual

piece of equipment that he may wish to be paid under this Lump Sum.

Item No. 1.26, 1.27, 1.28, 1.29, 1.30 and 1.31 - Establishment and removal of the Contractor's

facilities, incl. fencing, offices, workshops, etc…

Item No. 1.26, 1.27, 1.28, 1.29, 1.30 and 1.31will be certified for payment with 75% when the

planned facilities have been fully established and the balance of 25% when they have been

removed after completion of the works.


Bill No.2 - Breakwater, Dredging & Rock blasting

Item Nos. 2.1.1 to 2.1.3– Supply and place rock material

Supply of Rock Materials

Supply of different classes of rock materials, for use in breakwater. The rates for these items

shall also include the costs of, but not limited to, the following, unless expressly stated in other

items:

i. Procurement of rock material from approved existing quarries with necessary permits and

licenses or production of required material at approved quarry sites including cost of

obtaining required licenses. EIA approvals and payment of rates to local authorities for the

use of quarry and the roads for transportation of the rock material.

ii. Haul from quarry sites to the harbor construction sites and stockpiling after selecting and

grading of the rock material

iii. Testing of rocks etc

Construction of Breakwaters

Placing different classes of rock material in the breakwater for the construction. The rates for

these items shall also include costs of, but not limited to the following, unless expressly stated in

other items:

i. Pre-construction surveys and preparation of detailed construction drawings as specified in

the Technical Specifications

ii. Transport of rock material from stockpiles, supplied under the respective items, from the

respective stockpiles and placing in position as Toe material and Armor

iii. Post construction surveys as specified in the Technical Specifications

The unit of measurement is cubic meter shall be as measured from the detailed construction

drawings prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The area of placement on

the slope shall be measured as the slope area.

Approval should be sought from Engineer to proceed with the construction of breakwater and

approval process need to be repeated in following interval and sections.

Longitudinal direction, Cross sections - at 5m intervals

Along a cross section spot levels - at 1m intervals

The all levels should be within the limits acceptable to Engineer and approval should be taken

for each layer (before starting to lay core material, before laying secondary armour stones, after

placing of secondary armour, after placing of primary armour) before moving to the successive

layer. No additional payment will be made to the quantity of any filling below the payment

limits due to scour.

The unit of measurement is cubic meter. Quantity shall be taken from the actual cross sectional

Drawing. Bulk density shall maintain as 1600kg/m3.


PREAMBLES – Bill NO 3-6

GENERAL

A. The method of measurement applicable for this contract shall be Method of Measurement

of Building Works (First revision) published by Sri Lanka Standards Institution, Sri

Lanka (SLS 573: 1999). In case of ambiguity between SLS 573: 1999 and this preamble

or Notes or description in the Bill of Quantities, this preamble or Notes or description in

the Bill of Quantities shall prevail.

B. The rates for each item must be comprehensive and must include for complying in all

respects with the requirements of the specifications cover all the obligations under the

Contract, and all matters and things necessary for the proper construction, completion

and maintenance of the works. No claims for additional payment will be allowed for any

error or misunderstanding by the contractor of the work involved.

C. Where prime cost rates (P.C. Rate) are included in the description of items in these Bills

of Quantities, these prime cost rates are for the material cost (including all taxes

excluding VAT) of that item only and the Contractor should allow in addition for

transport, loading/unloading, all waste, fixing, all ancillary materials required for fixing

such as mortar for bedding and jointing and all other similar items of a like nature and

the overheads and profits component (mark-up).

The Contract rate will be adjusted (increase or decrease as the case may be) by the net

difference plus mark up between the P.C. Rate stated in the BOQ and the actual purchase

price at the time of making payments for such items specified by a PC Rate.

D. The rate for each item shall include the following, otherwise given separately:

I. Labour and all other costs in connection.

II. Materials and goods including all costs in connection.

III. Samples to be given for approval

IV. As built drawings unless otherwise included in preliminary bill

V. Setting out of works and preparatory works

VI. Fittings and fixing materials and goods in position including hoisting to any

height or lowering to any depth and all temporary works, tools equipment and

plant

VII. Handling of materials and working in situation where there is very restricted

working space or no working space

VIII. Square cutting and waste of materials,

IX. Testing and furnishing of test reports.


X. Protection and cleaning of works during construction as may be required and on

completion

XI. Establishment charges, overheads and profit.

XII. Attendance on subcontractors works unless otherwise separately priced.

E. Where the word „allow‟ occurs, the cost of the items shall be at the risk of the

contractors.

F. RateshallincludeforprovidingnecessaryscaffoldingsforallcivilandM&Eworkswhenever

necessary.

G. All the quantities are the net measurement as fixed in position. The contractor must

allow in his rates for laps waste and any trade or traditional allowances.

H. The expression „fix only‟ as used hereinafter in connection with goods or materials

supplied by Employer or Nominated Suppliers or others shall be deemed to include on

the part of the contractor taking delivery, loading and transporting to site, unloading,

getting in stacking or storing under cover where the nature of the materials is such they

may be damaged by exposure to the weather, carriage from store, distributing to job,

handling and hoisting. Upon accepting delivery the contractor must allow for the full

cost of replacing items that are damaged, broken, lost or stolen, in accordance with his

obligation under the contract.

I. Unless otherwise specifically mentioned, the specifications of works that should be used

is the „Specifications of Building Works‟ published by „Institute of Construction

Training and Development.

J. (ICTAD/CIDA) Sri Lanka‟ as indicated under the General Specifications and the

Particular Specifications in the Bidding Document.

K. Contractor shall provide to Engineer with manufacturers specification and

recommendations for the alternative materials he intends to use in the contract prior to

the commencement of the contract.

L. Where a Note is given preceding a section or an item, cost implications arising on such

Notes should be included in the relevant rates.

M. Attendance to Sub-contractor shall include for, but not limited to temporary lighting,

water, site perimeter security, scaffoldings (Except day toady work platforms) and

builders work, etc. in connection with the Sub-contract Works.

N. Rate shall include for all items shown in drawings and specifications. Contractor should

attend to all the sub items of each item shown in the drawings, even if it is not described

in the Bill of Quantities.


O. Rates for all items shall include for perfection of the Works as necessary during the

construction and for handing over the work in a clean and undamaged condition to the

satisfaction of the Engineer.

P. The common abbreviations used in the BOQ as follows;

m – meter

m2 - square meter

m3 - cubic meter

mm – millimetre

t – tonne

nr- Number

Kg – Kilograms

H – hour

Ltr – liters

PS – Provisional Sum

PC – Prime Cost


DEMOLITION/ALTERATION/REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE

DEMOLITIONS

(1) Demolitions are deemed to include:

(a) Disposal of materials other than those remaining the property of Employer.

(b) Temporary support incidental to demolitions, which is at the discretion of the

contractor.

ALTERATION

(1) Shoring & scaffolding incidental to the work disturbed by such shoring and scaffolding is

deemed to be included within each item.

(2) Alterations are deemed to include;

(a) Disposal of materials other than those remaining the property of the employer or

those for reuse.

(b) Work incidental to alterations

(c) All new fixing or joining materials required

REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE

(1) Shoring & scaffolding incidental to the work and making good all work disturbed by such

shoring and scaffolding is deemed to be included

(2) Items are deemed to include:

(a) Disposal of materials

(b) Incident works

(c) Cutting out defective concrete is deemed to be included formwork and making good

to match existing.

(d) Work is deemed to include making good to match existing.

(e) Re-pointing is deemed to include making good to adjoining work.

(f) Plastering old walls/ceilings, etc. is deemed to include hacking, preparing of and

grubbing out where required and making good.

EXCAVATION & EARTHWORKS

(1) Site preparation is deemed to include:

(a) Grubbing up roots

(b) Disposal of materials

(c) Filling voids with imported materials

(2) Excavation is deemed to include:

(a) Trimming sides, keeping clean and consolidating bottom of basement, sumps, pits

and trenches

(b) Excavating by whatever means are necessary including excavation done manually or

by machine in any type of ground including ground with boulders (except rock

required blasting) and excavation around existing foundations.

(c) Backfilling and disposal of surplus excavated materials as specified and directed


unless otherwise measured separately.

(d) Bulking after excavation

(e) Necessary Planking and strutting

(f) Working space if required. Working space allowance to excavations is deemed to

include additional earthwork support, disposal, back filing work below ground water

level and breaking out. Keeping excavations free from water shall be deemed to

include pumping and temporary drainage for disposal of water.

(g) The rates for filling are to include for all costs incurred in obtaining material from

approved sources, handling, loading transporting, unloading, tipping, placing,

bringing up in stages and spreading and compacting as specified, trimming, grading

to falls, grading to cambers, blinding and compacting and all other labours necessary

to ensure that the filling material is correctly placed to level and profile to the

required degree of compaction.

CONCRETE WORKS

CONCRETE

(1) Concrete is deemed to include finishing as struck from basic finish formwork or with a

non –mech. tamped finish unless otherwise required under worked finish / cutting.

(2) Concrete work is deemed to include for mixing, depositing, handling, hoisting, placing,

vibrating, curing and making good after removal of formwork. Formed joints are deemed

to include formwork.

(3) Angles and inter-section in water stops are deemed to be included. Sealants work is

deemed to include preparation, cleaners, primers and sealers.

(4) Rates for plain and reinforced concrete shall include for all necessary samples, apparatus

and for testing, for hoisting to any height or lowering to any depth, for formation of

construction joints, hold pipes, ducts, pipe sleeves etc. and making good concrete in

connection with holes and mortises.

FORMWORK

Formwork is deemed to include for;

(a) Fabricating setting up and erection at any height or depth

(b) Strutting, supporting through lower floors and supporting at any level, including

additional propping, strutting and supporting decks

(c) Coating with shuttering oil and or lining

(d) Easing, striking and removing

(e) Removal when no longer required

(f) Props, stays, struts, wedges, bolts, incidental items and materials such as nails,

screws, anchors, hooks etc.

(g) All overlaps and passing at angles

(h) Labour at intersections and narrow widths

(i) Rubbing down and making concrete surface good after removal of formwork


(j) Providing samples as required by the Engineer of the different formed finishes

specified

(k) Formwork to beam column and casings is deemed to include ends.

(l) Rates for curved formwork shall include for formwork to curved, conical, spherical,

elliptical and other surfaces curved to one or more radius or any radius.

REINFORCEMENT

Reinforcement is deemed to include for;

(a) Preparation of bar bending schedules

(b) Straightening as required and cleaning of bars

(c) Cutting, bending and binding

(d) Hoisting and placing in position at any height or depth

(e) Binding wires, and cover blocks

(f) Necessary supports such as chairs and spacers

(g) Aligning and supporting in position during concreting

(h) All necessary temporary fixing & supports unless otherwise stated separately.

(i) Fabric reinforcement is deemed to include laps, tying wire all cuttings & bending and

spacers and chairs which are at the discretion of the contractor.

(j) Rates for fabric reinforcement laid in separate layers shall include for all additional

distance blocks, chairs and spacers.

(k) Nominal Weight (Kg/ m) of reinforcement are as follows in order to calculate the

reinforcement weight for payments

MASONRY WORKS

BRICK WORK/BLOCK WORK

(1) Brickwork and block work are deemed to include:

(a) Extra materials for curved work

(b) All rough and fair cutting

(c) Forming rough and fair groves, throats, matrices, chases rebates and holes, stops and

meters.

(d) Raking out joints to form key labours in eaves filing

(e) Labours in returns ends and angles

(f) Cantering

Size (mm) Nominal Weight (Kg/ m)

6

8

10

12

16

20

25

32

0.222

0.395

0.617

0.888

1.579

2.467

3.854

6.315


(2) Infill block work is deemed to include for infill material

(3) Flue linings are deemed to include:

(a) Cutting to form seating

(b) Cutting to form bends and walls around linings

STONE WORK

(1) The work is deemed to include:

(a) Extra stone for joints

(b) Extra materials for curved work

(c) Mortises (others than linear item) holes, stops and arises

(d) Raking out joints to form key

(e) Labours in eaves filing

(f) Labours in returns, ends and angles

(g) Dressed margins to rubble work

(h) Levelling uncaused work

(i) Rough and fair square cutting

(j) Centring

(k) Battering and tapering walls are deemed to include the extra materials required

(2) Work is deemed to include extra materials for bonding

(3) Carvings and sculptures are deemed to include:

(a) Selecting blocks of stone for size and quality

(b) Boasting for carving

(c)

ACCESSORIES/ SUNDRY ITEMS FOR BRICK / BLOCK / STONE WALLING

Accessories are deemed to include:

(a) Rough and fair cutting on walls around accessories

(b) Bedding and pointing accessories

(c) Extra materials for curved work

(d) Fillets are deemed to include ends and angles.

(e) Pointing in flashings is deemed to include cutting or forming grooves and chases.

(f) Joints work is deemed to include Preparation, cleaners, primers and sealers.

(g) Air bricks, ventilating of gratings and the like are deemed to include any necessary

forming of openings, liners cavity closers and damp proof courses.

WATER PROOFING

(1) Contractor for water proofing is required to furnish a guarantee for a period of ten (10)

years from the date of handing over of the works. The tenderer must give a written

undertaking to furnish the said guarantee in the form required by the Employer.


(2) Rates for water proofing shall include for 1:3 cement and sand plaster to receive water

proofing / level the floor and protection screed if required by the manufactures

specifications.

(3) Water proofing work is deemed to include:

(a) Cutting to line, notching, bending and extra material for lapping

(b) Working into recessed duct covers, shaped inserts, outlet pipes and the like

(c) Work to falls and cross falls

(d) Temporary screeds

(4) Tanking & damp proofing is deemed to include:

(a) Internal and external angles

(b) Angle fillets

(c) Arises

(d) Edges

(e) Intersections on work to cross falls

(f) Skirting, coves turn –ups are deemed to include edges , drips, arises angle fillets,

turning ribs into grooves , stopped ends fair ends and extra materials for turning into

grooves.

(g) Linings to gutters channels, valley & covering to kerbs are deemed to include edges,

arises, internal angle fillets, tilting fillets, turning ribs into grooves, ends angles

intersection, outlets & extra materials for turning into grooves.

(h) Collars around pipes, standards and the like are deemed to include arises and

internal angle fillets.

(i) Lining to cesspools, sumps, manholes and the like are deemed to include arises,

internal angle fillets and outlets.


WOOD WORK

CARPENTRY

(1) All sizes given are finished sizes after planning unless otherwise stated.

(2) The work is deemed to include;

(a) Any type of cutting required, sawing, notching, drilling, trimming, framing, jointing,

splayed edges and the like, hoisting and fixing in position with nails, spikes, plugs,

screws, and gluing and priming to joints and ends.

(b) Forming splayed edge, grooves, chamfers, scribed and rounded edge, bevelling,

moulding and the like.

(c) Plugging, wedging, nuts and washers with bolts, sprockets and pins and the like.

(d) Protection and keeping clean for staining, polishing or painting where applicable.

(e) Painting as specified.

(f) Cleats, packers of timber & the like are deemed to be included with structural

timbers.

(g) Roof trusses is deemed to include webs, gussets and the like.

(h) Straps, nail plates, bolts, metal connector are deemed to include all labour in

fabricating and fixing & to include all accessories.

JOINERY

(1) All sizes given are finished sizes after planning unless otherwise stated.

(2) Rates for doors & windows shall include;

(a) Locks, which shall be as specified or approved equivalent.

(b) Sub-frames, sills, & the like where part of the component

(c) All necessary ironmongery unless otherwise measured separately

(d) Glazing

(e) Fixing & fastening

(f) Furnishing shop drawings

(g) Sampling and submission of test reports to the engineer as directed

(h) Painting as specified

(i) Ironmongery including pulls, locks, catches, hinges, sliding or hanging or hanging

devices and the like are deemed to be included.

(3) The rates for all joinery work shall include for raking, curved or splayed cutting, mitres

and ends to all members, for all joints in members over 200mm wide or for obtaining

timbers in one width, notching rounded curves, splayed edges, extra timber in joints,

horns, etc. all dowels and cramps and holes for pipe, tubes, bars, cables, conduits,

ducting and the like.

IRONMONGERY

(1) Fixing with screws to match is deemed to be included with the items.

(2) Preparing timbers to receive ironmongery is deemed to be included with the items.


(3) Removing during decoration, re-fixing after decoration, leaving oiled and in proper

working order on completion and supplying and labelling all keys and handing over to

Employer deemed to be included with the items.

CLADDINGS

(1) Work is deemed to include raking cutting, curved cutting.

(2) Walling work is deemed to include securing to wood unless otherwise stated.

(3) Weathering, flashings & fixing members are deemed to be included Stop ends, mitres

and corners.

(4) Curtain walling is deemed to include all cleats brackets, bolts and fixing.

(5) Items include:

(a) Doors where supplied with the unit

(b) Architraves, trims and the like where part of the component

(c) Ironmongery, where supplied with the component

(d) Fixing and fastenings

(e) Finishes where part of the component as delivered

(f) Mastic / sealants unless executed by a specialist

(g) Ventilators/sheet with louver blades, translucent sheets are deemed to include

forming voids

PARTITIONS/LININGS/SUSPENDED CEILINGS

(1) Work is deemed to include:

(a) Fair joints

(b) Additional labour for overhead work

(c) Plaster for touching up

(d) Trims and beads

(2) Pattered work is deemed to include all extra work involved.

(3) Partitions linings are deemed to include the following where part of the partition system,

where not part of the partition system; they are measured in accordance with appropriate

work section rules:

(a) Heard and sole plats

(b) Studs, stiffening sections, firings and channels

(c) Metal resilient bars

(d) joining bars

(e) insulation and barriers

(f) Fillets, battens and the like

(4) Partitions are deemed to include all integral components, holes and the like performed at

factory.

(5) Openings are deemed to include additional include additional integral components.


(6) Openings are deemed to include ironmongery, glass linings and the like.

(7) Cubical partitions are deemed to include framing, stiffening, connecting and fixing

devises, supporting legs and brackets.

(8) Suspended ceilings etc. are deemed to include:

(a) Working over and around obstructions

(b) Support work and accessories for fittings

(c) Suspension and framed members

(d) Cutting

(e) Work incorporating integral fittings is deemed to include additional hangers,

framing and the like.

(f) Access panels are deemed to include edge trim and fixings

(g) Bridging is deemed to include additional fixings

PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE WORK

(1) Unless otherwise stated, rates for the items following shall be for P. V.C. piping type

1000 for water service, type 600 soil and waste water pipes and vent pipe which shall

comply with the S.L.S. 147. 1983.

(2) All fittings and specials used in the Plumbing Installation shall be moulded and suitable

in all respects to the pipe line to which these fittings and specials are fixed. Fabricated

fittings and specials shall not be used.

(3) Rates for pipes shall include for;

(a) screws, nails, pipe hooks, saddles, brackets, sockets, connections, lagging short

lengths, bowknots nipple joints, concrete blocks and the like and all holes,

chasing etc., and making good in other trades such as plaster and painter.

(b) The fittings including bends, tees, collars, reducers elbows, valve sockets,

junctions, caps and the like for pipe unless otherwise measured separately.

(c) All builders works such as chasing and forming holes through brick work block

work foundations and concrete slabs beams columns floor slabs manholes and

like and making good all damages

(d) Short lengths, joints connections and couplers in running length

(e) Jointing compound, solvent cement and incidental materials and labour

(f) Connecting pipes to sanitary' fixtures and appliances

(g) All testing

(4) Rates for pipes laid underground shall include for necessary excavation to required

gradient, backfilling, embedding in concrete and disposal of surplus excavated material

as directed, any special protection to pipes if necessary etc.

(5) The diameter of piping shall be the nominal internal bore of the pipe.

(6) Preamble notes to all other trades shall apply to this trade as well.


(7) Rate for piping for plumbing and drainage work shall be up to the fixing of the sanitary

fitting.

(8) Rates for sanitary fittings shall include for;

(a) Fittings such as taps, waste water outlet, flushing cistern, internal overflows and

the like and supporting brackets, incidental materials for fixing.

(b) Assembling, jointing together, fixing components parts and jointing to pipes

including necessary coupling and for leaving perfectly clean undamaged and in

perfect working order as on completion.

(c) Jointing and or connecting pipes to sanitary fittings.

ROOF COVERING/ROOF PLUMBING

ROOF FRAME

(1) The work is deemed to include labours on items of timber except as otherwise required.

(2) Timber shall be deemed to be fixed with nails except as otherwise stated.

(3) Cleats, packers of timber & the like are deemed to be included with structural timbers.

(4) Roof trusses are deemed to include webs, gussets and the like.

(5) Straps, nail plates, bolts, metal connector are deemed to include all labour in fabricating

and fixing & to include all accessories.

(6) he rates for all carpentry work shall include for all raking and circular cutting, joints in

continuous lengths of timber or for providing timbers of any lengths, for all joints, for

notching and fitting and of timbers to metal sections, shoes and heads, meters, ends and

intersections on all members, holes for pipes, tubes, bars, cables, conduits, ducting,

trunking and the like and for pads, slips and wedges built or wedged in.

ROOF COVERING

(1) Work is deemed to include raking cutting, curved cutting

(2) Work is deemed to include:

(a) Cutting to line

(b) Cutting, notching bending and extra material for lapping the underlay

(c) Work to falls and cross falls

(3) Labour and material in turning ups or turn–downs, cutting ends, angles intersections,

bending, turning into grooves, wedging, dressing, trimming and dressing over angle

fillets are deemed to be include with the items.

(4) Internal angle fillets are deemed to include ends and angles.

(5) Coverings are deemed to include work in forming voids 0.10m2 other than holes.


(6) Ridges, hips, abutments, eaves are deemed to include cutting bedding, painting ends,

angles and intersections.

(7) Skylights, ventilators are deemed to include forming voids.

(8) Sheet roof coverings are deemed to include:

(a) Work to falls and cross falls

(b) Underlay in contract with the covering

(c) Work in forming voids 0.10m2 other than holes

(d) Dressing/wedging into grooves, hollows, recesses

(e) Cutting laps and the like

(9) Ridges, hips, flashings, aprons, sills are deemed to include:

(a) laps, seams and ends

(b) angles and intersections

(c) rolls

(d) up stands and down stands

(e) dressing /wedging into grooves, hollows, recesses and the like

(f) Gutters are deemed to include joints in the running length and brackets

(g) Cutting and jointing gutters to fittings is deemed to be included

(h) Down pipes are deemed to include brackets, joints and cuttings and the like

MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS

(1) Provision of tools and spares as specified is deemed to be included.

(2) Training of personnel in operation of completed installation

(3) Testing & commissioning is deemed to be included for provision of electricity and other

supplies.

(4) Testing & commissioning is deemed to be included for provision of test certificate

(5) Ventilation & air conditioning units are deemed to be included for providing everything

necessary for jointing. Ventilation & air conditioning units are deemed to be included

plates, discs and labels for identification provided with the equipment

(6) Ancillaries are deemed to be included jointing ancillaries to equipment

(7) Ducting is deemed to be included:

(a) joints in the running length

(b) stiffeners

(c) Access openings, nozzle outlets and test holes are deemed to include the stiffing

of openings

(d) Lining, ducting is deemed to be included cutting and jointing ducts to fittings

(8) Ancillaries are deemed to be included cutting and jointing ducts to ancillaries Insulation

is deemed to include:

(a) Smoothing the materials and working around supports

(b) Working around pipe flanges

(c) Working around fittings excluding metal clad facing insulates


ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

(1) Providing everything necessary for jointing is deemed to be included.

(2) Patterns, moulds templates and the like are deemed to be included.

(3) Conduit is deemed to include:

(a) Bedding, cutting screwing, jointing and all conduits

(b) Clip and saddles

(c) Forming holes for conduit entry

(d) Draw wires, cables and the like

(e) Components for earth continuity

(4) Cutting and jointing conduit boxes is deemed to be included

(5) Trunking is deemed to include components for earth continuity

(6) Cutting and jointing trunking to fittings is deemed to be included

(7) Cables are deemed to be included:

(a) Wall, floor and ceiling plates

(b) Cable sleeves

(8) Final circuit point wiring is deemed to be included:

(a) Switches & socket outlets

(b) Conduits, accessories including conduit boxes required for the particular type of

installation

(c) Fixing, bending cutting, screwing and jointing

(d) Determining routes

(e) Lamps and tubes are to include fixing into light fittings

(f) Bells, clocks, alarms and like are deemed to be included plates, discs, and labels

for identification

(9) Transformers, generators, motors, fans, washing machines, cookers and refrigerators

are deemed to be included accepting delivery, storing and handling.

(10) Testing & commissioning are deemed to be included provision of electricity and other

supplies and test certificates

FLOOR/ WALL/ CEILING FINISHES

FLOOR FINISHES

In-situ floor finishes

(1) Patterned work is deemed to include all extra work involved

(2) Bonding agents where included with the work is deemed to be included

(3) In-situ floor finishes shall deemed to include dividing strips where applicable

(4) In-situ floor finishes shall deemed to include fair joints, out-lets, working over and


around abstractions, forming shallow channels.

(5) Treads and risers are deemed to include fair edges, internal and external angles

(6) Strings and aprons are deemed to include ends, angles, ramped & wreathed covers

(7) Linings to channels are deemed to include arises, covers, ends, angles and outlets

(8) Skirting kerbs and edges of floor are deemed to include fair edges, rounded edges,

covered junction, angles and the like.

(9) Rate to include expansion joints at perimeters and between bays where directed by the

Engineer

Granite/ceramic/cay, terrazzo/tiles, mosaic/woodblocks parquet flooring, concrete slabs

(1) Rate is deemed to include:

(a) cutting

(b) bedding mortars and adhesives

(c) grouting

(d) cleaning, sealing and polishing

(2) Work to tread and risers are deemed to include fair edges, internal and external angles

(3) String and aprons are deemed to include fair edges, ends, angles and ramps

(4) Lining to channels are deemed to include arises, coves, ends, angles, intersection and

outlets

(5) Skirting and kerbs are deemed to include fair edges, rounded edges, ends, angles and

ramps

Plastics/carpet tiling/ sheeting


(a) fair joints

(b) working over and around destructions into recess and shaped inserts

(c) additional labour for overhead work

(d) fixing at perimeter

(e) Strings, aprons are deemed to include ends, angles.

(f) Treads and risers are deemed to include fair edges, internal and external angles

(2) Work to skirting and kerbs is deemed to included fair edges, rounded edges, moulded

edges curved functions, ends ,angles and ramps

(3) Lining to channels are deemed to include arises, covers ends, angles intersection and

outlets

(4) Noising are deemed to include working finishing there to

(5) Nosing, dividing strip, movement joist are deemed to be included mitred regular and

irregular angles

WALL AND CEILING FINISHES

Plastered/rendered/rough cast coatings, mineral coatings, sprayed or special work, etc.

(1) The work is deemed to include:

(a) fair joints

(b) outlets, working over and around obstructions, pipes and the like into recesses

and shaped inserts


(c) bonding agents where included with the work

(2) Unless otherwise stated door / window jams and narrow widths are not measured

separately.

(3) Patterned work is deemed to include all extra work involved

(4) Work to walls, ceilings, beams and columns is deemed to include internal angles and

external angles and intersections

(5) Angles, mitres, intersections and the like, are deemed to be included

(6) Rate shall include to forming joints between brick & concrete works and brickwork &

existing surfaces of any material, with G.I mesh as required and all chases in walls to be

covered with cement mortar with G.I mesh before plastering.

(7) Rate shall include for preparation of existing surface for proper bonding.

(8) Glazed/ceramic tiling/mosaic, terrazzo/granite tiles, boards, other


(a) cutting

(b) bedding mortars and adhesives

(c) grouting

(d) cleaning, sealing

(e) fair joints

(f) working over and around obstruction

Decorative papers/ fabrics/plastics

(1) Rate is deemed to include cutting or fitting around obstruction intrusions and projections.

(2) Joint strips are deemed to include mitres, corners, matrices & intersection

GLAZING/INFILL PANELS

(1) Glazing is deemed to include raking and curved cutting

(2) Normal edges one deemed to include with the glazing

(3) Infill panels are deemed to include sealants, mastic, setting blocks and fixing

PAINTING

(1) The work is deemed to include for;

(a) Preparation of surfaces, cleaning down, smoothing knotting

(b) Protection of floors, walls and fittings etc.

(c) Submission of samples for the approval of the Engineer

(d) Working to returns, painting in any colour, multi- colour works, cutting into line

at junctions of different colours at angles or plain surfaces, painting in small

quantities

(e) Cleaning down upon completion

(2) Unless otherwise stated door / window jams and narrow widths are not measured

separately.

(3) Rates for work to pipes and conduits (which shall include trunking, ducting and the like)

shall include for all work on hangers, supports, brackets and the like.


(4) Rates for work to glazed general surfaces, glazed windows and the like (measured both

sides, flat over glass, irrespective of size and panes) shall include for work to edges and

glazing rebates, returns and mouldings of frames, mullions, transoms, architraves and the

like.

FIRE FIGHTING & FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

The contractor shall refer to & study all drawings and the specifications attached to the tender

document & base his bid on the measurements and specials as indicated in these drawings.

Where “Item” is used to describe a quantity it is deemed that all works required to complete &

commission the service is included & as such no re-measurement will be permitted on such

items.

Rates shall allow for the chipping of concrete where necessary for the passage of pipes through

floor slabs etc.

The contractor shall submit charts/lists indicating the country of origin & performance of all

equipment offered by him. He shall also provide two (2) copies of as built drawings on

completion of the said works.

All equipment offered shall comply with the requirements of the CMC fire department in respect

to coupling, standards etc. Fire sump-10m3 taken under builders wok.

Note general preambles are provided, bidder to ignore any item/ items if it is not applicable to

particular project.

Day works are included in the Bill of Quantities for use when work is executed on a day work

basis in accordance with the General Conditions of Contract Sub-Clause 13.6. Work shall not be

executed as day work except by written order of the Engineer.

i. Labour

Payment in respect of labour used in the execution of the day works shall be at the hourly rate

stated in the Day Work Bill. No separate payment shall be made in respect of the amount of

wages of the Contractor‟s Site Supervisory and Administrative Staff.

The inserted rates for labour shall cover all bonuses and statutory charges and all other charges

and costs in respect of or incidental to the employment of the said labour of a day work basis,

except only the cost of materials and Construction Plant. The rate shall all include the costs in

respect of portable tools such as picks, shovels, barrows, trowels, ladders, hand-saws, buckets,

trestles, hammers, chisels and all items of a like nature, which for the purpose of work executed

on a day work basis shall not be considered as Constructional Plant.

ii. Materials and Goods

Payment in respect of materials or goods used in the execution of work on a day work basis shall

be net cost of materials or goods plus the required percentage addition entered in the Bill of

Schedules.


The “net cost of materials” means the net cost of such materials or goods delivered by the

supplier to store or stockpile on the site.

The inserted percentage additional shall cover the costs of taking delivery and putting into the

store or stockpile, storage, overheads and all other charges and costs in respect of or incidental to

the procurements and handling of such materials or goods.

The cost of taking the materials from the store or stock pile on the Site to the place where they

are used shall be paid for at the appropriate day work rates for labour and Construction Plant.

iii. Constructional Plant

The inserted rate for Constructional Plant shall be paid for the plant when actually employed and

working directly in the execution of the work on a day work basis, excluding any travelling time

or associated movement on the site with a prime mover. The rate shall include the following:

The cost of Constructional Plant including maintenance and spares, fuel and fuel

distribution, oil grease, and any other consumables.

The cost of crews, drivers and attendants.

All overheads, profits and other costs associated with the plant being required to work on

a day work basis.

The idling rate for the construction plant when not working but required to be available for day

works will be taken as 50% of the working rate.

Navigation Lights

Item 2.3.1 has been provided for Supply and Installation of Navigation lights. The rates for these

items shall also include the cost of but not limited to the followings

i Supply of Navigation Beacon Lights with all accessories including spare parts as required in

the Technical Specifications.

ii Installation of Navigation Lights complete with reinforced concrete base , security fence, and

all accessories at all locations shown in the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer as

recommended by the Supplier.

iii Operation and Testing

Payment shall be made based on the Number of Navigation Lights supplied and installed and

commissioned.

REACTIVATION AND RECONSTRUCTION

OF

MYLIDDY FISHERIES HARBOUR

PHASE II

Bill Of Quantities

MAIN SUMMARY

Bill Section Amount (LKR)

BILL NO. 1 Preliminaries

BILL NO. 2 Breakwater Rehabilitation

BILL NO. 3 New Quay Wall

BILL NO. 4

BILL NO. 5

BILL NO. 6

BILL NO. 7 1,290,000.00

BILL NO. 8

Sub Total 1

REACTIVATION AND RECONSTRUCTION OF MYLIDDY FISHERIES HARBOUR – PHASE II

BILL OF QUANTTIES

Add ; Day Works

Add; Contingencies (10% )

DDT- Discount if Any (…...…%)

Sub Total 2

Add; Provisional Sum

TOTAL BID PRICE, CARRIED FORWARDED TO FORM OF BID

Add; Price Contingencies (5% )

Description

Manager's Quarters

Bachelor's Quarters

External works

Sub Total 3

Total Bid Price (Amount in Words) -……………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

Contractor' Name: ………………………………………………………………………………

Address: ……………………………………………………………………………………

Date:………………..………………………………..

Signature: ……………………………………………

TOTAL INCLUDING VAT

Value Added Tax (VAT) Provision - 8%

Page8/25


BILL OF QUANTTIES

Bill N0 - 01 PRILIMINARIES

ITEM

NOITEM DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT

RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.

This Bill provides for the typical general items

complimentary to the works which are required to be

provided by the Contractor in compliance with the

Conditions of Contract and Contract Data and in the

execution of the works according to the Contract. Any

items not listed here are deemed include in the rates

and prices quoted by the Contractor.

Notes

Setting out of the Works in accordance with the

Drawings , the Contractor is required to coordinate

with the Employer to establish site boundaries and

shall obtain relevant approvals from the Authorities .

Notes

Shall be an special attention to prevent Dengi and

Covid 19 epidemsim in Construction site, Querry and

other relevent places etc

Notes

Contractual requirements

1.01 Allow provisional sum for providing performance

guarantee as per the contract.

1.0 PS 250,000.00 300,000.00

1.02 Allow provisional sum for providing advance payment

guarantee as per the contract.

1.0 PS 1,000,000.00 600,000.00

1.03 Allow provisional sum for providing contractor's all

risk policy and third party insurance policy as per the

contract.

1.0 PS 300,000.00 250,000.00

1.04 Allow provisional sum for providing workman

compensation insurance policy as per the contract.

1.0 PS 50,000.00 200,000.00

1.05 Allow lump sum for providing three (03) copies of

"As Built " drawings and Operating and Maintenance

manuals. Quality Assurance documentation, Material

Certificates, Technical Brochures etc.… as directed by

the Engineer.

1.0 Item

Page8/26


BILL OF QUANTTIES


ITEM


RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.

Engineer's facilities

1.06 Allow for construct and removal at end of contract ,

temporary building to Engineers office including

sanitary facilities , having area of 30m2, to

accommodate Four officers , with conference table

and chair for 8 persons including all new furniture and

office equipment such as d drawing racks, lockable

cupboards, water filter, electric kettle, including 2 No

Desk Top Computers , 1 No A3 Size Photocopy

Machine (Black and white ), internet facilities.

1.0 Item

1.07 Maintaining Engineer's Office and sanitary facilities

with all consumables , services , utilities , day and

night watchman and full time tea boy.

12.0 month

1.08 Allow for providing telecommunication facilities for

the Engineer office ( 1 land line and 2 mobile phones)

; ( monthly allowance shall be Rs. 7,500.00).

12.0 month

1.09 Establish, and later remove or decommission the

housing for Resident Engineer & Resident Engineer's

Staff with all furnishers and equipment as specified in

the specifications including fulltime housing attendant.

1.0 Item

1.10 Allow for the maintenance of housing for Resident

Engineer & Resident Engineer's Staff

12.0 month

1.11 Maintain and operate one vehicle , a four wheel

double cab as the Contractor's property ,full time at the

site for the sole use of the Engineer and Engineer's

staff complete with all insurances, licenses and

statutory requirements, a full time driver for vehicle,

consumables, services, utilities, etc., as specified,

including consumption of fuel and oil to complete.

12.0 month

1.12 Provide , maintain and keep available survey

equipment and survey assistancefor the Engineer as

required

1.0 Item

Page8/27


BILL OF QUANTTIES


ITEM


RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.

1.13 Provide , maintain and keep available a boat, boat

operator and safety equipment for the Engineer as

required

6.0 month

Testing

1.14 Allow lump sum for supplying specimens ,samples of

materials used and carrying out tests etc. confirm to

relevant British Standards as directed by the Engineer.

1.0 Item

Surveying

1.15 Carry out pre-construction, post construction and

interim surveys for breakwater other marine

construction area of permanent works. The survey

shall be carried out by a qualified hydrographic

surveyor approved by the Engineer according to the

1.0 Item

surveyor approved by the Engineer according to the

specification provided and jointly with the Engineer

and the survey shall be approved by the Survey

Department, Sri Lanka.Rate shall include for

Transferring of Mean Sea Level to the site from

Survey Department Bench Mark location and provide

certificate from survey department.

1.17 Supply, installation and measuring tide levels and

wind (speed and Direction) during the construction

period and handed over the data monthly to the

Project management unit.

6.0 month

Temporary works

1.18 Allow lump sum for supplying, installation ,

maintenance and removal of weigh bridge with all

necessary items as per the Engineer's instruction to

complete.

1.0 Item

1.19 Maintain stock piles yards and allocate a store keeper

as per the Engineer's instructions

1.0 Item

Page8/28


BILL OF QUANTTIES


ITEM


RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.

1.20 Improvement, maintenance and reinstatement on all

access roads, internal roads including structures and

bridges used for the contract as access and haul roads

under the inspection of the relevant authorities (Rate

shall include for maintaining road surface until

handling over to RDA/ Provincial Road Authorities

with certificate of satisfaction from relevant

authorities.)

1.0 Item

1.21 Provide lump sum for manufacture ,erection and

maintenance of Name Board to the Approvals of the

Employer (Size 3600mm x1800mm)

1.0 Item

Method related works

1.22 Allow lump sum for mobilization and demobilization

of all plants and machineries including heavy

machineries etc.

1.0 Item

machineries etc.

1.23 Provide for provision of photographs , progress charts

, progress records , schedule of working / shop

drawings , bar schedule, monthly progress reports

complete as specified etc.

12.0 month

1.24 Provide lump sum for necessary protective fencing ,

hoarding etc. complete as specified.

1.0 Item

1.25 Provide lump sum for necessary warning notices ,

adequate night lighting etc.

1.0 Item

1.26 Provide lump sum for removal of all rubbish & debris

and clearing up site on completion, leaving all in good

order and handing over.

1.0 Item

Contractor' facilities

1.27 Provide lump sum for construct, maintain and removal

of Contractor' s office.includng sanitary facilities.

1.0 Item

Page8/29


BILL OF QUANTTIES


ITEM


RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.


of Contractor' s staff accommodation.

1.0 Item


of Contractor' s labour accommodation including

sanitary facilities.

1.0 Item

1.30 Provide lump sum to construct ,maintain and removal

of protection and storage of materials and plant.

1.0 Item

1.31 Provide lump sum to construct , maintain and removal

of for workshops.

1.0 Item

1.32 Allow for providing safety and health facilities for

Contractors staff and labour.

12.0 month

Services

1.33 Provide lump sum for temporary electricity supply for

the Works including all necessary distribution within

the site and back up generator complete as specified.

1.0 Item

1.34 Provide lump sum for temporary water supply and all

necessary distribution within the site .

1.0 Item

1.35 Allow lump sum for obtaining all necessary approvals

from local authorities for proper execution and

completion of Works.

1.0 Item

1.36 Provide security and safeguarding the Works,

Material and Plant against damage, vandalism, and

trespass.

12.0 month

TOTAL CARRIED TO MAIN SUMMARY

Page8/30

Bill N0 - 02 BREAKWATER REHABILITATION

ITEM

NOITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY

RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.

General

The bidder shall read, understand and acquaint

himself with the requirements in the Conditions of

Contract, Contract Data, Instruction to Bidders,

Bidding Data, Form of Bid, General Specifications,

Particular Specifications of Works, Drawings,

General Notes, Pricing Preambles, and other

relevant documents of local statutory requirements

prior to pricing each of the following items. It is the

bidder's responsibility to see that his price includes

for complying with all the above requirements

whether specifically referred to in this Bill of

Quantities or otherwise.

Note

As per the Cabinet Decision dated 14 12.2020 for

the Cabinet Memorandum No.

CM/20/1852/317/012 " Solution for Quarrying

Note


BILL OF QUANTTIES

CM/20/1852/317/012 " Solution for Quarrying

Industry carried out in Government Lands" dated

13.11.2020 ,the Caninet of Minsters has granted the

approval to obtain pre-data of the lands which are

recommended for the excavation of granite,at the

same timeof calling application for the procurement

of granite for large scale development projects.

2.1 MAIN BREAKWATER

2.1.1 Supply and place rock, as core material, grading

class 1kg to 100kg; all in accordance with drawings

and specifications

m3 4800

2.1.2 Supply and place rock, under layer material, grading

class 0.1t to 0.2t; all in accordance with drawings

and specifications

m3 3500

2.1.3 Supply and place rock , Primary materials, grading

class 1t to 2 t; all in accordance with drawings and

specifications

m3 8600

Page 8/31

Bill N0 - 02 BREAKWATER REHABILITATION

ITEM


RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.


BILL OF QUANTTIES

2.2 SECONDRY BREAKWATER

2.2.1 Supply and place rock, under layer material, grading

class 1kg to 25kg; all in accordance with drawings

and specifications

m3 300

2.3 NAVIGATION LIGHT

2.3.1 Supply and Install Beacon (Navigation) lights (as

per specifications) at harbour entrance on support

structure and surrounding lockable chain linked

fence as shown in drawings. Rate shall include all

necessary accessories, all civil works related to

construction of supporting structure and lockable

gate & fence, required spare parts for 3 years

complete as directed.

nr 2

Total of Bill No. 2 Carried to Summary

Page 8/32

BILL OF QUANTTIES

Bill N0 - 03 NEW QUAY WALL CONSTRUCTION

ITE

M ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY

RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.

General






General Notes, Pricing Preambles, and other relevant

documents of local statutory requirements prior to

pricing each of the following items. It is the bidder's

responsibility to see that his price includes for

complying with all the above requirements whether

specifically referred to in this Bill of Quantities or

otherwise.

Note

3 EARTHWORKS

Reclamation


Reclamation

3.1 Transporting, placing and compacting of suitable

dredged material from Karainagar complete all in

accordance with the Drawings and Specifications .(

Provisional)

m3 500

3.2 Filling in general, compaction using dredged martial

; all in accordance with drawings and specifications

m3 1320

IN SITU CONCRETE

Concrete

Grade 15 (20mm) screed concrete; all in accordance

with drawings and specifications.

3.3 100mm thick under deck slab m3 12.0

3.4 50mm thick under drain m3 0.8

Page8/33

BILL OF QUANTTIES


ITE


RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.


Grade 25 (20mm) mass concrete; all in accordance

with drawings and specifications.

3.5 Deck slab, 350mm thick m3 35

Grade 40 (20mm) reinforced concrete; all in

accordance with drawings and specifications.

3.6 Deck slab, 200mm thick, to slope m3 44

3.7 Capping beam m3 14

3.8 Wall, 150mm thick m3 2

3.9 Drain base and wall, 100mm thick m3 4

FormworkFormwork

Formwork; all in accordance with drawings and

specifications

3.10 Sides of capping beams m2 38

3.11 Sides of walls m2 14

3.12 Sides of drain walls m2 39

Reinforcement

High Yield Tor steel/ mild steel bar reinforcement;

all in accordance with drawings and specifications

3.13 Deck slab t 6.0

3.14 Capping beam t 1.0

3.15 Walls t 1.0

3.16 Drain base and wall t 0.4

Page8/34

BILL OF QUANTTIES


ITE


RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.


Joints

3.17 Expansion joint including steel bars, steel shamper,

joint filling to complete; all in accordance with

drawings and specifications

m 30

PRECAAST CONCRETE

3.18 Precast concrete slab, size 2100x1250xx250mm

fixed in position including all the accessories; all in

accordance with drawings and specifications

nr 14

QUAY FURNITURE

Bollard, cat iron, 3 t, including footing,

reinforcement holding down bolts, washers, nuts and

all other accessories to complete; all in accordance all other accessories to complete; all in accordance

with drawings and specifications

3.19 Quay walls nr 10

Tyre fenders, 900 mm diameter, including chains ,

pipes, hooks, nut and bolts fixed in position to

complete; all in accordance with drawings and

specifications

3.20 To new quay wall nr 20

MISCELLANEOUS WORK

Gabion foundation

3.21Supply and place rock , grading class 10 to 600kg;

all in accordance with drawings and specificationsm3 180

Page8/35

BILL OF QUANTTIES


ITE


RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.


Gabion wall

Gabion boxes with cages, rock filling, fixed in

position to complete ; all in accordance with


3.22 Size 1.0m x 1.0m x 0.5m nr 130.00

3.23 Size 2.0m x 1.0m x 0.5m nr 259.00

3.24 Size 0.75m x 1.0m x 0.5m nr 130.00

Filter fabric

3.25 Geotextile in gabion wall fixed in position to

complete ; all in accordance with drawings and

specifications

m2 158.00

Drain coverDrain cover

3.26 6mm thickx300 mm wide cheeker plate drain cover

with hot dipped galvanized steel framem 30.00

Dowels

3.27 20mm diameter hot dipped galvanized dowels fixed

in positionnr 150

Total of Bill No. 3 Carried to Summary

Page8/36


ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT (LKR)

SUB - SUMMARY

04A EXCAVATION AND EARTH WORK

04B CONCRETE WORK

04C MASONRY WORK

04D WATERPROOFING

04E WOOD WORK

04F ROOF COVERING & ROOF PLUMBING

04GPLUMBING AND SANITARY INSTALLATION

04 HAIR-CONDITIONING INSTALLATION

BILL NO 04 - MANAGER'S QUARTERS

BILL OF QUANTTIES

04J INTERNAL FIRE PROTECTION AND

DETECTION SYSTEM

04K ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

04L FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING FINISHES

04M PAINTING AND DECORATION


Page 8/37




BILL OF QUANTTIES

General






General Notes, Pricing Preambles, and other relevant

documents of local statutory requirements prior to

pricing each of the following items. It is the bidder's

responsibility to see that his price includes for

complying with all the above requirements whether

specifically referred to in this Bill of Quantities or

otherwise.

Note

04A EXCAVATION & EARTH WORK04A EXCAVATION & EARTH WORK

Site clearing / preparation

04A.1 Clearing site from all debris and removal of top soil

up to 150mm including all bushes and other

vegetation away from the site (Measured building

perimeter area only); all in accordance with drawings

and specifications and pricing preambles

m2 115

Excavating

Excavation, any material excluding rock requiring

blasting, back filling using selected excavated

materials and compactions, levelling and compacting

the bottom of excavation and earth work supports ; all

in accordance with drawings and specifications.

04A.2 For reduce level , 100mm thick m3 5

04A.3 For column pits m3

28

04A.4 For foundation trench m3

15

Page 8/38




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Filling

Imported hard earth filling, well rammed and

consolidated to achieve 95% maximum dry density.

04A.5 To make up levels, under ground slab, 300mm layers m3 10

Surface Treatment

04A.6 Anti termite treatment "Biflex, John piper, lankem" or

equivalent shall be in accordance with the

manufacturers specifications by an approved

specialist pest control contractor and pest control

contractor shall submit a guarantee for a minimum of

10 years from the date of handing over of the project.

The said guarantee certificate must be in the name of

m2 115

The said guarantee certificate must be in the name of

the employer. (method statement, technical literature,

specimen warrantee to be submitted with the bid)

TOTAL FOR EXCAVATION AND EARTH

WORK CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/39




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04B CONCRETE WORK

IN SITU CONCRETE

Work up to the structural floor level of ground

floor

Mass Concrete poured in to ground.

50mm thick, Grade 15 blinding concrete in the

followings

04B.1 Under column footing m2 16

04B.2 Under wall foundation m2 61

Reinforced concrete

Grade 30 reinforced concrete in the followingsGrade 30 reinforced concrete in the followings

04B.3 In column footing m3 4

04B.4 In retaining wall m3 10

04B.5 In column shaft m3 1

04B.6 In tie beams m3 5

04B.7 In stair case m3 0.50

Work above structural floor level of ground floor

Rate shall include for BRC mesh Note

04B.8 In beds - Ground floor m3 17.90

Page 8/40




BILL OF QUANTTIES

From Ground floor

Grade 30 reinforced concrete in the followings

04B.9 In Ground Floor columns m3 5

04B.10 In First Floor columns m3 5

04B.11 Slab on ground floor, 100 mm thick, to slope m3 12

04B.12 Slab on first floor, 100 mm thick, to slope m3 13

04B.13 In first floor beams m3 8

04B.14 In roof beam m3 6

04B.15 In Lintels m3 0.50

04B.16 in stair case m3 2.50

FORMWORK

FORMWORK to receive smooth concrete surface on

removal of the formwork unless specified elsewhere.Note


floor

Sides of Foundation, plain vertical

04B.17 In column footing m2 67

04B.18 In column shaft m2 11

04B.19 In wall foundation m2 81

04B.20 In tie beams m2 59

04B.21 in stair case m2 2

Page 8/41




BILL OF QUANTTIES


From Ground floor

04B.22 In sides of columns m2 92

04B.23 In roof beam m2 44

04B.24 in first floor slab m2 106

04B.25 first floor beam m2 33

04B.26 In toilet wall kicker m2 10

04B.27 In lintels m2 21

04B.2804B.28 stair case m2 12

REINFORCEMENT

Rates shall include for cutting, bending, fabricating,

placing in position, holding and supporting including

temporary fixing supports, hangers and binding wire.Note


floor

Tor/Mild steel reinforcements bars to the followings.

04B.29 In column footing Kg 136

04B.30 In column shaft Kg 375

04B.31 In tie beams Kg 512

04B.32 In retaining wall Kg 660

Page 8/42




BILL OF QUANTTIES


From Ground floor

Tor / Mild steel reinforcements bars to the

followings.

04B.33 In columns Kg 1,440

04B.34 In beams Kg 910

04B.35 In slab Kg 1,102

04B.36 In roof beam Kg 925

04B.37 In lintels Kg 200

04B.38 In stair case Kg 150

TOTAL FOR CONCRETE WORK CARRIED

TO SUMMARY

Page 8/43




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04C MASONRY WORKS

Masonry wall rates shall include for stiffer columns

and beams as specified in the Drawings,

Specifications and applicable standards Note


floor

Rubble work

04C.1 Random rubble masonry work in cement and sand 1:5

mortar in ramp, steps foundation.

m3 31

Block Walls

04C.2 100 mm thick vertical hollow block work in cement

and sand 1:5 mortar as per the Drawings and

Specifications.

m2 355

TOTAL OF MASONRY WORKS CARRIED TO

SUMMARY

Page 8/44




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04D WATER PROOFING

Up to Ground level

1000 gauge damp proof polythene membrane under

floors and where excavated surfaces are in contact,

with minimum 150 mm end and side laps, measured

net to the followings.

04D.1 Below base slabs m2 95

Waterproofing system by an approved specialist sub

contractor and waterproofing application strictly in

accordance with the manufacturers specifications.

04D.2 Toilet floors m2 14

04D.3 Toilet walls , 1500mm high m2 45

TOTAL FOR WATER PROOFING WORK

CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/45




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04E WOOD WORK

Carpentry

Roof frameworks

Hardwood timber,Class 01 ( shall approved by the

Engineer) including wood preservatives, treatments,

plates, nails, fixing, fittings fixed in position to

complete; all in accordance with drawings and

specifications (Sizes shown are finish sizes). Rate

shall include for Prepare and apply One primenr coat

and two coats of enamel paint to exposed roof timber.

04E.1 100x150 mm timber hip rafter m 26

04E.2 200x100 timber ridge plate m 6

04E.3 100x150 mm timber purlin m 25

04E.4 75x100 timber wall plate m 42

04E.5 25x50 mm timber reapers m 420

04E.6 50x100 mm timber rafters m 180

04E.7 225x25 mm valance / barge board with painting m 42

Page 8/46




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Doors

Supply and installation of Class 01 (shall approved by

the Engineer) timber doors with solid timber

framework, solid timber door, louver panels including

all accessories and assemblies in the followings as per

the Drawings , Specifications and Pricing

preambles.Rate shall include for Prepare and apply

One primenr coat and two coats of enamel paint to

timber members.

04E.8 Type D1, overall size 900 x 2100mm nr 9

04E.9 Type D2, overall size 750 x 2100mm nr 4

04E.10 Type D, overall size 1050 x 2775mm nr 2

Windows

Supply and installation of class 01(shall approved by

the Engineer) timber window with solid timber

framework, solid timber louver panels including all

accessories and assemblies in the followings as per

the Drawings and Specifications and Pricing



timber members.

04E.11 Type W1, overall size 1200mm x1800 nr 12

04E.12 Type FL, size 600mm x1200mm with hard wood

timber framed fan light

nr 4

TOTAL FOR WOOD WORK CARRIED TO

SUMMARY

Page 8/47




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04F ROOF COVERING & ROOF PLUMBING

Roof Covering

04F.1 Calicut tile roofing laid on timber framework

(measured separately) all other accessories required to

complete; all in accordance with

drawings,specifications and pricing preambles

m2 148

Roof insulation

04F.2 Roof insulation, 6mm thick double side aluminium

foil all other accessories required to complete; all in

accordance withdrawings,specifications and pricing

preambles

m2 148

Roof ceiling

04F.3 Roof ceiling, asbestos free cement fibre board angle m2 148 04F.3 Roof ceiling, asbestos free cement fibre board angle

ceiling including painting, all other accessories

required to complete; all in accordance

withdrawings,specifications and pricing preambles

m2 148

Ridge / hip covering

04F.4 Ridge /hip covering with Calicut pattern tiles bedded

in cement & sand mortar 1:4 and coloured to match

the tiles.

m 32

Eave Gutters

04F.5 Supply and fix uPVC eave gutter, size 150x150mm,

and end caps with brackets at suitable centres' and all

necessary gutter fittings as shown in the detail

drawings

m 42

Down Pipes

04F.6 Supply and fix DN 90 rain water down pipes to wall

with P.V.C. clips @ 1200mm c/c including necessary

sockets, bends, elbows.

m 84

TOTAL FOR ROOF COVERING AND ROOF

PLUMBING CARRIED TO SUMMERY

Page 8/48




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04G PLUMBING,SANITARY INSTALLATION AND

DRAINAGE WORK

COLD WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

All uPVC shall be TYPE 1000, SLS 147 Note

Rates for all pipes shall include for pipes supports,

saddles, clips, screws, nails, hardware fixing, jointing,

materials cutting holes, chasing in brick work,

concrete etc., and making good the same in all trades

and under ground piping all necessary excavation,

backfilling, planking and strutting, concrete bedding

and hunching, dewatering and disposal of surplus

material as directed. The proposal for pipe fixing

method to be submitted for prior approval of

Engineer.

Note

All the valves and controllers to be Approved

according to the relevant drawings & specifications.Note

All the brass gate valves to be Approved equivalent

according to the relevant drawings & specificationsNote

Rate shall include vertical/horizontal bedded or

clipped to wall or buried in floor or under ground or

extra over.

Note

External services

04G.1 Connection to existing overhead water tank from

water supply network including piping, bracketing,

chasing to wall where necessary, fittings, valves,

chambers etc. to complete the work

Item 1

Page 8/49




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Main Distribution pipes

uPVC, Type 1000, pipes including fittings , bends,

branches, joints, ancillaries sleeves insulations and

fixing; as specified all in accordance with the

drawings and specifications.

04G.2 DN 50 pipes, below ground m 6



04G.5 DN 32 pipes, chased in wall m 4



Sanitary fixtures and Fittings

All types of sanitary fixtures and fittings should be

suitable for the marine environment as per the

specifications

04G.8Supply and Installation of pedestal type Wash hand

basin complete with cold water tap with waste

coupling and 40mm dia: plastic bottle trap, 20mm dia.

chromium plated flexible connection, 20mm dia angle

valve, etc. all completed to working order. (

Prime cost Rs 25,000.00/nr)

nr 2

04G.9 Supply and Installation of stainless steel, single bowl,

single drain pantry sink complete with cold water

tap and 50mm pop-up waste, 50mm dia plastic bottle

trap, 20mm dia, angle valve, etc.all in accordance


nr 2

Page 8/50




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04G.10 Supply and Installation of closed coupled Water

Closet complete with cistern fittings, seat cover, WC

connector, 20mm dia: chromium plated flexible

connection, 20mm dia: angle valve and plastic

anchors and brass screws etc. all completed to

working order. ( Prime cost Rs 42,000.00/nr)

nr 2

04G.11 Squtting toilet pan 'S or P' (accordingly) traps and

cistern of approved make and inclusive of all

connections angle valves and accessories to the work

in order ; all in accordance with drawings and

specifications

nr 2

04G.12 Bidet spray with flexible connection, angle valve to

complete work in order ; all in accordance with


nr 2

04G.13 Bib tap with angle valve to complete work in order ;


nr 4

04G.14 Shower with approved make including rain shower

head, concealed valves, taps and accessories ; all in


nr 4

04G.15 Sink tap with angle valve to complete work in order ;


nr 2

04G.16 Toilet paper holders ; all in accordance with drawings

and specifications

nr 4

Valves and Associated Fittings

Valves shall be KITZ, PEX or approved equivalent as

per Specifications. Rates shall include for all bolts,

nuts, gaskets, couplings etc. fixed into positions

Page 8/51




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Main Distribution system

50mm dia. brass gate valve nr 1

04G.17 32mm dia. Brass gate valve nr 2

04G.18 25mm dia. Brass gate valve nr 2

DRAINAGE WORKS

Sewer and Waste Water Disposal System

Pipes and fittings shall be UPVC T/600 to SLS 147, Note

04G.19 DN 110 pipes , below ground m 16



04G.22 DN 110 pipes , within floor m 3

04G.23 DN 40 pipes , within floor m 3

04G.24 DN 50 pipes , Below bench m 1

Interceptor manhole

04G.25 450x450mm interceptor manhole , depth not

exceeding 600mm complete to working order as per

detail drawing , specification and pricing preambles.

nr 1

Sewer manholes

04G.26 450x450mm sewer manhole (MH) , depth not

exceeding 600mm; complete to working order as per

detail drawing , specification and pricing preambles.

nr 1

Page 8/52




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Gullies

04G.27 150 x 150mm floor trap gullies (TFG) ; complete to

working order as per detail drawing , specification

and pricing preambles.

nr 4

04G.28 Construction of trapped gully (TG), size: 300 x 300

mm. Rate shall include for excavation, concrete,

formwork, piping, Grating, haunching,benching, and

all completed complete to working order as per detail

drawing , specification and pricing preambles. ( depth

not exceeding 600mm; as per details and

specification)

nr 1

04G.29Construction of Gully(G), size: 300 x 300 mm. Rate

shall include for excavation, concrete, formwork,

nr 2

shall include for excavation, concrete, formwork,

reinforcement, piping, hunching, benching, cover and

all complete to working order as per detail drawing ,

specification and pricing preambles.

Septic tank

04G.30 Pre cast septic tank , rectangular type, internal size

1400mm X 2400mm ; complete to working order all

as per drawings and specifications pricing preambles.

nr 1

Soakage pit

04G.31 Pre cast soakage pit , 1200mm dia. , depth not

exceeding 2m , with 450 X 450mm openable cover ,

surrounded with rubble packing ; all as complete to

working order as per detail drawing , specification

and pricing preambles.

nr 2

TOTAL FOR PLUMBING, SANITARY

INSTALLATION AND DRAINAGE WORK

CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/53




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04 H AIR-CONDITIONING INSTALLATION

The Bidder is requested to refer the Bill of Quantities,

General Note, Pricing Preambles, Drawing,

Specification, Conditions of Contract, Special

Conditions of Contract and other relevant documents

prior to pricing of items in this trade

Note

Rates shall include for supply, installation,

commissioning and maintaining of the following

items according to drawings, specifications and

complete to working order with all connections to the

approval of the consultant, Fire Department and other


Note

The rates shall include for providing insurance during

handling, rehandling, transport, storage until ready

installation, delivery of equipment up to the point of

installation and until handling over.

Note

All equipment shall be guaranteed for a period of 12

months from the date of commissioning.

Note

The bidder shall provide all dimension, technical

information of all necessary builders work to the

consultant in advance in relation with the programme

of work.

Note

Rates for all pipes shall include for all pipe supports,

hangers, saddles, brackets, screws, nails, tees, bends,

sockets, reducers and the like and fixing material,

cutting holes and chases in concrete brick/block work,

etc., any builders work require and making good in all

Note

All valves and fittings approved quality European or

Japanese only

Note

Page 8/54




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Testing & Commissioning of Air Conditioning and

Ventilation System is responsibility of the Contractor

Note

All pipes in and out to the building shall have flexible

connection to accommodate moment due to any

structural settlements to avoid any cracks

Note

Rate of pipe shall include fire barriers, sleeves &

other material as specified when passing through wall

or met with an other services.

Note

Bidder shall verify the quantities prior to order by

consultant

Note

Fans

All Fans Noise Level shall not be exceeded 55 dB NoteAll Fans Noise Level shall not be exceeded 55 dB

when operate the fan.

Note

All Exhaust Fans shall be made of corrosive resistant

materials including brackets

Toilet Exhaust Fans shall be complete with gravity

back draft shutter, S/S insect screen and weather

resistance louver.

Note

Toilet Exhaust Fans below 100 l/s shall be integrated

with toilet light on/off switch & separate on/off

switch shall be provided for larger Toilet Exhaust

Fans

Note

Separate on/off switch shall be provided for all

Exhaust Fans

Note

Supply, installation of Wall Mounted Exhaust Fans

including gravity back draft shutter, S/S insect screen

and weather resistance louver, electrical supply,

fixing accessories, hangers, supports, etc.

Page 8/55




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04H/1 Supply and installation of 25 l/s flow rate Wall

Mounted Exhaust Fans

nr 4.00

04H/2 Supply and installation of 50 l/s flow rate Wall

Mounted Exhaust Fans

nr 2.00

TOTAL FOR AIR-CONDITIONING

INSTALLATION CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/56




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04J INTERNAL FIRE PROTECTION AND

DETECTION SYSTEM

The bidder is requested to refer the Bill of Quantities,

general note, pricing preambles, drawing,

specification, Conditions of Contract, special

conditions of contract and other relevant documents

prior to pricing of items in this trade

Note




complete to working order with all connections to the

approval of the consultant, Fire Department and other


Note

All materials and installation shall be comply to the Note

requirements of the Fire Services Department of

Colombo Municipality, ICTAD Fire regulations

ICTAD/DEV/14 and ICTAD Specification for fire

detection, protection and suppression system

CIDA/SCA/9 in addition to the specified standards.

The rates shall include for providing insurance during

handling, rehandling, transport, storage until ready

installation, delivery of equipment up to the point of

installation and until handling over.

Note

All equipment shall be guaranteed for a period of 12

months from the date of commissioning.

Note

Page 8/57




BILL OF QUANTTIES



consultant in advance in relation with the programme

of work.

Note

Rates for all pipes shall include for all pipe supports,

hangers, saddles, brackets, screws, nails, tees, bends,

sockets, reducers and the like and fixing material,

cutting holes and chases in concrete brick/block work,

etc., any builders work require and making good in all

trades unless otherwise measured separately.

Note

All valves and fittings approved quality European or

Japanese onlyNote

All pipes in and out to the building shall have flexible

connection to accommodate moment due to any Noteconnection to accommodate moment due to any

structural settlements to avoid any cracks

Note


other material as specified when passing through wall

or met with an other services.

Note

Water connection to water /fire sump has been

measured in separatelyNote


consultant

Page 8/58




BILL OF QUANTTIES

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

Fire Extinguishers

04J1 Supply and Installation of fully charged Water

(H2O) Portable Fire Extinguisher 9Liter capacity,

13A fire test rating, CO2 cartridge type, shall comply

to BS EN 3 standards complete with metal bracket

fixed on to wall

nr 1.00

04J2 Supply and Installation fully charged of 3kg CO2

Portable Fire Extinguisher, shall comply to BS EN

3 standards complete with metal bracket fixed on to

wall

nr 1.00

Fire Blanket

Fire Blanket shall be manufactured from woven NoteFire Blanket shall be manufactured from woven

glass fabric, coated on both sides with white silicon

rubber, fully tested in accordance with BS EN 1869

and shall be supplied with rigid, self extinguishing

PVC or stainless steel container mounted to wall

Note

Fire Blanket shall be confirm to BS EN 1869 &

material tested to BS 476 parts 4 and 7. Minimum

Size of the Blanket shall be 1.80m x 1.250m & shall

be supplied in a white container suitable for wall

mounting.

04J3 Supply and Installation of Fire Blanket nr 2.00

Any other item

04J4 Allow for any other item necessary for the

satisfactory completion of the system but not included

above(submit details with the tender)

ps 1.00

TOTAL FOR INTERNAL FIRE PROTECTION

AND DETECTION SYSTEM CARRIED TO

SUMMARY

Page 8/59




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04 K ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

The Bidder is requested to refer the General Note,

Pricing preambles, Drawings, Specifications,

Conditions of Contract and other relevant documents

prior to pricing of the following items.

Note

For the full description of materials and workmanship

refer specifications, drawings and preamble notes

Note

A - PREAMBLE NOTES

EXTENT OF WORK

The extent of work covered in this Bill of Quantities

shall consists of all the items covered under the

Note

shall consists of all the items covered under the

specifications.

Rates for all items shall be inclusive of the following.

a) Provisions of holes, chases….etc.

b) All necessary scaffoldings

c) Contractor's overheads & profits

MAIN SERVICE CONNECTION

It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to do all

the necessary co-ordination work with regards to

obtaining of the electrical power connections from the

Relevant Authorities .

Note

Page 8/60




BILL OF QUANTTIES

WIRING IN GENERAL

All the wiring work done under this contract shall

conform to BS 7671: 2008 - IEE wiring regulations-

17th Edition and any other regulations stipulated by

the Relevant Authorities.

Note

Rate for point wiring shall include for all the

conduits, conduit fittings, casings, fixing material,

switches, wiring and terminations, holders for light

fittings and socket outlets for power points.

Note

As a standard of quality for switches and socket

outlets, the contractor may use Clipsal, ABB,

Siemens, orange or an equivalent make.

Note

LIGHT FITTINGSLIGHT FITTINGS

The light fittings supplied and installed under this

contract shall be in every respect suitable for the

intended purpose.

Note

Each fitting shall include bulbs, internal wiring,

hanging and fixing material and be complete without

any additional item/material being required to make it

so.

Note

PANEL BOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR

The metal clad panel boards supplied and installed

under this contract shall be complete with all the

requires accessories such as neutral bars, earth bars,

fixing material……etc.as per the specification.

Note

The following may be used as a standard of quality

expected in this project.

Enclosures - ' ELSTEEL' or equivalent

MCCBs - 'ABB/TEMBREAK' or equivalent Note

Page 8/61




BILL OF QUANTTIES

EARTHING

Rates for the earthing system shall include for all the

wiring from individual DBs to a common earth bar

and from there to the earth pit including construction

of the pit, concrete cover…….etc.

Note

04 K 11X2CX6mm² Cu/PVC/PVC (from meter to DB-MQ) m 18

04 K.21C x 16mm2 CU/ECC cable from DB-MQ- to

Earthingm 6

04 K.3

To supply and install IP 54 enclosed Distribution

Board including following accessories as per the

drawings & specifications.drawings & specifications.

1x 32A/2P/MCB

1x 40A/DP/ RCD(30mA) nr 2

5 x 16A/SP/MCB

3 x 6A/SP/MCB

Phase indicator

Surge Protective Device

Wall mounting enclosed distribution board with

Earth bar & mounting accessories.

Power

Final Sub-Circuits including all necessary conduits,

trunking, cables and wires, terminations, fittings,

04 K.4 13Amp Switched socket outlet nr 26

04 K.5 13Amp Switched socket outlet at High Level nr 4

04 K.6 5A Switched socket outlet nr 2

Page 8/62




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Light fittings and fans

04 K.7 Wall mounted outdoor type light (IP65) nr 5

04 K.8 Wall mounted indoor type light (IP54) nr 3

04 K.9 Surface/Pendent type down light (IP54) nr 34

04 K.10 Aluminium blade wall fan nr 2

04 K.11 Aluminium blade ceiling fan nr 6

TOTAL FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/63




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04L FLOOR /WALL FINISHES

Floor finishes

600 X 600 mm homogenous ceramic floor tiles in an

approved color and quality including 25 mm thick 1:3

cement sand bedding and pointing with recommended

tile adhesives and grout to match the color of tiles

laid; all in accordance with drawings and

specifications (PC rate for 600x600mm tile Rs.

1200.00)

04L.1 To floor m2 180

Homogeneous ceramic tiles, size 600x300mm in

approved color and quality including 18mm thick 1:3

cement and sand bedding and pointing (P.C - Rs.

750.00 per 600x300mm tile); all in accordance with750.00 per 600x300mm tile); all in accordance with


04L.2 To Toilet floors m2 12

Skirting

homogeneous floor tile skirting ; all as per drawings

04L.3 100mm high m 120

Wall Finishes

Internal Finishes

20mm thk. cement and sand 1:3 mortar finished

smooth with wood float on internal walls; all in


04L.4 To walls m2 300

Page 8/64




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Homogeneous ceramic tiles, size 600x300mm in

approved color and quality including 18mm thick 1:3

cement and sand bedding and pointing (P.C - Rs.

750.00 per 600x300mm tile); for all in accordance


04L.5 To Toilet walls m2 42

300mm X 300mm size tiles , 1:3 cement sand

bedding , jointing and pointing; all in accordance with

drawings and specifications (PC rate for 300x300mm

tile Rs. 300.00)

04L.6 To vanity tops m2 2

External Finishes

20mm thk. cement and sand 1:3 mortar finished semi20mm thk. cement and sand 1:3 mortar finished semi

rough with wood float on external walls; all in


04L.7 To walls m2 248

TOTAL FOR FLOOR, WALL AND FINISHES

CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/65




BILL OF QUANTTIES

04M PAINTING WORK

Internal

Prepare surface and finish smooth with wall putty,

apply one coats of alkali resistant primer and two

coats of emulsion paint ; all in accordance with


04M.1 Plastered walls m2 300

External

Prepare surface and apply two coats of wall filler and

two coats of weather shield paint ; all in accordance


04M.2 Plastered walls m2 248

TOTAL FOR PAINTING WORK CARRIED TO

SUMMARY

Page 8/66


05A/ EXCAVATION AND EARTH WORK

05B/ CONCRETE WORK

05C/ MASONRY WORK

05/D WATERPROOFING

05E/ WOOD WORKS

05F/ ROOF COVERING AND PLUMBING

05G/ PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE SYSTEM

05H/ AIR-CONDITIONING INSTALLATION

BILL NO 05 - BACHELOR'S QUARTERS


BILL OF QUANTTIES


05J/ INTERNAL FIRE PROTECTION AND

DETECTION SYSTEM

05K/ ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

05L/

FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING FINISHES

05M/ PAINTING AND DECORATION


Page 8/67




BILL OF QUANTTIES

General




Bidding Data, Form of Bid, General

Specifications, Particular Specifications of Works,

Drawings, General Notes, Pricing Preambles, and

other relevant documents of local statutory

requirements prior to pricing each of the following

items. It is the bidder's responsibility to see that his

price includes for complying with all the above

requirements whether specifically referred to in

this Bill of Quantities or otherwise.

Note

05A/ EXCAVATION & EARTH WORK

Site clearing / preparation

05A/.1 Clearing site from all debris and removal of top

soil up to 150mm including all bushes and other

vegetation away from the site (Measured building

perimeter area only); all in accordance with

drawings and specifications.

m2 50

Excavation

Excavation, any material excluding rock requiring

blasting, back filling using selected excavated

materials and compactions, levelling and

compacting the bottom of excavation and earth

work supports ; all in accordance with drawings

and specifications.

05A/.2 For reduce level , 100mm thick m3 8

05A/.3 For column pits m3 15

05A/.4 For foundation trench m3 12

Page 8/68




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Filling

Imported hard earth filling, well rammed and

consolidated to achieve 95% maximum dry

density.

05A/.5 To make up levels, under ground slab, 300mm

layersm

3 12

Surface Treatment

05A/.6 Anti termite treatment "Biflex, John piper, lankem"

or equivalent shall be in accordance with the

manufacturers specifications by an approved

specialist pest control contractor and pest control

contractor shall submit a guarantee for a minimumcontractor shall submit a guarantee for a minimum

of 10 years from the date of handing over of the

project. The said guarantee certificate must be in

the name of the employer. (method statement,

technical literature, specimen warrantee to be

submitted with the bid)

m2 50

TOTAL FOR EXCAVATION AND EARTH

WORK CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/69




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05B/ CONCRETE WORK

IN SITU CONCRETE


floor

Mass Concrete poured in to ground.

Insitu mass concrete (15 N/mm2-20mm) screed,

poured into ground; all in accordance with


05B/.1 50mm thick, column footing, masonry foundation

and tie beams m2 31

Insitu reinforced concrete (30 N/mm2- 20mm)

poured into formwork; all in accordance withpoured into formwork; all in accordance with


05B/.2 Slab on ground, 100 mm thick, to slope m3 5

05B/.3 Column bases m3 3

05B/.4 Column up to tie beams m3 1

05B/.5 Tie beams m3 3

Insitu reinforced concrete (30 N/mm2- 20mm)

poured into formwork; all in accordance with


05B/.6 Columns up to Beams m3 2

05B/.7 Beams m3 3

05B/.8 Columns in the upper floor m3 2

Page 8/70




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05B/.9 First floor m3 8

05B/.10 Roof beamsm

3 2

stair case

05B/.11 Base of the stair casem3 1

05B/.12 steps m3 2

05B/.13 Landing beam with landing step m3 1

FORMWORK

Plain plywood formwork; all in accordance with


05B/.14 Sides of column bases m2 12

05B/.15 Sides of columns up to tie beams m2 11

05B/.16 Sides of tie beam m2 18

Plain plywood formwork; all in accordance with


05B/.17 Sides of columns m2 62

05B/.18 sides of beams m2 36

05B/.19 Soffit of slab m2 64

05B/.20 Sides of roof beams m2

15

05B/.21 staircase m2 11

Page 8/71




BILL OF QUANTTIES

REINFORCEMENT

High yield and mild steel reinforcement bars; all

in accordance with drawings and specifications

05B/.22 In slab on ground Kg 102

05B/.23 In column bases Kg 104

05B/.24 In columns up to tie beams Kg 127

05B/.25 In tie beams Kg 168

05B/.26 stairs foundation Kg 21

High yield and mild steel reinforcement bars; all


05B/.27 In columns Of first floor Kg 205

05B/.28 in columns of second floor Kg 208

05B/.29 In lintels Kg 100

05B/.30 In beams Kg 498

05B/.31 In slab of first floor Kg 678

05B/.32 In roof beams Kg 168

05B/.33 Stair case Kg 110

05B/.34 In vanities Kg 50

TOTAL FOR CONCRETE WORK CARRIED

TO SUMMARY

Page 8/72




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05C/ MASONRY WORKS

Rubble work

05C/.1 Random rubble (150 x 225mm size) masonry wall

foundation in cement and sand 1:5 mortar ; all in

accordance with drawings and specifications. m3 12

Block work

05C/.2 150mm thick cement hollow block wall in cement

and sand 1:5 mortar ; all in accordance with

drawings and specificationsm

2 240

TOTAL OF MASONRY WORKS CARRIED

TO SUMMARY

05/D WATER PROOFING

Damp proof membrane; all in accordance with


05/D.1 Polythene, 1000 gauge m2 46

Waterproofing system by an approved specialist

sub contractor and waterproofing application

strictly in accordance with the manufacturers

specifications.

05/D.2 Toilet floors m2 7

05/D.3 Toilet walls , 1500mm high m2 22

05/D.4 Balconys / Terrace m2 7

TOTAL FOR WATER PROOFING WORK

CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/73




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05E/ WOOD WORKS

Carpentry

Roof frameworks

Hardwood timber,Class 01 ( shall approved by the

Engineer) including wood preservatives,

treatments, plates, nails, fixing, fittings fixed in

position to complete; all in accordance with

drawings and specifications (Sizes shown are

finish sizes). Rate shall include for Prepare and

apply One primenr coat and two coats of enamel

paint to exposed roof timber.

05E/.1 200x100 timber ridge plate m 11

05E/.2 75x100 timber wall plate m 22

05E/.3 50x100 timber rafters m 135

05E/.4 225x25 mm valance / barge board with painting m 22

05E/.5 200x100 timber studs m 2

Doors

Supply and installation of Class 01 (shall approved

by the Engineer) timber doors with solid timber

framework, solid timber door, louver panels

including all accessories and assemblies in the

followings as per the Drawings , Specifications

and Pricing preambles.Rate shall include for

Prepare and apply One primenr coat and two coats

of enamel paint to timber members.

05E/.6 Single sash timber door D, Overall size

1050mmx2775mm nr 1

Page 8/74




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05E/.7 Single sash timber door D1, overall size

900mmx2100mm nr 3

05E/.8 Single sash timber door D2 overall size

750mmx2100mm) nr 3

Windows

Supply and installation of class 01(shall approved

by the Engineer) timber window with solid timber

framework, solid timber louver panels including all

accessories and assemblies in the followings as per

the Drawings and Specifications and Pricing



timber members.

05E/.9 Type W1, overall size 1200mm x 1800mm with

hard wood timber framed glazed window

nr 5

05E/.10 Type FL, overall size 600mm x 1200mm with had

wood timber framed fan light

nr 2

05E/.11 Type FW1, overall size 1500mm x2775mm, Two

Bay floor window with had wood timber

nr 2

05E/.12 Type LP1, overall size 750mm x1200mm, Two

Bay floor window with had wood timber

nr 1

TOTAL FOR WOOD WORKS CARRIED TO

SUMMARY

Page 8/75




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05F/ ROOF COVERING & ROOF PLUMBING

Roof Covering

05F/.1 Calicut tile roofing laid on timber framework

(measured separately) all other accessories

required to complete; all in accordance with

drawings,specifications and pricing preambles

m2 84

Roof insulation

05F/.2 Roof insulation, 6mm thick double side aluminium

foil all other accessories required to complete; all

in accordance withdrawings,specifications and

m2 84

in accordance withdrawings,specifications and

pricing preambles

Roof ceiling

05F/.3 Roof ceiling, asbestos free cement fibre board

angle ceiling including painting, all other

accessories required to complete; all in accordance

withdrawings,specifications and pricing preambles

m2 84

TOTAL FOR ROOF COVERING AND

PLUMBING CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/76




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05G/

PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE SYSTEM

COLD WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

All uPVC shall be TYPE 1000, SLS 147 Note

Rates for all pipes shall include for pipes supports,

saddles, clips, screws, nails, hardware fixing,

jointing, materials cutting holes, chasing in brick

work, concrete etc., and making good the same in

all trades and under ground piping all necessary

excavation, backfilling, planking and strutting,

concrete bedding and hunching, dewatering and

Note

concrete bedding and hunching, dewatering and

disposal of surplus material as directed. The

proposal for pipe fixing method to be submitted for

prior approval of Engineer.

All the valves and controllers to be Approved

according to the relevant drawings &

specifications.

Note

All the brass gate valves to be Approved

equivalent according to the relevant drawings &

specifications

Note

Rate shall include vertical/horizontal bedded or

clipped to wall or buried in floor or under ground

or extra over.

Note

External services

05G/.1 Connection to existing overhead water tank from

water supply network including piping, bracketing,

chasing to wall where necessary, fittings, valves,

chambers etc. to complete the work

Item 1

Page 8/77




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Pipes in trenches ground floor

05G/.2 Supply and install 50 mm dia uPVC pipe m 15




05G/.6 Supply and install of water meter nr 1

Internal services

05G/.7 Supply and install 20 mm dia uPVC pipe m 22 05G/.7 Supply and install 20 mm dia uPVC pipe m 22



Valves and ancillaries

05G/.10 Supply and install of 50mm" dia: brass gate valve

with valve chamber all completed as per detailed

standard drawing and as directed.

nr 1

05G/.11 Supply and install of 20mm" dia: angle valve with

all completed as per detailed standard drawing and

as directed.

nr

14

Page 8/78




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Sanitary fittings and accessories

Supply and install sanitary fittings and accessories

complete with Traps, flow regulators, CP Angle

valves, flexible connections, Plumbing Accessories

inclusive of all connections to drainage, in

accordance with specifications and drawings.

Note

05G/.12 Supply and Installation of closed coupled Water

Closet complete with cistern fittings, seat cover,

WC connector, 20mm dia: chromium plated

flexible connection, 20mm dia: angle valve and

plastic anchors and brass screws etc. all completed

to working order. ( Prime cost Rs 42,000.00/nr)

nr 2

05G/.13Supply and Installation of pedestal type Wash

hand basin complete with cold water tap with

waste coupling and 40mm dia: plastic bottle trap,

20mm dia. chromium plated flexible connection,

20mm dia angle valve, etc. all completed to

working order. ( Prime cost Rs 25,000.00/nr)

nr 2

05G/.14 Supply and Installation of stainless steel, single

bowl, single drain pantry sink complete with cold

water tap and 50mm pop-up waste, 50mm dia

plastic bottle trap, 20mm dia, angle valve, etc. all

completed to working order.

nr 1

05G/.15Supply and installation of shower head, including

bath mixture all completed to working order.

nr 2

Accessories

05G/.16 Supply and Installation of bidet spray with 25mm"

dia chromium plated angle valve

nr 2

Page 8/79




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05G/.17Supply and Installation of chromium plated soap

tray fixed with chromium plated brass screws

nr 4

05G/.18Supply and Installation of chromium plated toilet

paper holders with chromium plated brass screws

nr 2

05G/.19 Supply and Installation of mirror, size:

600x900mm

nr 2

05G/.20 Supply and Installation of chromium plated bid

tap with chromium plated brass screws

nr 4

Soil, waste and storm water systemSoil, waste and storm water system

Pipes and fittings shall be UPVC T/600 to SLS

147, Make S-Lon, Anton or

equivalent.horizontal,including supports and

fitting; all in accordance with drawings and

specifications.

Note

Internal system





05G/.25Supply and install inlet & outlet four way PVC

trapped floor gully complete with PVC grating. nr 8

Page 8/80




BILL OF QUANTTIES

External system

05G/.26 Connecting Sewer & waste water system to main

sewer & waste water network.Item 1

Pipes in trenches





Manholes and gulliesManholes and gullies

05G/.31Construction of manhole, size: 600 x 600 mm.

Rate shall include for excavation, concrete,

formwork, reinforcement, piping, hunching,

benching, cover and all completed as per detailed

standard drawing and as directed.

nr 5

05G/.32 Construction of trapped gully for waste water,

size: 300 x 300 mm. Rate shall include for

excavation, concrete, formwork, piping, "P" Trap ,

GI Grating, haunching,benching, and all

completed as per detailed standard drawing and as

directed.

nr 2

05G/.33Construction of catch pit for waste water, size:

300 x 300 mm. Rate shall include for excavation,

concrete, formwork, piping, "P" Trap , GI Grating,

haunching,benching, and all completed as per

detailed standard drawing and as directed.

nr 2

Page 8/81




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Extra over fittings for all floors

05G/.34 Supply and installation of 110mm dia bend nr 8

05G/.35 Supply and installation of 63mm dia bend nr 4

05G/.36 Supply and installation of 110mm dia Tee nr 3

05G/.37 Supply and installation of 63mm dia Tee nr 3

Storm water disposal system

05G/.38 Supply and installation of 100x75mm uPVC storm

water gutter, with brackets, bends, joints with all

accessories and fittings as specified and to the

approval of the Engineer.

m

46


05G/.39 Supply and installation of 100x75mm uPVC storm

water downpipes, with brackets, bends, joints with

all accessories and fittings as specified and to the


m

48

05G/.40 Supply and fixing of 300 x 300 cast iron storm

water side roof outlet

nr 2

05G/.41 Construction of rain water shoe drain as per the

detail drawings and specifications. Rate shall

include for forming the drain as per the drawing,

mass concrete fill, formwork, necessary filing and

compaction.

m

75

TOTAL FOR PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE

CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/82




BILL OF QUANTTIES


The Bidder is requested to refer the Bill of

Quantities, General Note, Pricing Preambles,

Drawing, Specification, Conditions of Contract,

Special Conditions of Contract and other relevant

documents prior to pricing of items in this trade

Note




complete to working order with all connections to

the approval of the consultant, Fire Department

and other relevant authorities.

Note


The rates shall include for providing insurance

during handling, rehandling, transport, storage

until ready installation, delivery of equipment up to

the point of installation and until handling over.

Note

All equipment shall be guaranteed for a period of

12 months from the date of commissioning.Note



consultant in advance in relation with the

programme of work.

Note

Rates for all pipes shall include for all pipe

supports, hangers, saddles, brackets, screws, nails,

tees, bends, sockets, reducers and the like and

fixing material, cutting holes and chases in

concrete brick/block work, etc., any builders work

require and making good in all trades unless

otherwise measured separately.

Note

All valves and fittings approved quality European

or Japanese onlyNote

Page 8/83




BILL OF QUANTTIES

All pipes in and out to the building shall have

flexible connection to accommodate moment due

to any structural settlements to avoid any cracksNote


other material as specified when passing through

wall or met with an other services.

Note


consultantNote

Fans

All Fans Noise Level shall not be exceeded 55 dB

when operate the fan. Note

All Exhaust Fans shall be made of corrosive

resistant materials including brackets

Toilet Exhaust Fans shall be complete with gravity

back draft shutter, S/S insect screen and weather

resistance louver.

Note

Toilet Exhaust Fans below 100 l/s shall be

integrated with toilet light on/off switch & separate

on/off switch shall be provided for larger Toilet

Exhaust Fans

Note

Separate on/off switch shall be provided for all

Exhaust Fans

Note

Page 8/84




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Exhaust Fan

Supply, installation of Wall Mounted Exhaust

Fans including gravity back draft shutter, S/S

insect screen and weather resistance louver,

electrical supply, fixing accessories, hangers,

supports, etc.

05H/.1 Supply and installation of 25 l/s flow rate Wall

Mounted Exhaust Fansnr 4

05H/.2 Supply and installation of 50 l/s flow rate Wall

Mounted Exhaust Fansnr 2

TOTAL FOR AIR-CONDITIONING TOTAL FOR AIR-CONDITIONING


05J/ INTERNAL FIRE PROTECTION AND

DETECTION SYSTEM

The bidder is requested to refer the Bill of

Quantities, general note, pricing preambles,

drawing, specification, Conditions of Contract,

special conditions of contract and other relevant

documents prior to pricing of items in this trade

Note




complete to working order with all connections to

the approval of the consultant, Fire Department


Note

Page 8/85




BILL OF QUANTTIES

All materials and installation shall be comply to the

requirements of the Fire Services Department of

Colombo Municipality, ICTAD Fire regulations

ICTAD/DEV/14 and ICTAD Specification for fire

detection, protection and suppression system

CIDA/SCA/9 in addition to the specified

standards.

Note

The rates shall include for providing insurance

during handling, rehandling, transport, storage

until ready installation, delivery of equipment up to

the point of installation and until handling over.

Note

All equipment shall be guaranteed for a period of

12 months from the date of commissioning.

Note

12 months from the date of commissioning.



consultant in advance in relation with the

programme of work.

Note

Rates for all pipes shall include for all pipe

supports, hangers, saddles, brackets, screws, nails,

tees, bends, sockets, reducers and the like and

fixing material, cutting holes and chases in

concrete brick/block work, etc., any builders work

require and making good in all trades unless

otherwise measured separately.

Note

All valves and fittings approved quality European

or Japanese only

Note

All pipes in and out to the building shall have

flexible connection to accommodate moment due

to any structural settlements to avoid any cracks

Note

Page 8/86




BILL OF QUANTTIES


other material as specified when passing through

wall or met with an other services.

Note

Water connection to water /fire sump has been

measured in separately

Note


the Engineer.

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

Fire Extinguishers

05J/.1 Supply and Installation of fully charged Water nr 1 05J/.1 Supply and Installation of fully charged Water

(H2O) Portable Fire Extinguisher 9Liter

capacity, 13A fire test rating, CO2 cartridge type,

shall comply to BS EN 3 standards complete with

metal bracket fixed on to wall

nr 1

05J/.2 Supply and Installation fully charged of 3kg CO2

Portable Fire Extinguisher, shall comply to BS

EN 3 standards complete with metal bracket fixed

on to wall

nr 1

Fire Blanket

Fire Blanket shall be manufactured from woven

glass fabric, coated on both sides with white

silicon rubber, fully tested in accordance with BS

EN 1869 and shall be supplied with rigid, self

extinguishing PVC or stainless steel container

mounted to wall

Note

Page 8/87




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Fire Blanket shall be confirm to BS EN 1869 &

material tested to BS 476 parts 4 and 7. Minimum

Size of the Blanket shall be 1.80m x 1.250m &

shall be supplied in a white container suitable for

wall mounting.

05J/.3 Supply and Installation of Fire Blanket nr 2

Any other item

05J/.4 Allow for any other item necessary for the

satisfactory completion of the system but not

included above(submit details with the tender)

Item 1

TOTAL FOR INTERNAL FIRE

PROTECTION AND DETECTION SYSTEM

CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/88




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05K/ ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

The tenderer is requested to refer the General

Note, Pricing preambles, Drawings, Specifications,

Conditions of Contract and other relevant

documents prior to pricing of the following items.

Note

For the full description of materials and

workmanship refer specifications, drawings and

preamble notes

Note

A - PREAMBLE NOTES

EXTENT OF WORK

The extent of work covered in this Bill of

Quantities shall consists of all the items covered

under the specifications.

Note

Rates for all items shall be inclusive of the

following. Note

a) Provisions of holes, chases….etc.

b) All necessary scaffoldings

c) Contractor's overheads & profits

d) All tax, levy or duty

MAIN SERVICE CONNECTION

It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to do

all the necessary co-ordination work with regards

to obtaining of the electrical power connections

from the Relevant Authorities .

Note

WIRING IN GENERAL

All the wiring work done under this contract shall

conform to BS 7671: 2008 - IEE wiring regulations-

17th Edition and any other regulations stipulated

by the Relevant Authorities.

Note

Page 8/89




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Rate for point wiring shall include for all the

conduits, conduit fittings, casings, fixing material,

switches, wiring and terminations, holders for light

fittings and socket outlets for power points.

Note

As a standard of quality for switches and socket

outlets, the contractor may use Clipsal, ABB,

Siemens, orange or an equivalent make.

Note

LIGHT FITTINGS

The light fittings supplied and installed under this

contract shall be in every respect suitable for the

intended purpose.

Note

Each fitting shall include bulbs, internal wiring, Note Each fitting shall include bulbs, internal wiring,

hanging and fixing material and be complete

without any additional item/material being required

to make it so.

Note

PANEL BOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR

The metal clad panel boards supplied and installed

under this contract shall be complete with all the

requires accessories such as neutral bars, earth

bars, fixing material……etc.as per the

specification.

Note

The following may be used as a standard of quality

expected in this project.

Enclosures - ' ELSTEEL' or equivalent

MCCBs - 'ABB/TEMBREAK' or equivalent Note

EARTHING

Rates for the earthing system shall include for all

the wiring from individual DBs to a common earth

bar and from there to the earth pit including

construction of the pit, concrete cover…….etc.

Note

Page 8/90




BILL OF QUANTTIES

SUB MAIN CABLING

05K/.1Supply, Installation and termination of 1 x 2C x

6mm2 Cu/PVC/PVC + 1C x 6mm2 CU/ECC cable

from MDB - Quarters to DB/1

m 12

05K/.2Supply, Installation and termination of 1 x 2C x

6mm2 Cu/PVC/PVC + 1C x 6mm2 CU/ECC cable

from MDB - Quarters to DB/2

m

12

05K/.3 Supply, Installation and termination of 1C x

16mm2 CU/ECC cable from MDB - Quarters to

Earthing

m

10

MAIN DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

05K/.4Main Distribution Board - MDB- Quarters

nr 1



drawings & specifications.

1x 63A/2P/MCB

1 x 40A/2P/RCD(30mA)

3 x 32A/SP/MCB

3 x 6A/SP/MCB

Phase indicator

Power Analyzer

Surge Protective Device

63A TPN & Earth Copper Bus bar System

Complete set of cable Glands for incoming and

outgoing cables


Earth bar & mounting accessories, as per IEE

Specifications.

Page 8/91




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05K/.5 DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB/1




nr 1

1 x 32A / 2P / MCB

2 x 40A/DP/ RCD(30mA

2 x 20A/SP/MCB

7 x 16A/SP/MCB

5 x 6A/SP/MCB



Specifications.

05K/.6 DISTRIBUTION BOARD - DB/2

nr 1 To supply and install IP 54 enclosed Distribution



nr 1

1 x 32A / 2P / MCB

2 x 40A/DP/ RCD(30mA

2 x 20A/SP/MCB

7 x 16A/SP/MCB

5 x 6A/SP/MCB



Specifications.

Page 8/92




BILL OF QUANTTIES

FINAL SUB CIRCUIT POINT WIRING

Rates for point wiring shall include for all cables,

switches(1 way or 2 way as necessary) junction

boxes, conduits, pull boxes, clips, earth cables,

draw wires, wiring accessories, screws, nails,

hardware, fixing and insulating materials, cutting

holes, chases, make good the same in all trades,

holders, ceiling boxes, flexible codes and any other

wiring accessories require up to the final fixing

point where ever necessary and complete with a

holder and bulb.

Note

All switches for lamp points to be Orange /Clipsal

or equivalent make in acceptable range suitable for

Note

or equivalent make in acceptable range suitable for

luxury interior. All socket outlets shall be

Orange/Clipsal or equivalent make with a

indicating bulb. All junction boxes shall be

injection moulded type. All conduits shall be in

reputed manufacture having SLS certification

acceptable to the Engineer.

All ceiling fans points wiring to be also completed

with fan hooks excluding fan and shall carry out

the mega test and any other tests with a temporary

switch and bulb with a holder at ceiling fan points

and other similar items wherever necessary. The

contractor shall forward the conduit layout plan

for prior approval of the Engineer.

Note

All lamp point wiring shall be in 2 X 1Cx1 mm2

Cu/PVC/PVC cable and 1Cx2.5mm2 protective

earth in PVC conduits including all accessories

Note

Page 8/93




BILL OF QUANTTIES

GROUND FLOOR

05K/.7 Supply and wiring of 12W(950lm) LED down light

type 02 with high efficiency electronic control

gear and required all other accessories.

nr 2




nr 4



gear and required all other accessories(IP65).

nr 4

05K/.10 Supply and wiring of 12W(910lm) LED type 06

with high efficiency electronic control gear and

required all other accessories.(IP65)

nr 6

05K/.11 Supply and wiring of 12W(950lm) wall mounted

indoor type LED light type 09 with high efficiency

electronic control gear and required all other

accessories.(IP20)

nr 8

05K/.12 Supply and wiring of type 10 wall mounted indoor

type die-cast construction, polycarbonate diffuser

suitable for use with 57W halogen (IP20.)

nr 4

05K/.13 Supply and wiring of type 11 halogen 35W metal

halide chandelier lamp made with polished

aluminum housing and canopy, stainless steel

adjustable suspension and clear acrylic rods.

nr 4

05K/.14 Supply and wiring of type 12 Decorative box

shaped pendant luminaire with powder coated steel

suspension rod suitable for use with 18W CFL

(IP20.)

nr 4

Page 8/94




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05K/.15 Supply and wiring of 44W(3800lm) 1200mm LED

light type 14 with high efficiency electronic

control gear and required all other

accessories(IP20).

nr 2

Switch socket outlet.

05K/.16Supply & install all accessories and wire with 2 x

1C x 2.5mm2 + 1C x 2.5mm2 E for 250 V, 13A

Wall mounted PN+E switch socket outlet for

general purpose use should complain to BS 1363

nr 24

05K/.17 Supply & install all accessories and wire with 2 x

1C x 2.5mm2 + 1C x 2.5mm2 E for 250 V, 13A

twin type Wall mounted PN+E switch socket

nr 4

twin type Wall mounted PN+E switch socket

outlet for general purpose use should complain to

BS 1363


1C x 2.5mm2 + 1C x 2.5mm2 E for 250 V, 13A

mounted at high level for A/C units shall be switch

by 20A /DP/switch; PN+E switch socket outlet for

general purpose use should complain to BS 1363

nr 4


1C x 2.5mm2 + 1C x 2.5mm2 E for 250 V, 13A

mounted PN+E switch socket outlet for exhaust

fan. Socket outlet shall be switched toilet light

switch.

nr 6


1C x 2.5mm2 + 1C x 2.5mm2 E for 250 V,

mounted PN+E shaver switch socket outlet with

inbuilt isolation transformer.

nr 4

Page 8/95




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Wall fan

Fan point wiring

05K/.21 Supplying all materials for wiring and wiring of

fan using 2 x 1Cx1mm2 P+N /CU/PVC Cable +1C

x 2.5mm2 PVC/CU earth cable drawn through

security concealed PVC conduits & controlled by

switched fan regulator as per the drawings and

specifications.

nr 8

Fan supply and installation

05K/.22 Supplying of fan with switched low loss fan

regulator as per the drawings and specifications.

nr 8

FIXTURES FIXTURES

The tenderer shall submit the following details of

the lamp fittings quoted for the tender

a) Make/Brand

b) Country of manufacture

c) Models quoted with reference to the catalogue

d) Name of local supplier

All lamp fittings shall be in , thorn, Phillips

fitzerrald (original makes) or equivalent

Rates shall include for energy saving bulbs in

Phillips or Osram or equivalent for lamp fittings

other than the fluorescent and spot lamps

05K/.23 Supply and fixing of 12W(950lm) LED down light



nr 2




nr 4

Page 8/96




BILL OF QUANTTIES



gear and required all other accessories(IP65).

nr 4

05K/.26 Supply and fixing of 12W(910lm) LED type 06

with high efficiency electronic control gear and

required all other accessories.(IP65)

nr 6

05K/.27 Supply and fixing of 12W(950lm) wall mounted



accessories.(IP20)

nr 6

05K/.28 Supply and fixing of 12W(950lm) wall mounted nr 2 05K/.28 Supply and fixing of 12W(950lm) wall mounted



accessories.(IP20) Emergency fitting with three

hours battery backup

nr 2

05K/.29 Supply and fixing of type 10 wall mounted indoor

type die-cast construction, polycarbonate diffuser

suitable for use with 57W halogen (IP20.)

nr

4

05K/.30 Supply and fixing of type 11 halogen 35W metal

halide chandelier lamp made with polished

aluminum housing and canopy, stainless steel

adjustable suspension and clear acrylic rods.

nr 4

05K/.31 Supply and fixing of type 12 Decorative box

shaped pendant luminaire with powder coated steel

suspension rod suitable for use with 18W CFL

(IP20.)

nr 4

05K/.32 Supply and fixing of 44W(3800lm) 1200mm LED

light type 14 with high efficiency electronic

control gear and required all other

accessories(IP20).

nr 2

Page 8/97




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Direct Lightning Protection system

Supply , Installation & Testing of complete

lightning protection system for the building as

specified and complying with (IEC

62305/2010,SLSI 1261/2004).

Note

Air Terminals

05K/.33 Supply & Installation of solid copper vertical air

finial of minimum 8mm diameter & 900 mm length

with a base.

nr 1

Roof Conductors

05K/.34 Supply & Installation of annealed copper tape of

minimum 25 mm wide x minimum 3 mm thick

using copper tape clip support at 500 mm intervals

along the roof and connect to the down conductors

m 5

along the roof and connect to the down conductors

as shown in the drawings (Rate shall include all

required exothermic joints, clamps, bonds and

fixing accessories.)

Installation arrangement of copper tapes on roof

shall be submitted with the bid.

Down Conductors

05K/.35 Supply & Installation of 16mm dia mild steel rods

as down conductor in side the selected columns as

shown in the drawing (Rate shall include all

required exothermic joints, clamps, bonds and

fixing accessories.)

m 7

05K/.36 Supply & Installation of Oblong Test Clamp

mounted in an enclosure for down conductors at

1.5m above ground level.

nr 1

Earth Termination

Rate shall include the cost for all fixing

accessories, backfilling and surface finishing

required for completion of work.

Final earth resistance value shall be less than 10

Ohms, of an individual earth rods tasted in a dry

day.

Page 8/98




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05K/.37 Supply & Installation of one number copper clad

steel earth electrode of minimum 16mm dia. and

length 1.2 m.Rate shall include rod to tape clamp

& all required accessories.

nr 1

05K/.38 Provide an earth pit of 300mm x 300mm x 200mm

with a 50mm thick removable concrete lid for each

down conductor. Rate shall include all required

accessories.

nr 1

Details of pit construction shall be submitted with

bid.

Rate shall include for installation of parallel rods

to achieve earth resistance less than 10 Ohms

where necessary.

Earth Electrode

05K/.39 Supply & Installation of one number copper clad

steel earth electrode of minimum 16mm dia. and

length 1.2 m.Rate shall include rod to tape clamp

& all required accessories.

Item 1

05K/.40 Provide an earth pit of 300mm x 300mm x 200mm

with a 50mm thick removable concrete lid for each

down conductor. Rate shall include all required

accessories.

nr 1

Details of pit construction shall be submitted with

bid.

Rate shall include for installation of parallel rods

to achieve earth resistance less than 5 Ohms where

necessary.

TOTAL FOR ELECTRICAL


Page 8/99




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05L/ FLOOR /WALL /CEILING FINISHES

Floor finishes

600 X 600 mm homogenous ceramic floor tiles in

an approved color and quality including 25 mm

thick 1:3 cement sand bedding and pointing with

recommended tile adhesives and grout to match the

color of tiles laid; all in accordance with drawings

and specifications (PC rate for 600x600mm tile Rs.

1200.00)

05L/.1 To floor m2 90

05L/.2 to steps m2 12

SkirtingSkirting

homogeneous floor tile skirting ; all as per

drawings

05L/.3 100mm high to floor m 65

05L/.4 100mm high to staircase m 10

Wall Finishes

Internal Finishes

finished smooth with Cement plaster and wall

putty on internal walls; all in accordance with


05L/.5 To walls m2 240

05L/.6 Sides of the staircase m2 1

Page 8/100




BILL OF QUANTTIES

Installation of wall tiles , 300mm X 300mm size ,

1:3 cement sand bedding , jointing and pointing; all


(PC rate for 300x300mm tile Rs. 300.00)

05L/.7 To wall m2 24

External Finishes

20mm thk. cement and sand 1:3 mortar finished

semi rough with wood float on internal walls; all in


05L/.8 To walls m2 165

TOTAL FOR FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING

FINISHES CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/101




BILL OF QUANTTIES

05M/ PAINTING AND DECORATION

Internal

05M/.1Internal paint emulsion in an approved

manufacture finish with two coats of wall putty

and apply one coat of acrylic filler and two coats

of emulsion paint to uniform colour to architect's

approved colours to the followings.

m2 610

05M/.2 Internal paint emulsion in an approved

manufacture finish with two coats of weather

shield paint including suitable primer for walls

paint to uniform colour to architect's approved

colours to the followings.

m2 86

External

05M/.3 External paint with Approved primer and three

coats of weather proof paint as per the Drawings

and Specifications

m2 344

Ceiling

05M/.4Internal paint in one coat of acrylic filler and two

coats of weather shield emulsion paint to uniform

color. as per the drawings and specifications

m2 13

05M/.5Internal paint to one coats of acrylic filler & two

coats of weather shield emulsion paint as per the

Drawings and Specifications in the followings

m2 392

05M/.6 Soffit painting with one coat of wall primer and

two coats of emulsion paint as approved by the

architect.

m2 37

TOTAL FOR PAINTING AND

DECORATION CARRIED TO SUMMARY

Page 8/102

ITEM

NO

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.

SUMMARY

06A/ EXTERNAL WORKS


06A/ EXTERNAL WORKS

Preparation of site

06A/.1 Allow for clearing site from all debris and removal of

top soil upto 150mm including all bushes and other

vegetation away from the site - building area

Item 1.00

Chain link fence

06A/.2 Construction of 1950mm high boundry fence m 500.00

BILL NO 06- EXTERNAL WORKS


BILL OF QUANTTIES

06A/.2 Construction of 1950mm high boundry fence

comprising with chian link mesh fixed to 50mm dia

hot dipped GI frame colour to be approved by the

client on top of 150mm block wall as per the detail

drawing.Rate shall include excavation

,foundation,stiffner column with footing,wall plaster

and painting etc.

m 500.00

Page 8/103

ITEM

NO


Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.



BILL OF QUANTTIES

Metal work

Main gate ( Gate 01)

06A/.3 Supply and fix Main Gate overall size

6000x2100mm, comprising with 100mmx100mm hot

dipped GI heavy duty box bar outer frame and

25x25mm hot dipped GI heavy duty box bar grills at

100mm Centers including 0.47mm thick Zn/Al colour

sheet at bottom complete as per the drawings.Rate to

include all necessary hardware for fixing and preapre

and apply one marine primer paint and two coats of

approved colour marine finishing coat compete to

suite with the marine environment .Rate shall include

for construction of columns including including

moulding , plastering and painting all complete as per

the detail drawing number LH!/ML/SF/EX/02

Item 1.00

Pedestrian gate

06A/.4 Supply and fix Pedestrian Gate ,overall size,

1400x2100mm comprising with 50mmx50mm hot


25x25mm hot dipped GI , heavy duty box bar grills at

100mm Centers including 0.47mm thick Zn/Al

colour sheet at bottom complete as per the

drawings.Rate to include all necessary hardware for

fixing and preapre and apply one marine primer paint

and two coats of approved colour marine finishing

coat compete to suite with the marine environment

.Rate shall include for construction of columns

including including moulding , plastering and painting

all complete as per the detail drawing number ........

Item 1.00

Other entrance gates

Fixing gates for service entrance near water tank and

nce near Coast guard office (GATE 2 & GATE 5)

Page 8/104

ITEM

NO


Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.



BILL OF QUANTTIES

06A/.5 Supply and fix Gate Number 2 and 5 overall size

6000x2100mm, comprising with 100mmx100mm hot


25x25mm hot dipped GI heavy duty box bar grills at

100mm Centers including 0.47mm thick Zn/Al colour

sheet at bottom complete as per the drawings.Rate to

include all necessary hardware for fixing and preapre

and apply one marine primer paint and two coats of

approved colour marine finishing coat compete to

suite with the marine environment .Rate shall include

for construction of columns including including

moulding , plastering and painting all complete as per

the detail drawing number LHI/ML/SF/EX/02

Item 2.00

Fixing gates for entrance near Quarters (GATE 3 &

GATE 4)GATE 4)

06A/.6 Supply and fixing of Gate Number 3 and 4 ,overall

size 3600x2100mm, comprising with

100mmx100mm hot dipped GI heavy duty box bar

outer frame and 25x25mm hot dipped GI heavy duty

box bar grills at 100mm Centers including 0.47mm

thick Zn/Al colour sheet at bottom complete as per

the drawings.Rate to include all necessary hardware

for fixing and preapre and apply one marine primer

paint and two coats of approved colour marine

finishing coat compete to suite with the marine

environment .Rate shall include for construction of

columns including including moulding , plastering

and painting all complete as per the detail drawing

number LHI/ML/SF/EX/02

Item 2.00

Barrier

06A/.7 Construction of steel boom gate as shown in the

drawing at main entrance including steel pipes, base

anchoring , ball bearing etc. to complete the work in

order. Rate to include oil primer and two coats of

marine paint.

Item 1.00

Page 8/105

ITEM

NO


Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.



BILL OF QUANTTIES

Retaining Wall

All the works accordance with the drawings and

specifications. Rates include site clearences, filling,

levelling and compacting material. Suitable retaining

wall shall be decide by the contractor as per

instruction by the Engineer as per site conditions.

06A/.8 Excavation for retaining wall foundations, minimum

depth 0.6m commencing from existing ground level

m3 177.50

06A/.9 Grade 20 concrete In retaining wall m3 77.50

06A/.10 Form work In sides of retaining walls m2 150.00

06A/.11 Random rubble masonry work maximum height of

2.0m in cement and sand 1:5 mortar in retaining wall

foundation including weep hole and metal packing.

m3 195.00

TOTAL FOR EXTERNAL WORKS CARRIED

TO SUMMARY

Page 8/106

ITEM


RATE

Rs.

AMOUNT

Rs.

7A/ Provisional Sums

All Prime Costs and Provisional sums stated below are

subject to adjustment and can be deducted in whole or

in part from the contract at the discretion and direction

of the Engineer, without the contractor having any

claim for loss of profit

Note

Any percentage or lump sum addition, which is made

hereunder by the Contractor for any prime cost item,

shall be adjusted on a pro-rata basis on the actual

amount expended for that PC Sum in the final account

Note

7A/.1 Allow Provisional Sum for supply and planting of

trees and landscaping works.

PS 550,000.00

7A/.2 Allow Provisional Sum for special additional tests and

Quality checking ordered by the Engineer

PS 240,000.00

7A/.3 Allow Provisional sum for the Employer's 50% share

of fees and expenses for the Dispute Adjudication

Board.

PS 500,000.00

Total of Bill No. 7 Carried to Main Summary 1,290,000.00

BILL NO 07 - PROVISIONAL SUMS


BILL OF QUANTTIES

Page8/107


BILL OF QUANTTIES

LABOUR

item Description Unit Nominal Quantity Rate (LKR)

8A

8A/1 Unskilled Labour day 25

8A/2 Driver day 15

Plant Operator (Equipment) day 15

8A/4 Plant Operator (Machineries) day 15

8A/5 Mason day 15

8A/6 Carpenter & Joiner day 15

8A/7 Plumber day 15

8A/8 Mechanic day 25

8A/9 Welder day 25

8A/10 Fitter day 10

8A/11 Diver team including equipment day 5

MATERIALS

Bill N0 -8 Day Works

Amount (LKR)

Labour

Total for Day works : Labour

MATERIALS


8B Materials

8B/1 Timber ( Class III) m2 50

8B/2 Portland Cement (50kg bags) nr 50

8B/3 Coarse aggregates for concrete (19mm) m3 42

8B/4 Fine aggregates for concrete m3 42

8B/5 Reinforcing steel t 1

8B/6 Core material m3 150

8B/7 Secondary armour m3 200

8B/8 Primary armour m3 200

Amount (LKR)

Total for Day works : Material

Page 8/108


BILL OF QUANTTIES

PLANT


8C Constructional Plant*

8C/1 Front end loaders hr 100

8C/2 Back Hoe/Excavators hr. 100

8C/3 Long arm excavator hr. 100

8C/4 Bull Dozers hr. 100

8C/5 Dump trucks hr. 100

8C/6 Lorries hr. 100

8C/7 Farm Tractors hr. 100

8C/8 Concrete mixer & vibrator hr. 100

* The capacity of the plant to be indicated by bidder

Amount (LKR)

8A

Amount (LKR)

Total Day works: Labour

Total for Day works : Plant

Day work Summary

8A

8B

8C

Total Day works: Labour

Total Day works: Materials

Total Day works: Contractor s Equipment

Total for Day works (Provisional Sum) (carried

forward to Summary of Bills)

Page 8/109


SECTION 9

SCHEDULES


SCHEDULE 1.1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

(SOLE PROPPRIETORS)

(1) If pre-qualification is done the bidders are required to include information subsequent to

that submitted with the pre- qualification application.

ITB Clause

Reference Description

Information

(to be filled by Bidder)

Remarks

4.1(a) Legal Status Provide certified copies

of Business Registration

Written power of attorney to the

signatory to the bid

Provide original or certified copy of the power of

attorney attested by a Notary and Label as

attachment to Clause 4.1(a)

4.2 (a) ICTAD Registration Provide certified copies

and label as attachment to

Clause 4.2 (a) Registration number

Grade

Specialty

Expiry Date



(PARTNERSHIPS)

(1) If pre-qualification is done the bidders are required to include information subsequent to

that submitted with the pre- qualification application.

(2) For Joint Ventures, each joint venture partner shall furnish information separately.

ITB Clause


Information


Remarks

4.1(a) Legal Status Provide certified copies

of Business Registration





attachment to Clause 4.1(a)

If a Joint Venture, names and

addresses of Joint Venture

partners

1……………………. Provide draft copy of the

Joint Venture Agreement

or alternatively the

memorandum of

understanding

2…………………….

3……………………..

If a Joint Venture, name of the

Lead Partner

For Joint Ventures, each joint venture partner shall furnish legal status separately

Name (lead partner) Provide certified copies

and label as attachment

to Clause 4.1(a) Legal status

Place of registration

Principle place of business

Written power of attorney of the

signatory to the Bid



attachment to Clause 5.1

VAT Registration Number

Name (Partner 2) Provide certified copies

and label as attachment to

Clause 4.1(a) Legal status



Principal place of business



Provide original or certified copy of the Power of

Attorney attested by a Notary and label as attachment

to Clause 4.1 (a)

VAT Registration Number

Name (Partner 3) Provide certified copies and

label as attachment to

Clause 4.1(a) Legal status


Principle place of business



Provide original or certified copy of the Power of

Attorney attested by a Notary and Label as attachment

to Clause 4.1 (a)

VAT Registration No.

4.2 (a) ICTAD Registration Provide certified copies and



Grade

Specialty

Expiry Date



(COMPANYS)

(1) If pre-qualification is done the bidders are required to include information subsequent to that

submitted with the pre- qualification application.

ITB Clause


Information


Remarks

4.1(a) Legal Status Provide certified copies of

Business Registration




attorney attested by a Notary and Label as attachment

to Clause 4.1(a)

4.2 (a) ICTAD Registration Provide certified copies and



Grade

Specialty

Expiry Date


Schedule 2 – Annual Turn-over Information

(Construction only - Last five years)


submitted with the pre-qualification application

(2) For joint ventures, each partner shall submit the information separately

Year Turnover Remarks

1

Attach audited reports and label

as attachment to Clause 4.2

2

3

4

5


Schedule 3 – Adequacy of Working Capital

If pre-qualification is done the bidders are required to include information subsequent to that submitted

with the pre-qualification application

Source of Credit Line Amount Remarks

Provide documentary evidence

and label as attachment to Clause

4.2

Total


Schedule 4 – Construction Experience in last five years


submitted with the pre-qualification application.

(2) For joint ventures, each joint venture partner shall furnish information separately.

Year Employer Description of

Works Amount

Contractor’s

Responsibility

(%)

Total

Provide documentary evidence and label as attachment to Clause 4.2


Schedule 5 – Major Items of Construction Equipment Proposed

Type Capacity


Sch

edu

le 6

– C

on

stru

ctio

n M

an

ag

emen

t S

taff

A:

Key

Pro

fess

ion

als

T

ask

B:S

up

po

rt S

taff

T

ask

Po

siti

on

Po

siti

on

Nam

e

Nam

e


Sch

edu

le 7

– T

ime

Sch

edu

le f

or

Key

Sta

ff

Mo

nth

s( i

n t

he

form

of

a B

ar

Ch

art

)

Nu

mb

er o

f

Mo

nth

s

24

23

-

-

11

10

Par

t T

ime:

……

……

……

……

.

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

Fu

ll T

ime:

- :

……

:……

……

……

……

..

2

1

Act

ivit

ies

Po

siti

on

Na

me


Sch

edu

le 8

- W

ork

Pro

gra

mm

e

Sh

eet

1 o

f ....

....

..

[1st,

2n

d,

etc,

are

mo

nth

s fr

om

th

e Sta

rt D

ate

.]

24

th

23

rd

11

th

1

0th

9th

8th

7th

6th

5th

4th

3rd

2n

d

1st

Co

nst

ruct

ion

A

ctiv

ity


Schedule 9

Method Statement

The Bidder shall provide a method statement describing the methodology proposed to be adopted in

the execution of the contract. Method statement shall include methodology and/ or information for:

(i) Contractor’s Mobilization ,Demobilization and arrangement of the facilities for the

Engineer.

(ii) Environmental and Social Protection during Construction.

(iii) Construction

(a) Pre and Post survey including setting out

(b) Material

Details of Specifications of the Sullpy Materials

Transport , Storage and handling of Construction materials

Manpower . Equipment and tools

Safetyt Measures

Quality Control and assurence including Testing

(c) Any other details as applicable for entire Work


SECTION 10

DRAWINGS

(Attached Separately)


Volume 2 A: Offshore Structures

No Drawing Title Drawing Number

General Notes LHI/ML/SF/GN/01

M-1 Harbour Layout and Onshore Facilities (Overall) LHI/ML/LO/1

M-2 Proposed Section-Breakwater Rehabilitation LHI/ ML /BW/1

M-3 Modification on Damaged Section-Main Breakwater LHI/ ML /BW/2

M-4 Modification on Damaged Section- Main Breakwater LHI/ ML /BW/3

M-5 New Quay Wall General Details LHI/ ML /QW/4

M-6 New Quay Wall Elevation LHI/ ML /QW/5

M-7 New Quay Wall R/F details LHI/ ML /QW/6

M-8 New Quay Bollard and Fender details LHI/ ML /BF/2

M-9 Building 17- Bachelors Quarters LHI/ ML /B17/BQ1

M-10 Building 17- Bachelors Quarters LHI/ ML /B17/BQ2

M-11 Building 17- Bachelors Quarters Foundation Layout and

Foundation Details LHI/ ML /B17/BQ/S1

M-12 Building 17- Bachelors Quarters General Arrangement of

First Floor and R/F Details of Slab and Column Details LHI/ ML /B17/BQ/S2

M-13 Building 17- Bachelors Quarters Roof Details LHI/ ML /B17/BQ/S3

M-14 Building 17- Bachelors Quarters Stair Case Details LHI/ ML /B17/BQ/S4

M-15 Building 17- Bachelors Quarters Sewer and Waste Water

details LHI/ ML /B17/BQ/DR-01

M-16 Building 17- Bachelors Quarters Water Supply details LHI/ ML /B17/BQ/WS-01

M-17 Building 17- Bachelors Quarters Strom Water Disposal

Layout LHI/ ML /B17/BQ/SWD-01

M-18 Building 17- Bachelors Quarters Electrical Layout LHI/ ML /B17/BQ/E1

M-19 Building 17- Bachelors Quarters Single Line Diagram LHI/ ML /B17/BQ/E2

M-20 Building 16- Manager Quarters- Architectural Details LHI/ ML /B16/MQ/01

M-21 Building 16- Manager Quarters- Architectural Details LHI/ ML /B16/MQ/02

M-22 Building 16- Manager Quarters- Foundation Layout,

Foundation Details LHI/ ML /B16/MQ/S1

M-23 Building 16- Manager Quarters- Footing Details and

Column Details LHI/ ML /B16/MQ/S2

M-24 Building 16- Manager Quarters- General Arrangement of

First Floor R/F Details of Slab and Column Details LHI/ ML /B16/MQ/S3

M-25 Building 16- Manager Quarters- Roof Details LHI/ ML /B16/MQ/S4

M-26 Building 16- Manager Quarters- Staircase Details LHI/ ML /B16/MQ/S5

M-27 Section for Retaining Wall LHI/ ML /SF/EX/01

M-28 Fence and Gate Details LHI/ ML /SF/EX/02

M-29 Fence and Gate Details- Typical Column and Footing

Details LHI/ ML /SF/EX/03

LANKA HYDRAULIC INSTITUTE LTD.

Prepared for:

2A - OFFSHORE STRUCTURES

PAGENUMBER DESCRIPTION

DRAWINGNUMBER

DEMOCRATIC SOCIALIST REPUBLIC OF SRI LANKA

STATE MINISTRY OF ORANAMENTAL FISH,

IMLAND FISH & PRAWN FRAMING, FISHERIES

HARBOUR DEVELOPMENT, MULTIDAY FISHING

ACTIVITIES AND FISH EXPORTS.

Naval Detachment

Arulmegu Murukaiyan Kovil

E

x

is

tin

g

R

o

a

d

Proposed Onshore & Offshore Facilities :-

1 -

Auction Hall

2 -

Net Mending,FI Office & Accomadation

Radio Room & Rest Room,Community Hall

3 -

Fuel Office

4 -

Coast Guard Office and Accommodations

5 -

Toilet Block 1 & 2 (8x6m)

6 -

Diesel & Kerosene Tanks

7 -

Fuel Dispenser Unit

8 -

9 -

10 -

11 -

13 -

14 -

Security Office

15 -

Weigh Bridge & Control Room

16 -

Manager's Quarters( Two Story)

17 -

Bachelor's Quarters( Two Story)

18 -Canteen

Dredging Area = 1.29Ha. (-2.5m Depth)

1

2

7

Water sump, Pump Room, Over

Head Tank

Storage Rooms for Boat Engines

Treatment Plant ( Waste water and

solid waste )

Provision for Cold Room

12 -Administration Building

Generator Room

Beacon Light

Beacon Light

Dredging Line

Beach Landing Area

Basin Area = 3.65Ha.

1

2

1

6

17

5

1

5

11

Existing Huts

Lanka Hydraulic Institute Ltd.

177, John Rodrigo Mawatha,

Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

Consultant:

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:

SCALE:PROJECT NO: REV. NO:DRG. NO:

DRAWN: DESIGN:

Rev: Date: Description: CHKD: APPD:

DATE: SIZE:

Client:

HARBOUR LAYOUT AND ONSHORE FACILITIES (OVERALL)

7

P

r

o

p

o

s

e

d

R

o

a

d

Main Breakwater

(Existing)

1

8

3

Secondary Breakwater

(Existing)

LHI/ML/LO/1

REACTIVATION AND RECONSTRUCTION OF MYLIDDY FISHERIESHARBOUR IN THE NORTHERN PROVINCE - PHASE II

Quay W

all (8

0x8m

)

Quay Wall

Breakwater Rehabilitation

Dredging

Beacon Light

8

5

422900 E

811075 N

1:1250

30m

+1.5m MSL

+0.8m

+1.5m(Extension of Quaywall as Phase 1)

R

e

c

l

a

m

a

t

i

o

n

A

r

e

a

14m

8

New

Quay

wall

Plaque

2 - Phase I

12 - Phase II

9

9

9

3

.6

m

w

id

e

r

o

a

d

fo

r

q

u

a

r

te

r

s

Main Breakwater

(Proposed)

Main Breakwater

(Existing)

Pavement

Generator room

(Existing Depth -2.5m )

( Existing Depth -1.0m)

810900 N

422800 E

423000 E

811000 N

811075 N

810800 N

6

Diesel

6

Kero

sene

Retaining Wall

Retaining

Wall

8

Parkin

g

Interlock pavings

Asphalt (Internal roads)

concrete finish.

Gate 1

Gate 2

Gate 3Gate 4

Gate 5

Power trowel concrete finishfor parking area at Auction hall

Fence

C

h

.2

0

m

C

h

.4

0

m

C

h

.

6

0

m

C

h

.

8

0

m

C

h

.1

0

0

m

C

h

.1

2

0

m

C

h

.1

4

0

m

C

h.160m

C

h.180m

C

h.200m

C

h.220m

C

h.240m

C

h.260m

C

h.280m

C

h.300m

C

h.320m

C

h.340m

C

h

.0

m

20m

Step

s

Retaining Wall

Ministry of Agriculture, Irrigation andFisheries & Aquatic Resources DevelopmentNew Secretariat, Maligawatta,

Colombo 10,

SRI LANKA

HARBOUR SIDE SEA SIDE

PROPOSED BREAKWATER SECTION

℄



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

PROPOSED SECTION - BREAKWATER REHABILITATION

LHI/ML/BW/1


1:1001802

JP IK PR KR May 2019 A3

Beacon Light

Beacon Light


(Existing)

Main Breakwater (Proposed)

Main Breakwater (Existing)

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

State Ministry of Oranamental Fish, Imland Fish &Prawn Framing, Fisheries Harbour Development,Multiday Fishing Activities and Fish Exports.New Secretariat, Maligawatta, Colombo 10,

SRI LANKA

Ceylon Fishery Harbours Corporation

Design Consultant:

HARBOUR SIDE SEA SIDE

BREAKWATER SECTION NO. C - C

℄



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

MODIFICATION ON DAMAGED SECTION - MAIN BREAKWATER

LHI/ML/BW/2

REACTIVATION AND RECONSTRUCTION OF MYLIDDY FISHERIESHARBOUR IN THE NORTHERN PROVINCE- PHASE II

1:100

℄HARBOUR SIDE SEA SIDE

1802


BREAKWATER SECTION NO. D - D

LEGEND:-

Beacon Light

Beacon Light


(Existing)



C

C

D

D

A

B

A

B

(80m Chainage)

(160m Chainage)


SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

HARBOUR SIDE SEA SIDE℄

HARBOUR SIDE SEA SIDE℄



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

LHI/ML/BW/3


1:1001802


BREAKWATER SECTION NO. A - A

BREAKWATER SECTION NO. B - B

Beacon Light

Beacon Light


(Existing)



A

B

C

D

LEGEND:-

A

B

C

D

MODIFICATION ON DAMAGED SECTION - MAIN BREAKWATER

(345m Chainage)

(247m Chainage)State Ministry of Oranamental Fish, Imland Fish &Prawn Framing, Fisheries Harbour Development,Multiday Fishing Activities and Fish Exports.New Secretariat, Maligawatta, Colombo 10,

SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

MSL

GABION WALL,QUAY WALL DECK R/F &CAPPING BEAM R/F DETAILS)Scale 1:50

Scale 1:100

1

1

22

PLAN VIEW OF QUAY WALL

3 3

7

7

+0.8

m M

SL

+1.5

m M

SL

(Exte

nsio

n o

f Quayw

all a

s P

hase 1

)

Steps

New

Q

uayw

all

LAYOUTScale 1:750

S

e

c

o

n

d

a

r

y

B

r

e

a

k

w

a

t

e

r

(

E

x

is

t

in

g

)

3

6

Diesel

6

Kero

sene

A

A

Existing Ground

+1.50 MSL

+0.80 MSL

R/F Concrete Quay Wall

Deck Slab

Masonry Steps

50 mm Thk. Cpncrete

Topping

R/F Concrete Quay Wall

Deck Slab

100 mm Thk. Screed

Concrete

100 mm Thk. Screed

Concrete

Compacted Back Fill

200

Scale 1:25

SECTION A-ASTAIRCASE DETAIL



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 LHI/ML/QW/4

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

NEW QUAY WALL - GENERAL DETAILS



As Shown


SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

ELEVATION OF THE QUAY

MSL MSL

Scale 1:100

MSL



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 LHI/ML/QW/5

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

NEW QUAY WALL - ELEVATION



As Shown


SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

Scale 1:25SECTION 2-2

SECTION 3-3(DETAILS OF EXPANSION JOINT)Scale 1:10

PRE CAST SLAB(2100*1250*250)Scale 1:50

350

SECTION 1-1QUAY WALL DECK& CAPPING BEAM R/F DETAILSScale 1:25

PRE CAST SLABR/F DETAILScale 1:50

T12@200

40

0

2100

12

50

NOTES

Concrete Mixes

1. Lean concrete shall be of 15 N/mm2.

2. Characteristic strength of concrete (fcu) for all other concrete shall be 40 N/mm2.

3. Nominal Maximum size of aggregate shall be 20mm

4. Minimum cement content for all other mix shall be 340 kg/m3.

5. Water Cement Ratio of any mix shall not exceeded 0.5

Reinforcement

1. Minimum Cover to all reinforcement shall be 75 mm

2. Main reinforcement - High Yield Steel with Characteristic Strength (fy) 460 N/mm2

3. Links - Mild Steel with Characteristic Strength (fy) 250 N/mm2.

Reinforcement Bar Notation.

T - High Yield Steel, R - Mild Steel.

T10 @100B1 (Type of Steel / Bar Diameter/ Spacing/Position)

4. Lap and Anchorage length to be = 50 x Diameter of the smaller bar,

where not shown in the drawings.



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 LHI/ML/QW/6

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

NEW QUAY WALL - R/F DETAILS



As Shown


SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

B

Scale : 1:10Plan

B

Scale : 1:10Section B - B

Ø

Detail " A "Scale : 1:5

A

Elevation

Plan

Elevation

Ø150

DETAIL B: BOLLARDScale 1:10



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 LHI/ML/BF/2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

NEW QUAY WALL - BOLLARD AND FENDER DETAILS



As Shown


SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

38

38

3000

27

00

1500

Bed roomB/ room

Bed room

DN

1800

40

00

4650

12

00

toilet

S/ room

Pantry

Living / Dining

Terrace

balcony

balcony

37501050

19

00

27

00

30

00

2095

11

50

55

50

2705

24

00

12

00

52

70

11775

2170 2930 1575 3150 1950 1050

39

90

39

85

38

4027

00

Bed roomB/ room

Bed room

UP

parking 02

parking 01

verandah

39

90

39

85

40

00

3000

12

00

toilet

verandah

S/ room

Pantry

Living / Dining

19

00

27

00

30

00

82

00

2100 2552

4650

9900

2705

55

50

11

50

12

00

105019503150

MANAGER'S QUARTERS

29302170

3000

11775

1800

MANAGER'S QUARTERS

1500

1575

1050 3750

13

15

13

15

2095

A

A

A

A



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

0 AS SHOWN

MANGALASYNERGO A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

MALINDA Apr. 2019

BUILDING 16 - MANAGER'S QUARTERSARCHITECTURAL DETAIL

LHI/ML/SF/B16/MQ/01

SKF

1802

REACTIVATION AND RECONSTRUCTION OF MYLIDDY FISHERIESHARBOUR IN THE NORTHERN PROVINCE


SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

+300 +300Bed roomBed room

Bed roomBed room

30

00

30

00

86

60

53

60

30

00

30

00

33

00

30

00

23

60

86

60

balcony

Ridge tile

25x225 mm class 1timbervalance board

100x75 mm class 1timber wall plate

Asbestos free fiber cement board ceiling

Timber Reepers -Spacing According tothe requiremet of Tiles

Calicut tile roof(angle 23 )200x100 mm class 1 timber ridge plate

200x100 Timber Stud

50x100 (finished size)Timber Rafters @600 mm c/c

23

60

1050

2775

75 75

ELEVATION

600

2100

100X75 Timber frame

150

100

100

32mm Tk. TimberSash

Timber louvers

PLAN

IN

OUT

750

2100

100X75 Timber frame

32mm Tk.Timber

Sash

PLAN

ELEVATION

PLANPLAN

75 75

2100

ELEVATION

100X75 Timber frame

32mm Tk. TimberSash

IN

OUT

100m

m

75mm

37.5mm(finished thickness)

25m

m

IN

OUT

100

100

900

75 75

90

0

ELEVATION

PLAN

5mm clearfloat Glass

100X75 Timber frame

12

00

15

00

60

06

00

PLAN

ELEVATION

100X75 Timber frame


27

75

27

75

6001200

Timber louvers

60

0

Timber trelis



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

0 AS SHOWN

MANGALASYNERGO A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

MALINDA Apr. 2019

BUILDING 16 - MANAGER'S QUARTERSARCHITECTURAL DETAIL

LHI/ML/SF/B16/MQ/02

SKF

1802



SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

39

90

39

85

10501950315029302170

11775

15753

98

5

F1C3 C3 C3 C1 C1

C4C1C2C2C2C3

C4

C4

F3

F3

F2

F1

F1F1F1

F1 F1 F1 F1 F1

C4C1C1C1C1

WF3

WF0

WF2

WF2

WF2 WF2

WF2

WF2

WF2 WF1

WF1

RW RW RWWF0

WF2 WF2 WF2 WF2

WF1 WF1 WF1 WF1 WF1

WF2

WF3

WF3

RW

WF0

Refer to (LHI/ML/SF/B16/MQ/S5)for stair case foundation details

70

3

C2

C3

+1.0 MSL 250

SFL=+3.200 MSL

1000 gauge polythene

Well Compacted approvedquality backfill material

450

1800

225

T12@150 B1T10@150 B2

T10@150 T2

T12@150 T1

T10@150

T12@150

T12@150"U" Bar

T10@150

300

TYPICAL RETAINING WALL DETAILSSCALE 1:20

TB0

R6@200 B/W

+1.50 MSL

500

(Min

.)

50mm thk.ScreedConcrete

T12@150

100

300

(Min

.)

EGL

Well Compacted approvedquality backfill material300

R6@200 B/W

150

Random RubbleMasonry with 1;5

Cement Sand Mortar50mm thk.ScreedConcrete

600(M

in.)


100

300

(Min

.)+2.90 MSL

TB2

WALL FOUNDATION - (WF3)

SFL =+3.200 MSL

Brick / Block wall

EGL

450


600(M

in.)


R6@200 B/W

SFL =+3.20 MSL

+2.90 MSL

TB1

100

Brick / Block wall

300

(Min

.)



450

1000 gauge polythene600(M

in.)


Cement Sand Mortar

R6@200 B/W

SFL =+3.200TB1 1

00

300

(Min

.)



50


450


600(M

in.)


Cement Sand Mortar


R6@200 B/W

SFL =+3.20 MSL

SCALE 1:20

+2.90 MSL

TB0

100

Brick / Block wall

300

(Min

.)



50

SCALE 1:20


Cement Sand Mortar

EGL

Brick / Block wall

EGL

R6@150

225

2T12

225

TB1

2T12

SCALE 1:20TIE BEAM DETAILS

R6@100

225

2T16

225

TB0

2T16

150 6mm"S" Links

@200

2T10

300

TB2



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

Apr. 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B16/MQ/S1

BUILDING 16 - MANAGER'S QUARTERSFOUNDATION LAYOUT, WALL FOUNDATION DETAILS ANDRETAINING WALL DETAILS

NUPP JKPR



SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

h

1200m

m (m

in.)

For w, h and R/F refer footing shedule

Existing Ground

L

W

R/F in B1 Layer

R/F in B2 Layer

TYPICAL FOOTING DETAIL

SECTION

PLAN

450

+2.90 MSL

100mm Floor Concrete

100m

m

Stirrups

SFL =+ 3.200MSL



300(m

in.)

Column Starters

TB

SCALE 1:20

L

R6@200 C/C


L(mm) B1

FOOTING SHEDULE

h(mm)

F1 1000 T10@150

TYPESIZE REINFORCEMENT

B2

T10@150

F2 250 T10@150 T10@150

F3 750 250 T10@150 T10@150

1575

T1

T10@150

T2

T10@150

w(mm)

1000

750

1000

250

h

1200m

m M

in.

Existing Ground 225

Main R/F

Main R/F

Main R/F

R6@

150

R6@

150

additional links@ Main R/f Laps

Additional links@ Main R/f Laps

TYPICAL COLUMN DETAIL

11

22

R6@200B/W


SCALE 1:20


100m

m

GFL =+ 3.2 MSL


Well Compactedapproved quality backfillmaterial

300m

in.

w

225

RB

+2.9 MSL

33

Roof Level

R6@

150

First Floor Level+6.2 MSL


TB

FB

1st Floor+6.2 MSL

Ground Floor+3.2 MSL

Roof Level+9.2 MSL

Roof Level+10.8 MSL

(TERMINATED BELOW)

AS BELOW (TERMINATED BELOW)

AS BELOW AS BELOW AS BELOW(TERMINATED BELOW)

225

225

2T16

(225x225)4T16

R6@150

2T16225

225

2T16

(225x225)4T16

R6@150

2T16225

225

2T16

(225x225)4T16

R6@150

2T16225

225

COLUMN SCHEDULE(Section 1-1, Section 2-2 and Section 3-3)

Foundation Level

(TERMINATED BELOW)

225

225

2T12

2T12

(225x225)4T12

R6@1502T12

2T12

(225x225)4T12

R6@150

225

225

2T16

(225x225)4T16

R6@150

2T16225

225

2T16

(225x225)4T16

R6@150

2T16225

225

2T16

(225x225)4T16

R6@150

2T16225

225

C1 C2 C3 C47Nos 4Nos 5Nos 4Nos

C51Nos

2T12

2T12

(225x225)4T12

R6@150



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

Apr. 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B16/MQ/S2

BUILDING 16 - MANAGER'S QUARTERSFOOTING DETAILS AND COLUMN DETAILS

NUPP JKPR



SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

39

90

39

85

105019503150157529302170

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB2

FB1 FB1- (225x350)

FB4- (225x350)

150mm thk. Slab+6.200 MSL

150mmdrop

13

15












C1

C5

C3 C3 C3 C1 C1

C1C1C2C2C2

C1 C1 C1 C1C1

FB1 FB1 FB1

FB2

FB2

FB2

FB2

FB2

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB2

FB2

FB2

FB1 FB1 FB1 FB1FB1- (225x350)

FB1 FB1 FB1 FB1

FB3

FB3

FB3

FB3

FB3

C3

C2

3990

3985

105019503150157529302170

1315

600

T10@

200B1

600

T10@200B2

900

900 600

T10@

200B1

600

450

450

T10@200B2

600 900T1

0@

200T1

450

450

450

T10@

200B1

T10@

200B1

600

T10@200B2

600

T10@

200B1

600

T10@

200B1

450 450

900 900

T10@200T2

900 900

900

900

T10@200B2

T10@

200B1

T10@

200T1

T10@200T2

600

T10@200B2

T10@

200T1

Note:Distribution steel where not shown-T10@200

225

350

2T16

BEAM DETAILSSCALE 1:20

FB1- (225x350)

3T12

R8@125

225

350

2T16

FB2- (225x350)

3T12

R8@125

225

350

FB3- (225x350)

3T12

R8@125

225

350

2T16

FB4- (225x350)

2T16,1T12

R8@125

2T16,1T12

STIFFNER BEAM DETAIL(Window sill level/top level)

R6mm "S" Links@2001

00

150 or(wall thickness)

SCALE 1:20

2T10

LINTOL BEAM DETAIL(Above doors and window)

R6mm "S" Links@2001

00


SCALE 1:20

2T10



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

Apr. 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B16/MQ/S3

BUILDING 16 - MANAGER'S QUARTERSGENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF FIRST FLOOR,SLAB REINFORCEMENT DETAILS AND BEAM DETAILS

NUPP JKPR



SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

3990

3985

10501950315029302170

11775

1575

RB1 RB1 RB1 RB1 RB1

RB2 RB2 RB2

RB1

RB1

RB1 RB1 RB1 RB1 RB1

RB1

RB1

C1

C5

C3 C3 C3 C1 C1

C1C2C2C2

C1 C1 C1 C1

C3

C2

3T12

R6@150

350

225

SCALE 1:20

RB1

3T12

3T12

R6@150

350

2253T12

3T12

R6@150225

2253T12

ROOF BEAM DETAILS

RB2RB3

2170 2930 1575 3150 1950 1050

3990

3985

RB1(225x350)

RB1(225x350)

RB2(225x350)RB1

(22

5x3

50

)

RB1

(22

5x3

50

)

RB1(225x350)

Timber Reepers -SpacingAccording to therequirement of Tiles

200x100 Timber Studs(to provide Architecturalview as well)


200x100 Timber Ridge Plate(Finished Size)

100x150 Timber Hip Rafters

100x150 Timber Purlin

100x75 Timber Wall Plate

X

X

3985

3000

RB3(225x225)

RB3(225x225)

RB3

(22

5x2

25

)

Timber Reepers -SpacingAccording to therequirement of Tiles





1St Floor Level+6.20 MSL

RB1

Ridge tile


100x75 mm class 1timber wall plate

Asbestos free fiber cement board ceiling


Calicut tile roof(angle 23 )200x100 mm class 1 timber ridge plate

200x100 Timber Stud

RB1

100x150 timber purling


RB2

3000



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

Apr. 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B16/MQ/S4

BUILDING 16 - MANAGER'S QUARTERSROOF DETAILS

NUPP JKPR



SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

1950

FB2- (225x350)

FB1- (2

25

x35

0)

FB1- (2

25

x35

0)

UP

C1

C1C1

C2

3990

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

15

16

17

18

1920

14

13

12

12

34

56

78

93000

FLIGHT - 1

11

FLIGHT - 2

203

10

1213

1415

1617

1819

20

3990

650

175

250

GFL =+3.2 MSL

EGL =+2.9 MSL

600m

m (M

in.)

First Floor Level=+6.2 MSL

FB1(225x350)

LB1(225x350)

FB1(225x350)

175

FB2- (225x350)

Y Y

3T12

R6@125

350

225

SCALE 1:20DETAILS OF LANDING BEAM (LB1)

3T12

3990

Landing BeamLB1(225x350)

T12@125 c/cT12@125 c/c

R6@125

T10@125

T10@125 "U" Bar

01

05

1000

T10@250

T10-01-125

05

T10-05-125

1000

T10@250

T10-03-125

03

04

T10@250

02

01

T10-02-125

T10-02-125

R/F DETAIL - FLIGHT -1SCALE 1:20

3990

FB2(225x350)


10

1000

1000

T10-12-125

Refer to (LHI/ML/SF/B16/BQ/S3)for slab reinforcement details

450

T10@250

T10-07-12507

06/09

T10-06-125

T10@250

10

T10-10-125

09

06

T10-09-125

T10@250

T10-11-125

10

11


07/08


0403

02

T10-04-125

First Floor Level=+6.200

GFL =+3.2 MSL

EGL =+2.9 MSL

T10-08-125

08

07



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

Apr. 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B16/MQ/S5

BUILDING 16 - MANAGER'S QUARTERSSTAIRCASE DETAILS

NUPP JKPR



SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

DB/MQ-G

1,1 1,2

41,3

1,4

1,5

1,6

1,7

1,8

1,9

2,10

2,1

2,32,2

2,4

2,5

2,6

2,7

2,8

2,9

3,1

3,2

3,3

3,4

3,5

3,63,7

3,8

3,9

3,11

3,10

44

4 4

5

55

5

5

6

6

78

1,1 1,2

4

1,3

1,4

1,5

1,6

1,7

1,8

1,9

3,4

2,1

2,32,2

2,4

2,5

2,6

2,7

2,8

2,9

2,10

2,11

44

4 4

5

55

5

5

6

6

78

3,3

3,1

3,2

DB/MQ-U

Bed roomB/ room

Bed room

DN

toilet

S/ room

Pantry

Living / Dining

Terrace

balcony

balcony

Bed roomB/ room

Bed room

UP

parking 02

parking 01

verandah

toilet

verandah

S/ room

Pantry

Living / Dining

MANAGER'S QUARTERS MANAGER'S QUARTERS

1,10 1,10



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

0 AS SHOWN

A3

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

May 2019

BUILDING 16 - MANAGER'S QUARTERSELECTRICAL LAYOUT

LHI/ML/SF/B16/MQ/E11802


SYNERGOTRCA HMSIW


SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

1

MCBSP6A

1X

2C

X1

.0m

m2

Cu/P

VC

/PV

C1

CX

2.5

mm

2 C

u/E

art

hLIG

HTIN

G +

FA

N

MCBSP6A

1X

2C

X1

.0m

m2

Cu/P

VC

/PV

C1

CX

2.5

mm

2 C

u/E

art

hLIG

HTIN

G +

FA

N

2

MCBSP6A

1X

2C

X1

.0m

m2

Cu/P

VC

/PV

C1

CX

2.5

mm

2 C

u/E

art

hLIG

HTIN

G +

FA

N

3

MCBSP

4 5

MCBSP

1X

2C

X2

.5m

m2

Cu/P

VC

/PV

C1

CX

2.5

mm

2 C

u/E

art

h16A

13

A S

OC

KE

T O

UTLE

TS

6

MCBSP16A

RCCB40A/DP30mA

32A/2P/MCB

DB/MQ-G & DB/MQ-U

1X

2C

X2

.5m

m2

Cu/P

VC

/PV

C1

CX

2.5

mm

2 C

u/E

art

h1

3A

SO

CK

ET O

UTLE

TS

7

MCBSP

1X

2C

X2

.5m

m2

Cu/P

VC

/PV

C1

CX

2.5

mm

2 C

u/E

art

h

16A

13

A S

OC

KE

T O

UTLE

T

8

MCBSP16A

1X

2C

X2

.5m

m2

Cu/P

VC

/PV

C1

CX

2.5

mm

2 C

u/E

art

h1

3A

SO

CK

ET O

UTLE

T

1X

2C

X2

.5m

m2

Cu/P

VC

/PV

C1

CX

2.5

mm

2 C

u/E

art

h

16A

13

A S

OC

KE

T O

UTLE

TS

1X

2C

X6

.0m

m2

Cu/P

VC

/PV

C

kWh 1phase meter

1CX6.0mm2 Cu/Earth

From Overhead bundle cable



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

A3

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

May 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B16/MQ/E2

BUILDING 16 - MANAGER'S QUARTERSSINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS


SYNERGOTRCA HMSIW


SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

29

87 Bed room 1

15

00

Pantry / DiningToilet 1

3650

3600 1850 3600

58

00

3525

1625

29

87

50

00

3525

1625Bed room 2

Bed room 3Toilet 2

31

00

19

00

BACHELOR'S QUARTERS BACHELOR'S QUARTERS

31

00

19

00

3600 1850 3600

UP

19

00

28

75

9050

27

00

28

75

29

88

18

38

1800

A

A

A

A

DN

Balcony Balcony

Balcony

12

00

1850

27

00

80

0

80

0Lanka Hydraulic Institute Ltd.


Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

Apr. 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B17/BQ/01

BUILDING 17 - BACHELOR'S QUARTERS

SYNERGOTRCA HMSIW


Design Consultant:State Ministry of Oranamental Fish, ImlandFish & Prawn Framing, Fisheries HarbourDevelopment, Multiday Fishing Activitiesand Fish Exports.New Secretariat, Maligawatta, Colombo 10,

SRI LANKA


48

10

31

50

30

00

33

00

31

50

16

60

81

10

Toilet 1Lobby

Toilet 1Lobby

+300

43

30

33

00

30

00

18

10

81

102

70

0

Ridge tile


75x100 mm class 1timber wall plate50x100 mm class 1 timber rafters @ 600 c/cAsbestos free fiber cement board ceiling


Calicut tile roof(angle 28 )

200x100 mm class 1 timber ridge plate

1050

2775

75 75

ELEVATION

600

2100

100X75 Timber frame

150

100

100

32mm Tk. TimberSash

Timber louvers

PLAN

IN

OUT

7502100

100X75 Timber frame

32mm Tk.Timber

Sash

PLAN

ELEVATION

PLANPLAN

75 75

2100

ELEVATION

100X75 Timber frame

32mm Tk. TimberSash

IN

OUT

100m

m

75mm

37.5mm(finished thickness)

25m

m

IN

OUT

100

100

900

75 75

900

ELEVATION

PLAN


100X75 Timber frame

1200

1500

600

600

PLAN

ELEVATION

100X75 Timber frame


2775

2775

6001200

Timber louvers

600

Timber trelis

ELEVATION

PLAN

100X75 Timber frame

2025

1200

Timber louvers

750



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

Apr. 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B17/BQ/02


SYNERGOTRCA HMSIW


Design Consultant:State Ministry of Oranamental Fish, ImlandFish & Prawn Framing, Fisheries HarbourDevelopment, Multiday Fishing Activitiesand Fish Exports.New Secretariat, Maligawatta, Colombo 10,

SRI LANKA


3600 1850 3600

58

00 3

10

01

90

0

F1

F2

F1

F1

F1F1F1

F1

F1F1 F1

WF1

WF1 WF1

WF1

WF1

WF1

WF1

WF1

C1C1 C1

C1

C1

C1C1

C1

C1C1

C1

WF2

WF3

WF3WF2 WF2

Refer to (LHI/ML/SF/B17/BQ/S4)for stair case foundation details

C1 C1F2

80

0

WF1

WF1

WF1

h

1200m

m (m

in.)


Existing Ground

W

L

.

R/F in B1 Layer

R/F in B2 Layer

TYPICAL FOOTING DETAIL

50mm thk.screed

SECTION

PLAN

450

+0.00


100m

m

Stirrups

SFL =+ 0.300



300(m

in.)

Column Starters

TB1

SCALE 1:20

w

450

450


600(M

in.)


Cement Sand Mortar

R6@200 B/W

SFL =+0.300TB1 1

00

300

(Min

.)




EGL

Brick / Block wall

EGL

450


600(M

in.)


R6@200 B/W

SFL =+0.300

SCALE 1:20

+0.00

TB1

100

Brick / Block wall

300

(Min

.)



50


Cement Sand Mortar

Well Compacted approvedquality backfill material350

EGL

R6@200 B/W

150


Cement Sand Mortar50mm thk.ScreedConcrete

600 (M

in.)


100

300

(Min

.)

+0.00

TB2


SFL =+0.300

Brick / Block wall

w(mm) Bottom(B1/B2)

FOOTING SHEDULE

L(mm)

F1 1000 T10@150

TYPE

SIZE REINFORCEMENT

F2 1000 1325 T10@150 T10@150

h(mm)

250

250

1000

Top(T1/T2)

150 6mm"S" Links

@200

2T10

350

R6@150

225

2T12

225

TB1 TB2

2T12

SCALE 1:20TIE BEAM DETAILS



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

Apr. 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B17/BQ/S1

BUILDING 17 - BACHELOR'S QUARTERSFOUNDATION LAYOUT AND FOUNDATION DETAILS

NUPP JKPR


Design Consultant:State Ministry of Oranamental Fish, ImlandFish & Prawn Framing, Fisheries HarbourDevelopment, Multiday Fishing Activities andFish Exports.New Secretariat, Maligawatta, Colombo 10,

SRI LANKA


h

1200m

m M

in.

Existing Ground 225

2T16

2T16

2T16

R6@

150

R6@

150


Additional links@ Main R/f Laps

TYPICAL COLUMN DETAIL-C1

11

22

225

225

SECTION 1-1

2T16

225

225

SECTION 2-2

R6@150

R6@200B/W


SCALE 1:20

R6@150


100m

m

GFL =+ 0.300


Well Compactedapproved quality backfillmaterial

300m

in.

w

300

225

RB1

+0.00

2T16

2T16

2T16

33

Roof Level

R6@

150

First Floor Level+3.300


225

225

SECTION 3-3

R6@1502T16

2T16

TB1

350

FB

3600 1850 3600

50

00

31

00

19

00

150mmdrop

FB1- (225x350)

FB1- (225x350)

Secondary Fill

100mm thk. Slab+3.300

C1

C1

C1 C1

C1

C1C1

C1C1C1

C1 C1







FB3

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB3

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB1- (225x350)

FB1- (225x350) FB1- (225x350) FB1- (225x350)

FB1- (225x350)

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB2

- (2

25

x35

0)

FB1- (225x350)

C1 C1FB1

80

03600 1850 3600

50

00

31

00

19

00

C1

C1


60

0

600 600

60

0

60

0

600

600

60

0

60

04

50

600

600

450450

45

04

50

45

0

T10@200B1

T10

@2

00

B2

T10@200B1

T10

@2

00

B1

T10@200B2

T10

@2

00

B2

T10@200B1

T10@200B1

T10@200B1

T10

@2

00

B2

T10@200B1

T10

@2

00

B2

T10

@2

00

B2

T10

@2

00

B2

T10@200T1

60

06

00

80

0

225

350

2T16

BEAM DETAILS

R6@125

FB1

SCALE 1:20

FB1- (225x350)

3T12

R8@125

225

350

2T16

R6@125

FB2

FB2- (225x350)

3T12

R8@125

225

350

2T16

R6@125

FB3

FB3- (225x350)

3T12

R8@125

1T12

STIFFNER BEAM DETAIL(Window sill level/top level)

R6mm "S" Links@2001

00


SCALE 1:20

2T10

LINTOL BEAM DETAIL(Above doors and window)

R6mm "S" Links@2001

00


SCALE 1:20

2T10



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

Consultant:

A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

Apr. 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B17/BQ/S2

BUILDING 17 - BACHELOR'S QUARTERSGENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF FIRST FLOOR,REINFORCEMENT DETAILS OF SLAB AND COLUMN DETAILS

NUPP JKPR



SRI LANKA


X

31

00

19

00

3600

Timber Reepers -SpacingAccording tothe requirement of Tiles



RB1(225x300) RB1(225x300)

RB1(225x300) RB1(225x300)

C1



X

1850 3600

C1 C1 C1 C1

C1

C1C1

C1C1C1

C1

RB1(225x300)

RB1(225x300)

RB1

(22

5x3

00

)

RB1

(22

5x3

00

)

200x100 (Timber Studs)

975975

97

59

75

3150

1St Floor Level+3.300

RB1 RB1RB1(225x300)

Ridge tile


75x100 mm class 1timber wall plate50x100 mm class 1 timber rafters @ 600 c/cAsbestos free fiber cement board ceiling


Calicut tile roof(angle 28 )

200x100 mm class 1 timber ridge plate

200x100 Timber Stud

3T12

R6@150

300

225

SCALE 1:20ROOF BEAM DETAILS - RB1

3T12

RB1(225x300)

1850

C1 C1

RB1

(22

5x3

00

)

RB1

(22

5x3

00

)

125mm thk. Slab

RB1(225x300)

80

0

T10@250B1

T10

@2

50

B2




Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

Apr. 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B17/BQ/S3

BUILDING 17 - BACHELOR'S QUARTERSROOF DETAILS

NUPP JKPR



SRI LANKA


19

00

12

34

56

78

9 30

00

175

600 17

5

250

FLIGHT - 1

11

FLIGHT - 2

175

10

1213

1415

1617

1819

20

3600

UP

1234567891011

12

15

16

17

18

19 20

14

13 21

FB1- (225x300)

FB1- (225x300)

FB2

- (2

25

x30

0)

FB2

- (2

25

x30

0)

C1C1

C1 C1

GFL =+0.300

21


EGL =+0.000

60

0m

m (M

in.)

15

0

300

FB2(225x350)

LB1(225x350)

300

15

0

FB2(225x350)

3600

1000

1000

T10@250

T10-05-125

R6@125

T10@125

T10@125 "U" Bar

GFL =+0.300

EGL =+0.000

T12@125 c/cT12@125 c/c

T10-01-125

T10@250

T10-02-125

T10@250

T10-03-125

T10-04-125


3600


02

0304

02

0104

03

05

01

05

1000

T10@250

T10@250

T10-03-125

T10-07-125

T10@250

T10-09-125

T10-08-125

T10-06-125

T10-11-125FB2(225x350)

450

1000

Refer to (LHI/ML/SF/B2/BQ/03)for slab reinforcement details


3600


08

0609

07

06/08

09

1011

07/10

3T12

R6@125

350

225

SCALE 1:20DETAILS OF LANDING BEAM (LB1)

3T12



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

Apr. 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B17/BQ/S4

BUILDING 17 - BACHELOR'S QUARTERSSTAIRCASE DETAILS

NUPP JKPR



SRI LANKA



Bed room 1 Pantry / Dining

Toilet 1

UP

Bed room 2

Bed room 3

Toilet 2

DN

Balcony Balcony

Balcony



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

0 1:100

HMSSYNERGOTRCA A3

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

IW


May 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B17/BQ/DR-01



SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:



Toilet 1

UP

Bed room 2

Bed room 3

Toilet 2

DN

Balcony Balcony

Balcony



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

0 1:100

HMSSYNERGOTRCA

Consultant:

A3

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

IW

Ministry of Fisheries and AquaticResources DevelopmentNew Secretariat,Maligawatta,Colombo 10, Sri Lanka

BUILDING 17 - BACHELOR'S QUARTERSSTORM WATER DISPOSAL LAYOUT

May 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B17/BQ/SWD-01



Bed room 2

Bed room 3

Toilet 2

DN

Balcony Balcony

Balcony


Toilet 1

UP



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

0 1:100

HMSSYNERGOTRCA A3

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

IW


May 2019

LHI/ML/SF/B17/BQ/WS-01



SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:

Chain link fence

3000 6000

500

0

Barrier gate

Pedestrian gate

Chain link fence

10W Out door LEDspot light for Name board(2 No.s)

Rough plaster andpaint.

Pedestrian gate

75

Flower trough

300 X 300 mmRCC Column

Space forname board

Plant trough

1500

100

3200

Name board

6000

100 X 100 MM hot dippedGI Box bar frame.25 X 25 mm hot dipped GIbox bar at 100 mm c /cRCC Gate post semi roughplastered & painted.

.47 MM Color bondedZn / Al sheet

eqeq

75

Pintle hinges8mm x 100 mm flat iron bar.

8mm x 100 mm flat iron bar.25 X 25 mm hot dipped GIbox bar at 100 mm c /c

210

0

186

7

6000

210

0

6000



eqeq

75

Pintle hinges8mm x 100 mm flat iron bar.


Two sash openable gate withbottom rail

45

0

3600

210

0

3600



eqeq

75

8mm x 100 mm flat iron bar.


Slide

45

0

3000

150

0

150 mm TkCement block wall

250 X 250 mmRCC Columns at 3000 mm C/C

Chain link mesh fixedto 50 mm Dia. Hot dippedGI frame.Color to be approvedby the client.

A

A

Chain link mesh fixedto 50 mm Dia. Hot dippedGI frame.Color to be approvedby the client.

150

04

50

450



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 LHI/ML/SF/EX/02

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

FENCE AND GATES DETAILS

REACTIVATION AND RECONSTRUCTION OF MYLIDDY FISHERIESHARBOUR IN THE NORTHERN PROVINCE - MFARD/PIMU/2018/MPC/003

JP NU PR KR May 2019 A3

1:100

NOTE:-For the Locations of Fence and GatesRefer the Dwg. No. LHI/ML/LO/1


SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:


W

W

.

R/F in B1 Layer

R/F in B2 Layer

TYPICAL COLUMN AND FOOTING DETAIL OF GATE POSTS

SECTION

PLAN

w(mm) B1

FOOTING SHEDULE

h(mm)

F1 1000 250 T10@150

TYPE

SIZE REINFORCEMENT

B2

T10@150

SCALE 1:20

+0.00

h

1200m

m (m

in.)

E.G.L.

50mm thk.screed

450

R6@150

Column Starters

w

2100m

m

R6@150

11

22

SECTION 2-2

300

300

SECTION 1-1

R6@1502T16

2T16

300

300

R6@1502T16

2T16

E.G.L.

500

600(M

in.)

Random RubbleMasonry with 1;5Cement Sand Mortar

TYPICAL WALL FOUNDATION(For chain link fence)SCALE 1:20

+0.00

TB1


50

R6@150

175

2T10200

2T10

SCALE 1:20TIE BEAM DETAIL (TB1)

STIFFNER COLUMN DETAIL(At 3m interval)SCALE 1:20

R6@150

175

2T10

175

F.F.L.

350

450

450

Var

ies

Var

ies

4T16

2T10

NOTE:

01. The retaining walls at boundary line is also act as a wall foundation for

chain link fence together with tie beam construction.



Katubedda, Moratuwa

SRI LANKA

1802 0 AS SHOWN

JKNUPP A2

PROJECT:

TITLE:

CHECKED: APPROVED:


DRAWN: DESIGN:


DATE: SIZE:

Client:

PR June 2019

LHI/ML/SF/EX/03

TYPICAL COLUMN AND FOOTING DETAILS FORGATE POSTS AND CHAIN LINK FENCE



SRI LANKA


Design Consultant:


SECTION 11

STANDARD FORMS (BID)


FORM OF BID SECURITY

[This Guarantee form shall be filled in accordance with the instructions indicated in brackets]

………………………………………………………….[insert issuing agency’s name, and address of

issuing branch or office]

Beneficiary: Secretary, State Ministry of Ornamental Fish, Inland Fish & Prawn Farming,

Fishery Harbour Development, Multiday Fishing Activities and Fish Exports ,New Secretariat

Maligawatta, Colombo 10.

Date: …………………………….[insert (by issuing agency) date]

BID GUARANTEE No.: …………………………….[insert (by issuing agency) number]

We have been informed that ………………………………………………….[insert (by issuing agency)

name of the Bidder] ( hereinafter called “the Bidder”) has submitted to you its bid dated

……………………. [insert (by issuing agency) date] (hereinafter called “the Bid”) for the execution of

.........................................................[insert name of Contract]under Invitation for Bids No. ...... (insert

IFB number) (“the IFB”).

Furthermore, we understand that, according to your conditions, Bids must be supported by a Bid

Guarantee.

At the request of the Bidder, we …………………………………………….[insert name of issuing

agency] hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of

……………………………[insert amount in figures] ……………………………..[insert amount in

words] upon receipt by us of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating

that the Bidder is in breach of its obligation(s) under the bid conditions, because the Bidder:

(a) has withdrawn its Bid during the period of bid validity specified; or

(b) does not accept the correction of errors in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders

(hereinafter “the ITB”) of the IFB or

(c) having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Employer/Purchaser during the period

of bid validity, (i) fails or refuses to execute the Contract Form, if required, or (ii) fails or

refuses to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the ITB.

This Guarantee shall expire: (a) if the Bidder is the successful bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the

Contract signed by the Bidder and of the Performance Security issued to you by the Bidder; or (b) if the

Bidder is not successful bidder, upon the earlier of (i) the successful bidder furnishing the performance

security, otherwise it will remain in force up to ……………………..(insert date56

)

Consequently, any demand for payment under this Guarantee must be received by us at the office on or

before that date...............................

BIDDING DOCUMENT - Ceylon Fishery Harbours Corporation

Documents

Transcript of BIDDING DOCUMENT - Ceylon Fishery Harbours Corporation